The Carmel Market (or Shook HaCarmel, in Hebrew) is both the backbone and the belly of Tel Aviv. It stretches south from busy Allenby Street for about a mile and a half, with narrow alleyways lined on both sides and stalls selling everything from rare spices to vibrant produce to fake Adidas. The vendors are famous for hawking their ways in a loud, intimate, but rather charming fashion. Carmel Market is where chefs and budgeting homemakers shop.

It’s not surprising that this iconic market is a theme of countless walking tours in Tel Aviv. I’ve been on a few myself and highly recommend taking one. (I recommend Delicious Tours for a real, in-depth tour of the market.)

Insider Tip: Among the great local treats to pick up at Carmel Market are halva, medjool dates, olive oil, and spices.

On my last trip to Tel Aviv, however, I went on a tour near the market, but not about it. Instead, the themed guided walk I took part in was called the Disappearing Professions Tour. Focusing on small business shops nearby, we explored the shoe repair store with the old cobbler sitting on a worn chair waiting for customers, the dusty store of a window glazier, and the shop with the rotting old sign signaling the bookbinder.

You might wonder why I signed up for a walking tour that stops at such prosaic places. Would you believe me if I said I thought it was one of the best ways to get to know the city and its history?

1. Another Side Of Tel Aviv

The Disappearing Professions Tour was created by Meital Katz, a former fashion designer, who got the idea after noticing how many of the businesses in her own field were disappearing. “The fabric sellers, the button designer, the whole chain,” she says. 

The clincher was when she walked over to a shoe repair shop in the neighborhood. “The owner was more than 80,” Katz continued. “Once upon a time, these kinds of shops were fixtures of the city. There would be lines outside and many shops like his. But today, he was just sitting outside the shop and had no work. ‘Today, you don’t fix it, you buy new,’ he told me. When you come to a country, you want to experience the culture in a different way; not just museums. I think my tour tells the story of the culture of Israel and the people that made the country, and how we’ve lived here. For many, it’s a journey back to old memories, too.”

Connecting The Past To The Present

“It’s an opportunity, perhaps the last to see their world,” National Geographic wrote about the tour. For me, the tour combined history with a truly authentic experience: Nothing makes me more fulfilled than feeling like a local when I’m traveling. This was the ultimate foray into day-to-day life.

Insider Tip: Tours can be three, four, or four and half hours and private or groups of up to twenty. They can be walking or minibus tours. They are given in English or Hebrew and cost varies but is about 75 dollars. 

2. One Of Tel Aviv’s First Neighborhoods

Along with the Carmel Market neighborhood, Katz takes visitors to the gentrifying neighborhood of Florentin in South Tel Aviv. Named after a Jewish immigrant from Salonika, Florentin was long home to fellow Greek immigrants who worked in exactly these kinds of shops. These artisans, craftsmen, and repair people were once the fabric of the city. 

Over the past 15 years, the cash-strapped creative class, many of them art students, have moved in. Hip bars and cafés now exist alongside the remaining ones. Stops on the tour can include the shops of Avi the iron forger, Zimber the bookbinder, or Shai the furniture restorer. 

A popular stop on the tour is the Gluska tile factory, where hand-painted floor tiles known eponymously as Gluska tiles are manufactured. These tiles are as famous to Tel Aviv’s domestic design as a white picket fence is to suburban America. Some spots are really unique on this tour.

3. An Easily Walkable Mishmash Of Neighborhoods

It’s an easy tour to take part in. Tel Aviv is a compact and walkable city with few steep spots, making multiple neighborhood forays easy physically. That said, its layout is a bit of a mishmash, the result of a city built in a hurry. A guide is almost essential for first-time visitors.

Insider Tip: In Florentin, each neighborhood street has a specialty. Herzl Street is where you can see carpenters’ handmade furniture that draws people from all over the city for quality and cheaper prices. Wolfson Street is known for chandeliers, Matalon Street for household goods, and Kfar Giladi Street for artisan costume jewelry, if you are looking for more luggage-friendly souvenirs.

4. Finding The Last Artisans In Tel Aviv

By taking us to the different artisans and their varied styles of ornamentation, we also saw how Tel Aviv is made up of people from all corners of the Earth. From the Ottoman era to Oriental style to the ‘30s European Modernists, these were the craftspeople and artisans who shaped the city. It wasn’t surprising to learn that one of Tel Aviv’s prominent architectural styles is known as Eclecticism.

Katz can take a tour group to the one person in the country who repairs old bells. Katz finds these artisans in multiple ways: Good old footwork, her own internet research, and as her tour becomes more well known, people reach out to her, either the artisans themselves or more often people who know or know of them. Recently, she learned about a man who is the last to make a certain kind of guitar, for example. She now has about 100 artisans and craftspeople on her list. Of course, the idea is not to gawk at them or treat them as relics, but to hear their stories and their histories.

5. A Growing Phenomenon

Such artisan tours are a budding trend. I’ve heard of them in Paris and Tuscany. And their appeal is reaching beyond the demographic with direct memories of these types of businesses. As the retail focus reverts back to well-crafted, artisan goods, and as we aim to become conscious consumers, the work of craftspeople and dying crafts is being pushed to the forefront.

Katz’s tour operates under the umbrella of BE Tel Aviv Tours, a company that was started by Israeli-American Eviatar Gover, specializing in other great tours, including popular graffiti tours of Tel Aviv or vegan tours of the city. 

Insider Tip: Tel Aviv is one of the vegan capitals of the world. Nearly one in 10 Tel Avivians is vegan with 400 vegan and vegan-friendly restaurants. Some of the best in and around Florentin include Aja and Meshek Barzilay.

I asked Katz about the vendors during her disappearing professions tour. They are old and won’t live forever. Besides sparking nostalgia, did her tour also ignite a resurgence of actual artisans and craftsmen? Did it spur some of the children or grandchildren of the few remaining artisans to keep the family business alive? Or other younger people to learn a trade?

She says that even if they don’t make their careers in these kinds of jobs, many young people are taking them up as a hobby. As trends for sustainability and owning fewer things that are better made and have a sense of purpose continue to grow, perhaps this won’t just be a tour walking backward in time for long.

Where To Stay In Tel Aviv

Jaffa

The ancient port city conjoined with Tel Aviv is one of narrow alleyways, millennia-old buildings, and small galleries and shops. Stay at the well-located Casa Nova Hotel right near St. Peters with grand views of the Mediterranean.

Near The Carmel Market

The Fabric Hotel is a great boutique hotel in a converted fabric-manufacturing facility near shops and restaurants.

Neve Tzedek 

Tel Aviv’s first neighborhood after Jaffa has been revamped into a boho-chic haven of beautiful boutiques and charming restaurants. It borders Florentin. Stay at The Vera, which boasts charming locally furnished rooms and the best breakfast in town.

Related Reading:

• 11 Delicious Foods To Try In Tel Aviv And Where To Find Them
• My 4 Favorite Experiences Visiting Beautiful Tel Aviv
• 9 Things To Know Before Visiting Captivating Tel Aviv

Each year, TravelAwaits seeks the input of its passionate and well-traveled readers to nominate and vote for the best destinations worldwide. This year, we asked our readers to weigh in on the best national parks outside of the U.S. and the response was overwhelming.

From stunning landscapes to remarkable biodiversity, these 14 national parks represent the pinnacle of natural beauty and preservation. So, grab your backpack and join us on a virtual journey as we explore our annual Best Of Travel Awards winners for the best national parks outside of the U.S.

1. Loreto Bay National Park (Winner)

Mexico

Located on the Baja California Peninsula, Loreto Bay National Park is a paradise for nature enthusiasts. Its pristine beaches, turquoise waters, and vibrant marine life make it a top destination for snorkeling, kayaking, and diving. With its unique combination of desert and marine ecosystems, Loreto Bay offers an unforgettable experience for visitors seeking serenity and natural wonders.

2. Galapagos National Park

Ecuador

Renowned worldwide for its remarkable biodiversity and crucial role in Charles Darwin’s theory of evolution, Galapagos National Park is a living laboratory of wildlife. This remote archipelago in the Pacific Ocean boasts an incredible array of species, many of which are endemic to the islands. From giant tortoises and marine iguanas to blue-footed boobies and Galapagos penguins, visitors can observe these captivating creatures up close and witness nature’s awe-inspiring wonders.

3. Cinque Terre National Park

Italy

Nestled along the Italian Riviera, Cinque Terre National Park is a UNESCO World Heritage site that enchants travelers with its colorful villages and breathtaking coastal scenery. The park is comprised of five picturesque towns, each perched on cliffs overlooking the Ligurian Sea. Hiking trails winding through terraced vineyards and olive groves provide visitors with mesmerizing views of the rugged coastline, making it a hiker’s paradise.

4. Fiordland National Park

New Zealand

In the southwestern corner of New Zealand’s South Island lies Fiordland National Park, a place of unparalleled natural beauty. Spectacular fjords, cascading waterfalls, ancient forests, and snow-capped peaks define this rugged wilderness. The jewel of the park is Milford Sound, often referred to as the eighth wonder of the world. Exploring Fiordland’s vast landscape is a truly awe-inspiring experience.

5. Serengeti National Park

Tanzania

Stretching across Tanzania and into Kenya, Serengeti National Park is synonymous with the great African safari experience. This iconic park is teeming with wildlife, including the Big Five (lions, elephants, leopards, buffalo, and rhinoceros), wildebeest migrations, and countless other species. Witnessing the drama of the savannah unfold in Serengeti’s vast grasslands is an adventure that will leave a lasting impression.

6. Dolomiti Bellunesi National Park

Italy

Tucked away in the heart of the majestic Dolomite Mountains in northern Italy, Dolomiti Bellunesi National Park is a natural wonderland for outdoor enthusiasts. Towering peaks, picturesque valleys, alpine lakes, and lush meadows create an idyllic backdrop for hiking, climbing, and mountaineering. The park’s unique geology, rich flora and fauna, and charming mountain villages make it a must-visit destination for nature lovers.

7. Lake District National Park

England

With its tranquil lakes, rolling hills, and ancient woodlands, Lake District National Park in the United Kingdom has inspired artists and writers for centuries. This picturesque region in northwestern England offers a myriad of outdoor activities, including hiking, boating, and cycling. Explore the charming villages and historic sites scattered throughout the park or simply immerse yourself in the serene beauty of the landscape. The Lake District is a true gem that captivates visitors with its timeless allure.

8. Thingvellir National Park

Iceland

Situated on the dramatic tectonic plate boundaries of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, Thingvellir National Park in Iceland is a geological marvel. This UNESCO World Heritage site not only offers stunning vistas of volcanic landscapes, but it is also historically significant as the location of Iceland’s first parliament, Althing. Visitors can explore the park’s rugged terrain, marvel at the crystal-clear waters of Silfra fissure, learn about Iceland’s fascinating cultural heritage, and maybe even see the northern lights!

9. Torres Del Paine National Park

Chile

Nestled in the breathtaking Patagonian region of Chile, Torres del Paine National Park is a haven for adventure seekers and nature enthusiasts. Its jagged snow-capped mountains, glistening glacial lakes, and vast grasslands create a mesmerizing backdrop for activities such as hiking, horseback riding, and wildlife spotting. The park is home to foxes, pumas, and guanacos (similar to a llama).

The park is named after the three imposing granite towers — The Torres del Paine, or “Towers of Paine” — that are its centerpiece and an iconic symbol of Patagonia’s raw beauty. TravelAwaits contributor Sarah Kingdom describes the park as a “fantastic destination for intrepid hikers, kayakers, mountain bikers, or any adventurous traveler.” While multi-day treks are quite popular, spectacular views and iconic landmarks can also be seen by driving around the park.

10. Twelve Apostles Marine National Park

Australia

Along Australia’s Great Ocean Road, the Twelve Apostles Marine National Park beckons travelers with its dramatic coastal scenery. These towering limestone stacks, jutting out of the Southern Ocean, create a captivating panorama. Visitors can explore the park’s pristine beaches, marvel at the rugged cliffs, and spot marine life such as seals, penguins, and migrating whales. The Twelve Apostles Marine National Park is a testament to nature’s artistic prowess.

11. Plitvice Lakes National Park

Croatia

A true natural wonder, Plitvice Lakes National Park in Croatia enchants visitors with its cascading waterfalls, crystal-clear lakes, and lush forests. Wooden footbridges and hiking trails meander the park, allowing visitors to discover its enchanting beauty up close. The interplay of vibrant turquoise waters and green foliage creates a surreal and breathtaking experience, making Plitvice Lakes a must-visit destination for nature lovers.

12. Iguazú National Park

Argentina

Straddling the border between Argentina and Brazil, Iguazú National Park boasts one of the world’s most magnificent waterfalls, the awe-inspiring Iguazú Falls. With over 270 individual cascades spread across nearly 2 miles, the falls are a mesmerizing sight to behold. Visitors can explore the park’s lush rainforests, walk along the extensive network of trails, and even take exhilarating boat rides to witness the power and grandeur of the falls up close.

13. Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park

Australia

Deep in the heart of Australia’s Red Centre, Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park holds cultural and spiritual significance for the Anangu Aboriginal people. The 512-square-mile park is home to two iconic landmarks: Uluru and Kata Tjuta (The Olgas). Previously known as Ayers Rock, Uluru is the largest single-rock monolith on the planet. These massive sandstone formations rise from the desert landscape, creating a profound sense of awe and wonder.

Witness the mesmerizing color changes of the world-famous rock at sunrise or explore the hiking trails around Kata Tjuta for a deeper connection with this ancient land. An Aboriginal word meaning “many heads,” Kata Tjuta is composed of 36 gigantic monoliths. Take the Valley of the Winds loop, which wends between Kata Tjuta’s domes.

Both Uluru and Kata Tjuta are protected sacred sites and climbing them is banned, but there are several other ways to experience this incredible landscape. Enjoy indigenous-led or self-guided walks. Explore Walpa Gorge; it’s like an ancient temple chiseled by nature. Attempt indigenous dot painting, hop on the back of a camel, see rock art sites, sample indigenous foods, and skydive or helicopter over Uluru.

14. Glenveagh National Park

Ireland

Nestled in the rugged landscapes of County Donegal, Glenveagh National Park showcases the beauty of the Irish countryside. With its pristine lakes, mountains shrouded in mist, and lush woodlands, the park offers a serene and tranquil escape. Constructed in the 1880s, the stunning Glenveagh Castle Gardens is one of the Emerald Isle’s outstanding horticultural masterpieces. Explore the enchanting Glenveagh Castle, embark on scenic hikes, or simply enjoy the peace and solitude of this remote wilderness. Glenveagh National Park is a paradise for nature lovers, birdwatchers, and those seeking to immerse themselves in Ireland’s natural heritage.

Whether you’re an adventure seeker, wildlife enthusiast, or simply someone who appreciates the beauty of the natural world, these national parks are a testament to the importance of preserving our planet’s most treasured landscapes. So, pack your bags, embark on a journey of discovery, and let these remarkable national parks inspire your next great adventure.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards

For a tiny, rather historically overlooked island in the middle of the Atlantic, Bermuda has a surprisingly varied and delicious food scene. British, African, Portuguese, Caribbean, Filipino, and Native American cultures all contribute to the island’s culinary canon. Unsurprisingly, a lot of the specialties include catches from the sea, especially the local fish that group around the shores: rockfish (aka grouper), flaky white wahoo, and the spiny lobster shellfish people wait all year for. There’s no end to these seafood specialties. But Bermuda also has some great spices and flavorings that you might not have tried before, with an intriguing obsession for salty-sweet combinations.

Here are nine things you can’t leave the island without trying, plus where to find them.

1. Bermuda Rockfish 

Breezes Restaurant

Rockfish — more commonly known as black grouper — is a shorefish that are prolific in the Atlantic waters around Bermuda. You’ll see it on the menu at almost any seafood restaurant; which is basically any restaurant in Bermuda. The best, or at least the most local, way to try it is pan-fried, either in a lemon butter sauce or served with toasted almonds. Or try a sauce made with grilled Bermuda bananas and a local rum, known as Gosling’s Black Seal Sauce (see below). The latter is how it’s prepared at Breeze’s Restaurant and it was a delightful first foray into Bermuda’s salty-sweet fixation.

2. Wahoo Fish Sandwich 

Cafe Olé; Art Mel’s

Another popular way to eat fish is in a sandwich. In fact, the fish sandwich is something of an obsession on the island. But the particular Bermudian way of eating it is in between slices of toasted raisin bread. The bread choice sounded intriguing indeed and I polled locals about the best place to try it. It came down to two places: Cafe Olé near the Crystal Caves or Art Mel’s in a residential part of Hamilton. Both of these casual eateries place thick pieces of fried wahoo, mayo, and slaw between toasted raisin bread. Believe me, you’ll be flying back for this Bermy dish.

3. Dark N’ Stormy Cocktail

Harry’s At The Waterfront

Gosling rum is the single thing that Bermuda exports to the world. Goslings, a family business that goes back to the 1800s, makes several types of rum. But Black Seal is the company’s signature rum and it’s the tempest behind Bermuda’s favorite cocktail — the Dark n’ Stormy. The drink is similar to a Moscow mule, except with dark rum instead of vodka and garnished with a lime. You can try the drink at almost any bar, but Harry’s on the Waterfront is an especially pleasant place for a tipple and a local favorite.

Insider Tip: Stopping at Gosling’s flagship store for a bottle of rum is definitely on every shopper’s to-do list. Though, if you’re doing carry-on, you might want to wait and pick up a bottle duty-free. Also in town, you can even visit Gosling’s rum-making facility (upon appointment) to hear their fascinating history as well as the logistics of being the sole exporter in Bermuda.

4. Spiny Lobster 

Wahoo’s Bistro & Patio

The local lobster known as “spiny lobster” is in season between September and March. Locals wait all year for it and practically cheer on the local fishermen who dive for the catch around the island’s shores.

Also known as rock lobster or Bermuda lobster, these crustaceans don’t have claws so most of the tender meat is found in the tail. It’ll be on many restaurant menus in season. Wahoo’s in Hamilton is the place I’d recommend. During lobster season, their menu features an array of dishes with the spiny specialty: They use it in chowders, salads, pasta dishes, and more. But best of all is their “special” — a half-spiny lobster filled with crabmeat stuffing.

5. Codfish Breakfast

Bouchée Bistro

If your trip overlaps with the weekend, you should do a Sunday codfish breakfast. Typically, the meal consists of thick-cut salted cod and boiled potatoes with either a butter sauce or a stewed tomato sauce. On the side is a hard-boiled egg, ripe banana, sliced avocado, and a side order of Johnny cakes. Many locals like to mash it all together, achieving the salty-sweet combo they can’t seem to get enough of. It’ll definitely fill you up and you’ll probably not want to do anything other than what locals do after a codfish breakfast — retire to the nearest beach lounger for the afternoon. While Bouchée is a French bistro, it has a fantastic version of this favorite Bermuda brunch ritual.

6. Bermuda Fish Chowder 

Lobster Pot & Boat House Bar

Its history dates back to the 17th century and Colonial England’s presence on the island. Today, fish chowder is the national dish of Bermuda. You’ll find it on almost every menu, whether it’s a casual eatery or upscale restaurant.

The chowder differs from its New England counterpart in that it is made with tomato and fish base rather than cream. But it’s just as hearty! Chunks of tender white fish, tomatoes, onions, and other vegetables are slow-cooked with a splash of dark rum (usually Gosling’s Black Seal Rum). A few drops of a local Bermudian hot sauce (known as “sherry peppers sauce”) are then added to create its signature taste. This is the kind of dish that every family has a secret recipe for and there is an annual Bermuda fish chowder competition. Among the best restaurant options, though, is the Lobster Pot & Boat House Bar.

7. Loquat Jam (Or Liqueur)

The Pickled Onion

I often heard that nothing is grown on the island. (Not even onions? I wondered. It used to be an industry, I was told, but not so much anymore.) Absolutely everything is imported, I heard time and again. And yet many also raved about the loquat — a small, wild yellow fruit that locals forage for from late January until March, and turn into jam or liqueur.

I’m a jam connoisseur, so I tried to find a shop where I could buy a jar to take home, but no luck. I learned you have to know someone on the island who’s made it and get it from them. I didn’t have time to make that kind of friend. But I did see loquat jam on the menu at The Pickled Onion restaurant, served with what else but a fish sandwich.

The little fruit is also turned into a liqueur known as Bermuda Gold used in fruit sour cocktails. (Some locals make their own with the berries, sugar, and Gosling’s Light Rum.)

Insider Tip: It’s not actually true that nothing is grown on the island. Besides loquat, Chef Dawn Burrel offers a great wild edible tour @bdawildherbs. Participants forage edible and medicinal plants and then enjoy a plant-based meal using freshly picked ingredients.

8. Rum Swizzle

The Swizzle Inn Pub And Restaurant

Rum Swizzle is a punch with a punch that was invented in 1932 at the Swizzle Inn, one of the most iconic places in Bermuda. (The Swizzle Inn motto is “Swizzle Inn and Swagger Out.”) Today, it’s almost a mecca for visitors and returning Bermudians home to meet up with friends old and new over a drink. The walls are covered with vintage decals and many returning guests look for their old stickers in the way one might look for the initials once carved into a tree trunk. You can either while away the afternoon over lunch and a drink on the sunny patio or spend an evening in the atmospheric interior.

9. Bermuda Ice Cream

Bailey’s Bay Ice Cream Parlour

A perfect afternoon starts with lunch at Swizzle Inn and finishes at Bailey’s Bay Ice Cream Parlour — a pistachio and raspberry-colored ice cream shop across the street from the inn. Bailey’s has an array of great traditional flavors for their homemade ice creams and sorbet. But you really should try an island-specific flavor, such as Dark n’ Stormy or Bermuda Banana. Or get a double-scoop with both!

Related Reading:

• 9 Incredible Experiences Not To Miss In Beautiful Bermuda
• 7 Warm International Destinations To Visit In April (2023)
• We’ve Cruised 31 Times, These Are Our 3 Favorite Experiences And Places We’ve Been

The Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan is one of the world’s seven wonders and has played an integral part in the world’s most significant religions. Like an open-air museum, its pivotal role in world history spans thousands of years. One of the most impactful experiences is meeting the Jordanian people, who are proud of their heritage and want to share it with visitors. Here are eight of my favorite experiences.

I was part of a small group of writers hosted by the Jordan Tourism Board, but all opinions are my own.

1. Umm Qais

Experiencing Local Life With Baraka Destinations

Umm Qais is a village in the northwestern corner of Jordan; it was known as Gadara when it was part of the Roman Empire. It’s famous for its impressive colonnaded streets, vaulted terraces, and ancient theaters. We shared in the lives of residents on three separate tours while in the village.

Ahmad Alomari was our local guide who regaled us with the history and fascinating details of where he grew up and went to school. Before it became a protected archeological site, he used to play among the ruins as a child.

Local beekeeper Yousef Sarah suited us in full gear as he opened the hives and introduced us to the art of sustainable beekeeping. He creates and sells many products from the bees, including ointments, soaps, lotions, and organic, natural honey.

Galsoum Al-Sayyah welcomed us to her home for a sumptuous lunch. Sitting on low-cushioned seating around a center table, Galsoum tempted us with a delectable array of Middle Eastern traditional cuisine. She first started a small business in her home by baking local bread and selling it to visitors. Next came catering to the locals and preparing home-cooked feasts for guests like us. Her hard work has turned Galsoum’s Kitchen into a successful enterprise that helps support her family.

2. Jerash 

Tasting Traditional Foods At Beit Khairat Souf

Jerash was once a thriving Roman city and is one of the world’s most revered and impressive Roman ruins outside of Italy.

The highlight of our day in Jerash was visiting Beit Khairat Souf, a restaurant and community hub nearby. It’s a perfect lunch stop to experience the tastes and traditions of Jordanian culture. 

This tranquil kitchen and garden serve fresh meals with local produce and provide training and jobs for women and girls to financially support themselves through opportunities for economic development in the heart of Souf.

Our table under the shade-covered patio was laden with shared dishes. Mansaf, the traditional Jordanian lamb dish, was the star, and tasty traditional side dishes like baba ghanoush, grape leaves swimming in yogurt, and pita bread accompanied it. Haifa Bani-Mustafa — the program’s founder — joined us, describing the mission to empower women. We couldn’t leave without purchasing handmade creations and food items in the fully stocked shop.

3. Amman 

Appreciating Street Art During An Underground Amman Tour 

Amman is where tradition and modernity meet in the Old City. Jordan’s capital and largest city is a mix of old and modern, spanning several empires. Often called the “White City,” it has been inhabited since Neolithic times.

Through Local Eyes is a tour experience to show people there’s more beyond Amman’s recognized tourist sites. It opened a window into Amman’s often hidden or “underground” artistic expression, providing a new perspective of this ancient city.

Walking through the Jabal al-Weibdeh District, the walls were covered in colorful murals and graffiti. “This is the destination for artists and poets,” founder Anas Amarneh said as he led us down the neighborhood’s hilly streets. Enlightened, we began to understand what forces have shaped this fascinating city and how the young people of Amman will contribute to its future.

4. Feynan Ecolodge

Baking Bread Like A Bedouin In Wadi Feynan 

We had the rare opportunity to experience authentic Bedouin hospitality while learning to bake bread at Feynan Ecolodge.

A self-sustaining lodge built at the mountain’s base along the caravan route from Amman to Mecca, Feynman Ecolodge offers several interactive experiences presenting guests with a unique insight into the lives of one of the remaining Bedouin communities in Jordan.

At the end of a rugged track, we were led to the local community and invited to sit on carpets and cushions in a goat-hair tent. We faced our host, Hussein, who sat cross-legged before us with a bowl of wheat flour and a bottle of water. He showed us the Bedouin way to bake bread in the coals of an open fire. Kneading the sticky mixture until the dough held together, he then formed it into a ball and, after resting a bit, flattened it into a disk. At a small wood fire near the tent opening, Hussein raked the hot embers over to the side, placed the dough on the coals, and covered it with hot ashes to bake.

With the aroma of baking bread wafting through the tent, we were offered hot tea — a Bedouin custom of hospitality. Hussein, with the assistance of a translator, shared the traditions, seasonal tasks, and daily lives of the tribe members in today’s world.

When the bread was ready, we all got a taste. I juggled the hot morsels between my fingers, dipping each delicious bite in savory olive oil. This memory will stay with me for a long time.

Pro Tip: Reach out to Feynan Ecolodge for various activities, including hiking, mountain biking, and local community experiences such as bread-making and cooking classes. 

5. Petra By Night 

The ancient city of Petra is otherworldly at night. Few sites can rival the Nabataean city of Petra carved out of rose-red rock cliffs. 

The Petra By Night show starts with a magical walk from the Siq to the Treasury. More than 2,000 candles illuminate the narrow slot canyon. My first glimpse of the Treasury under the stars took my breath away. 

The anticipation grew with colorful light displays dancing across crevices and rock formations and washing over the Treasury. A B’doul elder told the story of Petra while a Bedouin flutist mesmerized the crowd with melodic strains that seemed full of woe and joy. After the show, I slowly returned through the canyon, the stars twinkling in the night sky, not wanting the evening to end.

Pro Tip: Petra By Night is offered on Monday, Wednesday, and Thursday. Good walking shoes are essential; prepare for rough ground, uneven stones, and slippery surfaces.

6. Wadi Rum 

Bedouin Desert Adventure And Jeep Safari 

Wadi Rum, also known as the Valley of the Moon, is on the western edge of the Arabian Desert. The rippled sand dunes have been inhabited since Prehistoric times. Vast, echoing, and “God-Like” is how Lawrence of Arabia once described Wadi Rum. We stayed in the Sharah Luxury Camp, which arranged our excursions in the desert.

Our Bedouin desert adventure began with a jeep safari to explore valleys and narrow gorges and discover ancient rock inscriptions, stopping often to scramble up the dunes. We ended the evening sitting on the sand, watching a magnificent Jordanian sunset unfold.

Camel Trekking

Often called “Ships of the Desert,” camels have transported people and goods in Wadi Rum for hundreds of years. Mounting our camels before sunrise and following our guide, we set off into the silent desert surroundings, while the peaking Sun slowly illuminated the surrounding peaks. We dismounted while our Bedouin hosts built a fire for tea and graciously shared an ages-old desert experience. At the same time, we marveled at a spectacular desert sunrise. 

Pro Tip: The visitor center provides the main gateway to the protected Wadi Rum area. It has all the facilities, information, and services visitors need, including restaurants and craft shops. All vehicle tours operate out of the center and you can make camel trek arrangements here.

7. The Dead Sea

One cannot leave Jordan without floating in the Dead Sea, the lowest spot on Earth. The salty water is so dense that you’ll stay afloat with ease. Unable to keep my feet under me, I surrendered, relaxed, and enjoyed the experience. After a dip, I slathered on the oozy dark mud from head to toe and let it dry. Then, I reentered the Dead Sea to wash it off. The mineral-rich waters and mud are said to have healing properties, but sadly, I don’t look any younger after my efforts. 

Pro Tip: You can have a mud bath and floating experiences at countless resorts and spas along this legendary waterfront. Don’t shave your legs within 24 hours before you enter the Dead Sea; the water might sting a bit.

8. Wadi Mujib

Canyoneering 

Canyoneering in Wadi Mujib was my favorite activity of the entire trip. The canyon towers above the Mujib River and flows into the Dead Sea. The world’s lowest nature reserve is dubbed the “Grand Canyon of Jordan.”

Visitors trek through the water, wading through the canyon toward a beautiful waterfall. We donned life vests, scrambled over rocks, and laughed out loud with delight, experiencing nature in Jordan in such an extraordinary way.

Pro Tip: Wadi Mujib is located about an hour’s drive southeast of Amman. Limited numbers can enter at a time, so go early in the morning or late in the afternoon to avoid a long wait.

Jordan is a must-see destination with a long and rich history. The ancient architecture, antiquity sites, desert adventures, delicious Jordanian cooking, and the Dead Sea are just a few reasons to visit. Meeting the locals and sharing unique experiences made extraordinary Jordan come alive.

Related Reading:

• The 2022 Bucket List Trip This Flight Attendant Finally Checked Off Her List
• 7 Things I Wish I Knew Before Visiting Jordan
• 7 Reasons To Fall In Love With Spectacular Wadi Rum

While winter is a great time to get cozy and try to stay warm, it’s also the happiest time of year for skiers and snowboarders in the U.S. and Canada. With so many great slopes dotting the mountain ranges of North America, it can be hard to decide which are the absolute best. To find out the best ski resorts for this year, we consulted our most trusted experts: you, the TravelAwaits readers. Below is a brief guide to our readers’ picks for the best ski resorts on the continent.

1. Killington Resort (Winner)

Killington, Vermont

Killington Resort tops the list — likely because of the huge variety of amenities and activities it has to offer guests. In addition to skiing and snowboarding, Killington also offers mountain biking, golf, ATV tours, concerts, a spa, and a smattering of dining and shopping options. Busy parents and grandparents always appreciate the onsite childcare.

Occasionally referred to as the “Beast of the East,” this resort has a dedicated following because of the excellent slopes and comfortable resort setting. Though it isn’t the largest resort on the list, it makes up for what it lacks in size with a wide variety of terrains. Whether you are a seasoned pro or new to winter sports, Killington will have plenty for you to do. To fully immerse yourself before your first visit, explore the Killington podcast.

2. Palisades Tahoe

Olympic Valley, California

On the other side of the country, the place to be (and ski) is Palisades Tahoe. This is the kind of resort that guests never want to leave – there are just too many fun things to do. On top of that, online reviews frequently cite the friendly and helpful staff who make every visit a joy. Finally, the quality of lodging at Palisades Tahoe may be the largest standout factor.

The host of the 1960 Olympic Winter Games, Palisades Tahoe is known for its appeal to experts, but there are plenty of friendly instructors and accessible zones for beginners. The Village at Palisades Tahoe is the starting and ending point for a day on the slopes. You’ll find gear, coffee, drinks, food, and accommodations.

3. Breckenridge Ski Resort

Breckenridge, Colorado

Resorts in Colorado make up nearly half of the list of our readers’ favorite places to ski and that’s no surprise. The state is an outdoor wonderland, but Breckenridge is a cut above the rest. With over 2,908 skiable acres between 9,600 and 12,998 feet in elevation, this is a place for people who are serious about their sport.

What the numbers don’t show, however, is the atmosphere that the resort and its accommodations provide. Since it began operating in 1961, generations of experienced enthusiasts and jumpy newcomers have enjoyed the resort and the town. Whether it’s the full event calendar or the Five Peaks that brings you to Breckenridge, you’re sure to return again and again.

4. Sugarloaf Outdoor Center

Carrabassett Valley, Maine

Maine’s Sugerload Outdoor Center offers a slightly different experience from some of the other resorts on the list. With over 30 miles of Nordic skiing trails, Sugarloaf offers a change of pace and scenery for winter athletes.

For other changes of pace, Sugarloaf is home to an NHL-sized skating rink, fat bike and snowshoe rentals, and all of the other amenities that you would expect from a top-10 resort. Guests who prefer to experience the beauty of Maine during the summer will find an 18-hole golf course with stunning mountain views.

5. Aspen Snowmass

Snowmass Village, Colorado

Aspen is a name that draws attention from around the world for its famous four mountains: Aspen Mountain, Aspen Highlands, Buttermilk, and Snowmass. Extensive lifts and gondolas make moving around the resort a breeze and careful grooming keeps the guest experience safe and pleasant. Covering an area of 5,527 acres, and with 41 lifts, there is plenty to keep even the most energetic skier occupied.

The fun at Aspen doesn’t end when the sun goes down; watering holes like The Sterling Aspen, Escobar, Belly Up Aspen, and The Snow Lodge provide different vibes for different guests. Aspen is even home to its very own art museum, where you can explore ideas and aesthetics as you relax and recuperate from a day on the slopes.

6. Whistler Blackcomb

Whistler, British Columbia

By SKI magazine’s numbers, Whistler Blackcomb is the largest ski resort in North America. It also boasts a vertical drop of 5,280 feet with 200+ marked trails. With numbers like these, it’d be hard to visit such a vast area without having a little bit of outdoor fun. For even more excitement, guests can book helicopter tours or heliskiing experiences. Heliskiing allows dedicated skiers access to powder that hasn’t been touched by others.

7. Telluride Ski Resort

Telluride, Colorado

Telluride is unquestionably beautiful, but this resort isn’t just another pretty face; there’s plenty of substance to the mountain. PeakRankings estimates that 41 percent of the mountain is rated as Advanced/Expert, meaning there are great challenges to be found across the resort’s 3,650-foot total footprint.

Whether you choose to stay in Telluride itself or in the mountain village, guests appreciate the world-class apres-ski experiences available. Telluride itself recommends a margarita at Gorrono Ranch, champagne at Bon Vivant, or any of its other excellent food and drink options.

8. Beaver Creek Resort

Beaver Creek, Colorado

Yet another option in the great state of Colorado, Beaver Creek Resort is a perfect choice for beginner- and intermediate-level skiers who are looking for a balanced terrain variety and modern infrastructure. The resort manages crowds well, which can make or break a mountain experience. With a slightly more family-friendly vibe, Beaver Creek still offers plenty of luxury accommodations, good dining, and entertainment without as much of the wild reputation that other resorts may lean into.

9. Mont Tremblant Ski Resort

Mont-Tremblant, Quebec

Mont Tremblant offers a taste of the European skiing experience in Canada. The appealing Quebecois-style village is a sight to see and it offers a nice variety of drinking and dining options. The skiing and snowboarding themselves offer good variety as well, meaning that everyone can have a good time at Tremblant.

10. Banff Sunshine Village Ski Resort

Banff, Alberta

One major appeal of Banff Sunshine Village Ski Resort is the length of its seasons; by some reports, they can run from November to late May. With incredible views and solid value, it’s hard to say “no” to a balanced, accessible resort like Banff Sunshine Village. While the only option in the mountain village is the lovely Sunshine Mountain Lodge, visitors can also stay in Banff and explore the town for a change of scenery.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards, including:

If you want to experience the dream vacation of a lifetime and the true essence of Ireland, the Ashford Lodge and Castle is the place for you. Do you want to feel like royalty, be pampered, and experience a real Irish castle? The property hosts loads of activities without breaking the bank; then West Ireland is calling your name!

As Ireland’s first and only Forbes five-star hotel and former castle of the Guinness family, this is truly a once-in-a-lifetime experience. The estate covers over 350 acres of impeccably manicured grounds and walking trails. As an airline pilot, I travel the world and have access to some pretty amazing places. Ashford Lodge has just landed as my number-one destination! Follow along with me on this amazing journey and get inspired to make it your number-one destination too.

1. Ashford Lodge

The Lodge was built in 1865 for the estate manager of the castle. It is a quiet, white-washed, two-floor property with 64 well-appointed rooms. Nestled on top of a hill, the Lodge has incredible views of Lough Corrib, a small quaint bay, and rolling green hills. Inside the Lodge is Wilde’s Dining Room, an elegant and modern restaurant that serves mouth-watering, classical, locally sourced dishes. Included in your stay is a daily two-course, delicious Irish breakfast. The ambiance, setting, food, and impeccable service carry over as the goal of each team member’s Irish charm is to make a difference for each and every guest. 

A lovely Quay Brasserie and a bar are also available if you choose to snuggle into a comfy chair gazing over the sweeping views of Lough Corrib, or stroll and see the collection of fine art. The most enjoyable part of staying at the Lodge is the informal and intimate setting while still having access to the castle and its grounds at a fraction of the price!

2. Luskin Suite

The Ashford Lodge is a hidden gem offering a classic castle setting with a contemporary offering. I stayed in the Luskin Suite. The room was plush and modernized with all the amenities that made me feel like a queen! Each room has elegant surroundings, Egyptian cotton linens, deluxe thirsty cotton towels perched upon a towel warmer, thick robes, and slippers. The Luskin Suite also includes a chocolate fudge turndown service!

3. Ashford Castle

The Ashford Castle resides below the Lodge and is a short 5-minute walk through one of the most enchanting forests I’ve ever seen. If you aren’t up for the stroll, or it starts to sprinkle, a complimentary Range Rover is always available to give you a ride down to the castle. 

Guests staying at the Lodge have the same access to experiences as those who stay at the pricier castle.

There are so many activities at the castle, however, it’s hard to only pick a few. There is something for everyone. They offer an equestrian center, fishing, boat rentals, bicycling, trap shooting, a nine-hole golf course, archery, a boat cruise, tennis, a traditional afternoon tea service, a spa service, and miles of walking trails. You can join the daily morning organized walk with the castle’s resident Irish Wolfhounds or join a docent for a historic walk through the preserve’s trails. You can soak up some movie history strolling through the buildings used during the filming of The Quiet Man, starring John Wayne and Maureen O’Hara. 

One of the best activities I did for myself didn’t cost a cent! I unplugged, put on my windbreaker and tennis shoes, and walked. I walked miles, alone and in the silence of the forest. I heard a symphony of birds chirping while my footsteps crunched on the gravel. I didn’t hear the roar of jet engines or the clicking of rushing heels in the airport, and I rarely spotted another guest. This magical area is a place to come to unwind and be pampered.

Pro Tips: If you happen to catch a salmon or black trout, the restaurant will prepare it for you. If dining at the castle, remember to wear a coat and tie! Be sure to reserve your activities in advance with a reservation specialist.

4. Falconry School Of Ireland

It was hard to choose, but I lucked out and felt like I won the golden ticket when I experienced a private hawk walk at the castle’s Falconry School. It is the first, oldest, and finest Falconry school in Ireland. Flying hawks is an experience of a lifetime! My time with “Pippin,” the Harris hawk, was one of the coolest things I’ve ever experienced. They are well cared for, flown daily, and awe-inspiring birds you can experience in an up close and personal way. We walked and flew together, strolling through magnificent green pastures, trees, and onto groomed trails. The power and grace of these remarkable creatures are awe-inspiring. I would return to Ireland just for this!

5. The Wilde’s Restaurant 

After a full day of activities, I worked up quite an appetite. The calming cottage feel of The Wilde’s restaurant is a nice juxtaposition with its “white tablecloth” service. I started with a recommended glass of Austrian sparkling wine and a chicken consommé and puffed pastry soup. There is nothing simple about an Irish basket of freshly baked bread and Irish butter with sea salt. My entrée was a spectacular locally sourced rack of lamb served with potatoes dauphine and vegetables. It was followed by a decadent dessert of dark chocolate mousse with butterscotch ice cream infused with sea salt. I am a self-proclaimed, world-traveled foodie; this dinner was superb! For breakfast, I was spoiled with a two-course Irish breakfast. I started with freshly squeezed juices, selections from Mueslix, fruit, and Irish porridge followed by a main entrée. I chose Irish eggs Benedict. It was a fabulous meal to fuel another day of activities.

Pro Tip: The Lodge offers room specials including a three-course dinner.

6. The West Coast

Most travelers choose to stay in or around Dublin on the east coast of Ireland. But the truly magical storytime images of Ireland lie in the countryside on the west coast. The beauty of the west coast has loads of unspoiled windswept coastlines, woodlands and valleys, winding narrow roads with little traffic, and herds of sheep dotting the fields. Adding to the breathtaking scenery are tiny towns and villages with cobblestone streets, thatched-roof buildings, and quaint pubs dotting the main street.

The Emerald Coast of Ireland is filled with history, rugged beauty, and friendly residents. This part of the countryside has authentic Irish culture, rugged scenery, and towering cliffs you won’t find anywhere else.

Pro Tip: If you love Guinness beer, come and see how nature inspired its creation! The castle at one time was owned by the Guinness family.

Getting There

Daily flights from the U.S. to Shannon (SNN) airport make getting to the castle a breeze. It’s a short 2-hour drive north to the property. I recommend stopping halfway for a walk and tea in the town of Galway, most notably the largest Gaelic-speaking population in Ireland. Cobblestone streets and Irish pubs, shops, and restaurants make up the true Irish charm of this famous little corner of the world.

Pro Tips

Watch a youtube video on driving on the left! Save your receipt for goods purchased. You can get your VAT tax returned at the airport when you depart. During October, the castle has a Harry Potter-themed Halloween event with live hawks! Consider traveling in the off-season to get even better room rates!

Related Reading:

• 7 Reasons Why You’ll Fall In Love With Charming Kinsale, Ireland
• 9 Reasons To Visit The Ancient Town Of Kilkenny, Ireland
• 13 Reasons You’ll Fall In Love With Ireland’s Enchanting Connemara Region

From beaches to recreation areas and historical nature preserves, Fort Pierce has plenty to offer any outdoor enthusiast. With several tour companies offering visitors a chance to experience the outdoors up close and personal, this guide will help you find the perfect places to explore in and around town. So, without further ado, these are just some of the incredible things you can do during a weekend in Fort Pierce, Florida.

1. Navy SEAL Museum

Visit the National Navy SEAL-UDT Museum; it’s the only one of its kind dedicated solely to preserving the history of the SEALs. Before heading inside, take a turn on the obstacle course modeled after the BUD/S course in Coronado, California. Inside the museum, climb aboard the lifeboat where Captain Richard Phillips was held hostage for 5 days after the cargo ship Maersk Alabama was seized by Somali pirates on April 8, 2009. Gaze at the incredible memorial that honors Navy SEALs and frogmen, then check out the centerpiece of the memorial — a bronze sculpture of a modern Navy SEAL combat swimmer. You’ll also have a chance to see the Mark V Special Operations Craft — an 82-foot-long, 52-ton boat that was used as a medium-range insertion and extraction platform for special operations forces.

2. Get Up And Go Kayaking

One of the most unique opportunities in Fort Pierce is the Get Up and Go Kayaking excursion. Launch your 100 percent clear kayak into the water and prepare to be amazed at the beauty. Red mangrove trees and rich flora and fauna line the path to the bay. You might see dolphins, manatees, sea turtles, and various birds along your water journey.

Trips take kayakers to a sandy area, where they can hop out and explore in the shallow water. You’ll have a chance to see crabs, stingrays, and a variety of fish. Use the nets they provide or your hands to touch and connect with nature. You never really know what you are going to see on these tours!

Pro Tip: Book a GLOW tour, a night trip out with LED lights on the kayaks; you’ll get a whole otherworldly feel as you make your way in the dark through the mangroves.

3. Savannas Recreation Area

Savannas Recreation Area is nestled close to the Indian River and offers a plethora of things to do during trips for the seasoned traveler. Florida is a long state and pulling a camper can be a challenge. Rent an RV from Glampster RV for a stay and book a full hookup site. I can recommend location #43, ideally situated for all activities with laundry and a bathhouse. Every camping location offers a fire ring and picnic table.

Pro Tip: Site #43 gives a good dose of afternoon shade, which was appreciated in the hot summer sun.

One unique feature of this campground is how they offer rental kayaks and canoes. A perfect addition to a stay, walk from your campsite and take a paddle through the canals. The rental rates were reasonable and they had plenty of units available. 

Within the Savannas Recreation Area, you can fish the day away just a few steps from your site, with catches of many native fish. Anglers can find bull redfish and spotted sea trout in the river and its deep flats, where the system attracts a lot of shrimp and mullets for feeding. Grouper, snapper, snook, black drum, and tarpon can also be caught in the river. The recreation area offers a short paved hiking trail through the park; bike or walk along the path. Here, you can see the many birds that call Florida home or you might even get to see an alligator!

4. Donald B. Moore Heritage Preserve

Visit the Donald B. Moore Heritage Preserve; while it doesn’t look like much from the parking lot, you will be amazed at all the unique things along these short interpretive trails. Delve into the Orange Trail with its markers teaching about flora and fauna of the area. If you finish the Orange Trail and want a little more hiking, enjoy the Green Path. This trail offers a history of the site and plenty more lush views. If you’re going to wander a bit further, you can take the Blue Trail out to the Indian River and check out the kayak stopover and the lagoon kiosk.

This preserve offers plenty of recreational opportunities, which include volleyball, horseshoes, and disc golf. You can have a picnic in one of the various picnic areas, which include tables and charcoal grills. The boardwalks and trails are well-marked and easy to navigate; however, they would not be considered ADA-compliant.

Pro Tip: Want all the ADA accessibility in one location? Try Petravice Family Preserve with a 1.5-mile paved path, accessible bathrooms, and even an ADA-accessible kayak launch.

Hiking Recommendations

• Plenty of water to stay hydrated
• Bug spray for the pesky mosquitos
• SPF 50+ sunblock
• Snacks for energy
• Camera to snap pictures of all the beauty

5. Tours On Horseback

There’s nothing quite like the feeling of riding a horse on the beach. The wind in your hair, the sound of the waves crashing against the shore, and the steady rhythm of your horse’s hooves make for an exhilarating experience. As you gallop along the coastline, you feel a sense of freedom and connection with nature that is hard to find anywhere else. Whether you’re an experienced rider or a beginner, horseback riding on the beach is an adventure you won’t soon forget. 

Tours on Horseback offer the best beach excursions; pick one first thing in the morning for cooler temps.

6. Sail Aiki

Hop on board the Aiki with Captain Kyle for a trip out into the Indian River Lagoon. Before your trip, Kyle will coordinate how to make this trip out on the water perfect; choose from a sunrise or a sunset cruise.

The Aiki is a fully restored Condor 40 with three hulls that are 40 feet long and 28 feet wide. With the custom trampolines provided, slip off your shoes and settle into the big comfy pillows for you to recline on during your sail. Music of your choice will fill the air as Kyle and his crew get your trip underway. As you head out toward the Atlantic, close your eyes and let the sun and waves sway you into the perfect state of relaxation.

Blue waters allure you as the current takes you on its weaving path. While on board, keep your eyes open for dolphins, sharks, sea turtles, manatees, and tarpons. Take in the beautiful shoreline of the beach as you cruise along.

Pro Tip: Wear sturdy shoes for boarding; they will keep your footing sure until you are comfortably seated on the sailboat.

Restaurants On The Water In Fort Pierce

When it comes to dining by the water, there’s nothing quite like the experience of eating at a beachside restaurant. The sound of waves crashing against the shore, the salty sea breeze, and the stunning views make for an unforgettable meal. Whether you’re looking for fresh seafood or a casual burger, the beachside restaurants in Fort Pierce offer a unique atmosphere.

Curl your toes in the sand as you order the fresh catch of the day or seafood starters at On the Edge Bar and Grill, a family-owned local hangout. Looking for big flavor with a huge menu? Crabby’s Dockside has everything from landshark favorites to deep-sea treasures, and the Bairdi crab is a house favorite with 1.5 pounds served steamed or grilled with garlic butter and Old Bay seasoning.

Pro Tip: Hop in the car for a short drive to Hutchinson Island, where restaurants on the ocean combine fine dining with stunning views at Kyle G’s. Try one of the Maui poke bowls or the lobster fried rice; truly an experience you won’t forget.

Hotels In Fort Pierce

Some call the Treasure Coast the quiet side of Florida and the places to stay there are perfect for any beachgoer. Stay on the water at one of the plentiful condos located on a sandy beach, or reserve an Airbnb with a pool in one of the gated communities. If you are more of the hotelier, secure a full-service stay along the Atlantic Coast or in the historic Reno Hotel.

Pro Tip: Book your stay well in advance; waterfront hotels book up quickly.

Related Reading:

• 25 Best Florida RV Parks For Camping
• My 5 Favorite Vacations In Florida Perfect For The Entire Family
• I’m A Grandmother, Here Are The 7 Places I Love To Take My Grandkids In Winter Haven, Florida

Small-town charm with big-city amenities; it’s a difficult balance to strike. The cities that made our list walk this line well. It also doesn’t hurt that they’re located in beautiful areas of the country. From coast to coast, and all the rolling hills in between, here are our readers’ 16 favorite midsize U.S. cities you don’t want to miss.

1. Manhattan, Kansas (Winner)

Known as “The Little Apple,” Manhattan has a vibrant college-town feel thanks to Kansas State University. Take a stroll through Aggieville, an area filled with shops, restaurants, bars, and live entertainment venues whose history dates to the late 1800s. Downtown Manhattan is equally enticing, just without as many students around. There are more restaurants, shops, and it’s home to the Saturday morning farmers market.

Located in the Flint Hills, the rolling prairie grass creates a beautiful surrounding landscape. Learn more about the area at The Flint Hills Discovery Center. Plus, be sure to get outdoors and enjoy the area’s hiking and biking trails in and around Manhattan.

2. New Braunfels, Texas

Located in the Texas Hill Country, just 40 minutes northeast of San Antonio, New Braunfels is known for its German heritage and festivals. Don’t miss the biggest and best German celebration of the year, Wurstfest! It takes place every November. Grab your lederhosen, a pint of cold beer, some sausage or schnitzel, and prepare to polka the days away.

When the Texas heat gets to be too much, join the locals and grab a tube or kayak and cool off while floating down the Comal or Guadalupe Rivers. Natural Bridge Caverns is always 80 degrees (technically it’s 70 degrees with 99 percent humidity). 

Don’t miss the artists, boutique shops, and restaurants in the Gruene Historic District. The Gruene Dance Hall is one of the oldest in Texas.

3. Grand Rapids, Michigan

Grand Rapids offers a diverse mix of experiences for visitors. It’s of course home to the Gerald R. Ford Presidential Library and Museum where you can soak in the history of his time as the 38th U.S. President.

It also has an amazing craft beer scene. With dozens of craft breweries, Grand Rapids has been dubbed “Beer City USA.” You’ll want to wander the Beer City Ale Trail sampling the brews as well as grabbing a bite or two.

Don’t miss the celebrated Frederik Meijer Gardens & Sculpture Park. There are more than 200 amazing works of art to explore.

Finally, visit Grand Rapids’s Downtown Market for an innovative, and delicious, food experience.

4. Santa Barbara, California

Perched on the beautiful California coast, Santa Barbara’s location makes it an ideal weekend getaway. While it’s perfectly fine to relax and soak in the views, history lovers will want to explore the Santa Barbara Mission (known as the “Queen of Missions”) and Stearns Wharf (the oldest working wharf in the state).

You’ll be blown away by Ganna Walska Lotusland. Its 37 acres of lush gardens are a unique collection of rare and endangered plants.

With its coastal location and the Santa Ynez Mountains just to the east, hiking, biking, kayaking, sailing, and more await those seeking outdoor adventure. If you prefer to be outdoors with a glass in hand, Santa Barbara has two dozen wineries and tasting rooms waiting to host you.

5. Savannah, Georgia

Savannah redefines charm. Tree-lined cobblestone streets draped in Spanish moss, 22 beautifully appointed squares, and a waterfront filled with boutique shops and restaurants; visitors are enticed to explore this historic city.

Located on beautiful Monterey Square, you’ll find the Mercer-Williams House which you may recognize from the novel, Midnight in the Garden of Good and Evil. Don’t miss Forsyth Park’s fountain, one of the most photographed in the city. 

If you believe in ghosts, Savannah is one of the most haunted cities in the U.S. and ghost tours are offered throughout the year. 

6. Santa Fe, New Mexico

Santa Fe is simply a gem; a city filled with art and beautiful architecture throughout. Walk along the city’s historic plaza with adobe buildings where local artisans sell their handmade goods. Enjoy the boutique art shops and whimsical sculptures that line Canyon Road. And, browse the beautiful works of art at the Georgia O’Keeffe Museum. 

If you’ve been to Santa Fe, it’s difficult to think about returning without your mouth watering. The Southwestern cuisine served at restaurants throughout the city is amazing. Endless options of margaritas and the area’s delicious chili sauces (red, green, and Christmas) highlight the menus.

Take a peek inside the Loretto Chapel and learn the history of its unique spiral staircase. It’s near the historic plaza.

7. Asheville, North Carolina

Nestled in the Blue Ridge Mountains, Asheville has a relaxed and funky vibe. It’s known for its fantastic art galleries, delicious restaurants, excellent craft breweries, and live music. The city is also a beautiful spot for anyone wanting to enjoy the outdoors, with hiking and biking trails and even whitewater rafting.

Downtown Asheville is lovely to walk around and browse the unique shops and wonderful art galleries. The farm-to-table dining scene is strong here, and you see it not only in restaurants but its many farmers markets throughout the area.

Explore the Biltmore Estate, the country home of the Vanderbilt family. There’s the grandiose mansion which is a sight to see, but the gardens are also beautiful and there’s a winery on the property to enjoy.

8. Scottsdale, Arizona

Even though it’s part of the greater Phoenix metropolitan area, Scottsdale retains a midsize city feel. Loved by retirees for decades, Scottsdale attracts anyone trying to escape the cold for a weekend, a week, or a few months, but there’s more to it than just appealing winter temperatures.

Old Town Scottsdale is especially charming with its western feel, restaurants perfect for patio sitting, art galleries, and boutique shops. Art fills the city. The Scottsdale Art District hosts ArtWalk every Thursday evening with dozens of galleries to explore. Works of art are also sprinkled throughout the city.

The area also offers amazing, and plentiful, golf courses and beautiful resorts. Frank Lloyd Wright also wintered in Scottsdale and you can tour Taliesin West.

9. Charleston, South Carolina

If you love food, Charleston needs to be on your list. It’s home to award-winning restaurants serving low-country cuisine and delicious seafood dishes. Magnolias, FIG, S.N.O.B, and Husk are consistently good. You can’t beat the burgers and fish tacos at Poe’s Tavern on Sullivan’s Island; it’s named after Edgar Allen Poe who was stationed nearby during his time in the army. 

Charleston is also one of the most colorful cities in the country. Its homes are beautiful shades of pink, blue, yellow, green, and yes, there are some white homes as well.

Stroll through City Market and admire the traditional sweetgrass baskets made by Gullah artisans. They are a wonderful keepsake. Take a ferry to Fort Sumter, where the first shots of the Civil War were fired.

10. Green Bay, Wisconsin

There’s more to Green Bay than “Go Pack, Go!” Although, don’t pass up a chance to tailgate and take in a game at Lambeau Field, or book a stadium tour when the team isn’t on the field.

Built in the 1930s, the city’s Meyer Theatre was originally The FOX Theatre, a place to see movies and vaudeville acts. It was saved and beautifully restored in the early 2000s and is now home to Let Me Be Frank Productions, which produces original musicals for theater audiences.

Don’t miss a chance to spend a day on the water kayaking, boating, fishing, or sailing. Or you can explore the Green Bay Botanical Garden. Kids will love its colorful Children’s Garden.

11. Bend, Oregon

Beautiful Bend invites visitors to explore the outdoors all year long. Located on the eastern edge of the Cascade Mountains, spend the winter skiing or snowboarding at nearby Mount Bachelor. 

When the snow melts, hike or bike beneath the Ponderosa Pines; go mountain climbing, or watch others, at Smith Rock State Park. Locals love to stand-up paddleboard, tube, or just relax along the Deschutes River that runs through town.

Located along the river is the Old Mill District. It’s a mixed-use area with shops, restaurants, a movie theater, hotels, and office space.

Just south of town, you can spend an entire day or more at Newberry National Volcanic Monument, a volcano the size of Rhode Island that last erupted in 690 AD. Explore Lava River Cave, Paulina Falls, and hike to the hot springs.

12. Providence, Rhode Island

Founded in 1636, historic Providence maintains a youthful, vibrant feel thanks to its eight colleges and universities, including Brown University and the Rhode Island School of Design — whose museum boasts more than 100,000 pieces of art alone.

Johnson & Wales University, known for its culinary arts degree, reveres Chefs Emeril Lagasse and Tyler Florence among its famous graduates. The graduates who stay in the city have created an innovative and exciting food scene.

Thousands flock to Providence’s unique WaterFire event. From spring through fall, boats light more than 80 bonfires along the city’s three rivers. The beautiful reflections of flames on the water and bridges, the smell of the fire, and the music that plays create a multi-sensory experience.

Be sure to take a walk through history on Benefit Street, explore the unique shops on Wickenden Street, and enjoy an authentic Italian meal on Federal Hill.

13. Salem, Massachusetts

Famous for its late-1600s witch trials, there’s more to charming Salem than its dark history. Located on Salem Bay Harbor, enjoy a sunset sail on a historic schooner or take a boat tour to Bakers Island Light Station, where you can spend the night in the keeper’s house.

The House of Seven Gables, made famous by Nathaniel Hawthorne’s novel, is also on the harbor. Stroll through the grounds and tour the home; it’s one of the largest timber-framed mansions that remains in the U.S.

Just a few minutes away is Salem’s Maritime National Historic Site with a replica tall ship. Get up early, grab an Adirondack chair, and watch the sunrise.

Both of the above are on the Salem Heritage Trail. Follow the yellow line through more than 400 years of the town’s history, including the notable witch trial locations.

When planning your visit, know that the town fills with visitors from late September through the end of October, with the crowds growing the closer you get to Halloween.

14. Bozeman, Montana

Located in Montana’s beautiful Rocky Mountains, Bozeman is a year-round destination for outdoor lovers. Scenes from the 1992 movie A River Runs Through It were filmed here, beginning America’s love affair with Montana fly fishing. Grab your fly rod and channel your inner Brad Pitt on one of several gorgeous rivers within an hour’s drive. Big Sky Resort offers amazing skiing and snowboarding in the winter and mountain biking in the summer.

All of that activity works up quite the appetite and one of Bozeman’s amazing restaurants is sure to satisfy.

The Museum of the Rockies, showcasing a fully mounted T-Rex skeleton and other dinosaur fossils, is a leading paleontology research institution. You can find it on Montana State University’s campus.

Looking for a great day trip, the drive from Gallatin Canyon to Madison Valley is simply gorgeous.

15. Chattanooga, Tennessee

Chattanooga sits on the Tennessee-Georgia state line in southeastern Tennessee. It’s likely you’ve heard Glenn Miller’s “Chattanooga Choo Choo” and the city stays close to its rail roots. The Tennessee Valley Railroad Museum offers several scenic train rides throughout the year. The historic Terminal Station is now a hotel complex with dining, live music, shopping, beautiful rose gardens, and more.

Lookout Mountain dominates the skyline in Chattanooga. You can see seven states, visit underground waterfalls, ride the incline railway, and walk Rock City’s famous Swing-A-Long Bridge. 

Enjoy a hike at Moccasin Bend National Archaeological District, where they can trace 12,000 years of continuous habitation.

Other popular options with travelers and locals alike: Visit the Tennessee Aquarium, take in a Chattanooga Lookouts game, or walk the Riverwalk along the Tennessee River.

16. Rapid City, South Dakota

With the Badlands to the east and the Black Hills to the west, Rapid City is a beautiful spot to base a vacation in western South Dakota. Custer State Park, Mount Rushmore, Devil’s Tower, Crazy Horse Memorial, Badlands National Park, Wind Cave National Park, and Minuteman Missile National Historic Site are all worth a visit and easy day trips.

Rapid City is the only place in the country with life-sized statues of 43 U.S. presidents lining its downtown streets, giving it the nickname “City of Presidents.”

Kids will love Storybook Island, Reptile Gardens, Dinosaur Park, and the Museum of Geology at South Dakota’s School of Mines & Technology.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards, including:

• 15 Beautiful Beaches In The U.S. Our Readers Love
• 14 Best BBQ Restaurants In The U.S.
• 16 Most Walkable Cities Outside Of The U.S.

Rome has a rich history and vibrant culture that can transport you to a different era. Long before I ever visited Rome, what I knew of the ancient city came from the movies. I’m a classic movie buff, and Roman Holiday, the 1953 romantic comedy, is my favorite film.

The story unfolds as Princess Ann, who, during a visit to Rome, escapes her guardians to explore the city. Enter a handsome newspaper reporter who whisks her away on the back of his Vespa. I’ll never forget the images of iconic landmarks in the eternal city whizzing by as the movie unfolds.

On a recent visit, I found that exploring Rome by Vespa Sidecar Tour can make you feel like you’re living a similar fantasy. 

My private Vespa Sidecar Tour was provided by Anantara Palazzo Naiadi as part of a hosted stay at the beautiful hotel. As always, all opinions are my own.

The Vespa Sidecar Tour 

The Vespa Sidecar tour offers a unique way to discover the city’s famous landmarks, hidden gems, and picturesque squares. As you motor through the bustling city, you can imagine yourself as Audrey Hepburn’s character, Princess Ann, embarking on her own Roman adventure. 

The company’s owner, Luca Di Trapano, explained that the Vespa Sidecar Tour was born in a flash of inspiration after 2 decades of giving tours in Rome. He thought the concept was genius but later learned his idea was 45 years too late.

The makers of the Vespa stopped producing the model equipped with a sidecar in 1968. Not easily deterred, he persevered and brought his dream to reality. Since 2018, Luca has welcomed over 20,000 passengers on board without a single accident. He told me, “It is like having sailed through the streets of Rome with four or five gigantic cruise ships!”

The tours are 3 hours, depending on traffic. The price is 110 euros per person (about $117) on the small group tour (12 guests max). You can take the tour solo as I did or with a companion or group. Trade places halfway through for a new perspective. A private tour’s price depends on the number of guests.

Here are several reasons why you should explore Rome on this unique Vespa tour.

Easy Meeting Point

Piazza della Repubblica is the tour meeting point. The square is well-connected and easy for drop-offs by taxis and vehicles. Take the subway Line A to the Repubblica-Teatro dell’Opera stop. It’s just a 2-minute walk from the Central Termini Railway Station.

Pro Tip: If you want somewhere to stay close by, I recommend Anantara Palazzo Naiadi Rome Hotel. A restored 19th-century, crescent-shaped palazzo, it fronts Piazza della Repubblica, where the Vespa tour starts. At the assigned time, I met my guide, Alessio, at the concierge desk. My chariot, i.e. baby blue Vespa, was waiting just outside.

The Iconic Landmarks Of Rome

Exploring the highlights of the Eternal City, we visited 12 sights, including the Spanish Steps, Piazza del Popolo, and the Borghese Gardens. There were several opportunities to stop, stretch our legs, and linger, including the Trevi Fountain and the Pantheon.

It’s A Blast!

When exploring the beautiful city of Rome, I loved all the astonished looks on people’s faces as we made our way down tight alleys and broad avenues. I felt like a movie star — everyone was smiling, waving, and snapping our photo. We must have been quite a sight; something special to share with family members when you get home.

Avoid The Crowds

What’s the best way to avoid crowds and see a different side of Rome? See it on a Vespa! If you’re fearless, you could rent one yourself. But my advice? Enlist a pro. You will feel much safer riding next to or behind someone who understands the ins and outs of Rome’s streets, where locals think traffic lanes are merely suggestions.

It’s A Beautiful Ride

The Vespa is a classic: These stunning coupes from Italy are iconic on the streets of Rome. Piaggio & Co. started making the Vespa after WWII as cheap, affordable transportation. Eventually, in 1953, the hit movie Roman Holiday showed the world how great a Vespa could be, resulting in record sales. Like the Colosseum, the Italian scooter has remained a part of Italy’s landscape. You will feel like an authentic Italian in the sidecar of a Vespa.

Unique And Unforgettable Way To See The Eternal City 

Unlike larger vehicles, a Vespa can easily maneuver through tight spaces, allowing you to see more of the city’s hidden gems and local hotspots. As you zip through the streets, you’ll experience the city in an exciting and unique way. Your guide will share his knowledge of the city’s history and culture, providing insights into the backstories of the pivotal figures in the Roman Empire.

A Driver And Official Guide Rolled Into One

My driver, Alessio, wasn’t just a history buff: He’s also an official guide, which means he’s been trained to lead tours and provide in-depth information on all the sites you’ll see. He knows how to keep you engaged, entertained, and informed, making your Vespa tour an unforgettable experience. Throughout the tour, he shared fascinating facts, historical anecdotes, and his favorite neighborhoods and restaurants. With his expertise and passion for sharing the city’s rich history, you’ll have a one-of-a-kind adventure that you’ll remember for years to come. 

Radio-Connected Modern Whispers

As we cruised along the streets of Rome, Alessio provided commentary directly into my ear through a modern whisper system. He pointed out the window overlooking St. Peter’s Square where the Pope makes his Sunday address. It was chilling to see the balcony above the Piazza Venezia, where Mussolini delivered his most famous speech, the declaration of war on France and Britain in 1940.

A Sense Of Freedom And Excitement

Take in Rome’s sights, sounds, and smells from the open-air Vespa sidecar. You can enjoy the warm breeze on your face, witness the daily life of Romans, and immerse yourself in the city’s timeless beauty. 

Pro Tip: Three hours is about the right amount of time to get a taste of Rome. I saw much more than I would in a walking tour, and it was a better experience than a hop-on, hop-off bus tour — we could go where large coaches could not.

I Felt Safe 

The guides are expert drivers and the top-class helmets have face shields and disposable head covers. The passenger wears a seatbelt with a shoulder harness. We traveled at the most 24 miles per hour; just the right pace. Once you are on board, your unease fades away as you sit back, hold on, and enjoy the thrill of exploring Rome on a Vespa.

The Hidden Gems Of Rome

Rome is one of the most beautiful places in Italy and a real bucket-list destination. But allow some time to visit the hidden gems many tourists miss. Janiculum Hill, called the “Eighth Hill of Rome,” is a beautiful, often overlooked area with the best views of Rome. It’s a bit of a climb on foot, but on a Vespa, sit back and enjoy the ride. Piazzale Garibaldi in the center has the Giuseppe Garibaldi Monument with a cannon that fires daily at noon. Don’t miss the 17th-century Aqua Paola Fountain.

Cappuccino And Cornetto 

After visiting the Pantheon, we stopped for a cappuccino and cornetto, the traditional Roman breakfast choice. Our baby blue Vespa was parked nearby and I enjoyed watching how much attention it got from passersby. On the afternoon tours, customers are offered gelato instead.

Unforgettable Experience 

This is the perfect gift for someone who has done everything and an unforgettable experience for curious travelers of all ages. You will carry home remarkable moments and fun memories. 

Would I recommend Vespa Sidecar Tour? Absolutely. If this had been my first time in Rome, it would have given me a good overview of the places I would like to return to for a deeper dive. I have been to Rome several times, but until now, I’ve never seen the eternal beauty of Rome from the seat of a Vespa sidecar. And the coin I tossed into the Trevi Fountain guarantees I’ll be back.

Related Reading: 

• 9 Ways To Avoid Looking Like A Tourist In Rome
• 7 Unexpected And Unforgettable Attractions You Need To See In Rome
• 7 Best Places To Indulge In Dolce Far Niente While Visiting Rome

If you find yourself longing for sun, sand, and surf, the Texas coastal town of Port Aransas should definitely be on your list! Located just south of Corpus Christi on Mustang Island, Port Aransas welcomes visitors of all ages year-round thanks to its beautiful beaches, tantalizing seafood, and amazing wildlife encounters.

Port Aransas is centered around the beautiful waters of the Gulf of Mexico, allowing visitors endless opportunities to relax and connect with nature. Whether you want to build sandcastles on the beach or prefer a day of adrenaline-dumping deep-sea fishing, Port Aransas has you covered.

As a native Texan, I have visited Port Aransas my entire life. There are so many fun things to do in Port Aransas, Texas, that you will surely find something you love. That’s why I am so excited to share my list of the best things to do in Port Aransas, Texas, with you!

1. Mustang Island State Park

Head just south of Port Aransas to the southern end of Mustang Island to find one of my favorite state parks in Texas, Mustang Island State Park. 

The fact that Mustang Island State Park is located on a barrier island guarantees that you are in for a fun and unique experience when you visit. Take time to roam the beaches, combing for sand dollars before trying deep-sea fishing. I love that the size of Mustang Island State Park makes it easy to find a section of the beach all to yourself. Of course, the park is magical at sunrise and sunset, so find your favorite spot on the beach or sand dunes, and enjoy all that Mother Nature has to offer when you visit.

In addition to the fabulous surf and sand, the park also offers numerous amenities for guests to enjoy. The park’s campsites with electricity include a shade shelter, picnic table, outdoor grill, and water and electricity hookups. If you prefer a more primitive experience, Mustang Island State Park offers 50 campsites spread out over 1.5 miles of beach.

2. Aransas National Wildlife Refuge

If you enjoy bird watching, you will love visiting the Aransas National Wildlife Refuge. Best known as the winter refuge for the endangered whooping cranes, the Aransas National Wildlife Refuge provides a safe haven for numerous species of birds and reptiles. 

The preservation boasts a diverse landscape that includes grasslands, sand dunes, and beaches. This diverse terrain makes the refuge a great place to see waterfowl, alligators, lizards, turtles, and more. In addition to wildlife viewing, Aransas National Wildlife Refuge visitors can enjoy hiking and fishing on the property.

3. Port Aransas Beach

Port Aransas Beach is one of my favorite beaches in Texas. This 6-mile stretch of sand lasts forever and is the perfect place to enjoy a day at the beach while visiting the Texas Gulf Coast. 

While at Port Aransas Beach, I prefer to just relax in a beach chair while watching the waves roll in. If you prefer a more active day at the beach, you can enjoy windsurfing, boogie boarding, fishing, or riding Jet Skis during your visit. 

One of my favorite things about Port Aransas Beach is that you can drive your vehicle onto the sand! After purchasing a beach parking permit from City Hall, beachgoers can drive onto the sand and park their vehicles between markers 0 and 62. There is a small amount of free beach parking between Pier 52 and 58.

4. Texas Sandfest

The Texas Sandfest is an annual sandcastle-building competition on Port Aransas Beach. This fun festival welcomes guests and artists to the sunny shores of Port Aransas. The 3-day competition includes both amateur and master sand sculptors, all showcasing their skills and artistry for the live crowd.

Of course, it wouldn’t be a festival without great live music and delicious fair-style food; luckily, the Texas Sandfest includes all that. See the sculptors crafting their sand creations before visiting the many food and merchandise vendors and checking out the live music. 

The Texas Sandfest closes on Sunday afternoon with a fun award ceremony celebrating the artists’ works. I am always so amazed at the talent of the artists during the Texas Sandfest. We have seen sand sculptures depicting everything from incredibly detailed castles to fun and quirky animals. Every year, the artists at the Texas Sandfest deliver unique, quality sand art pieces, making this festival one of my favorite things to do in Port Aransas, Texas.

5. Deep-Sea Fishing

Anglers love to hit the waters of the Gulf of Mexico while visiting Port Aransas, thanks to the abundance of marine life that calls the area home. Numerous group and private charters are available for the perfect day of fishing on the Gulf’s waters. To top off your fishing adventure, take your catch of the day to one of the many restaurants in town that are happy to cook it for you. You get to enjoy a fun day of fishing and you might catch yourself some dinner as well.

6. Leonabelle Turnbull Birding Center

The Leonabelle Turnbull Birding Center is an incredible place to spend time bird watching during your visit to Port Aransas. Every year, numerous species of migrating birds go to the Leonabelle Turnbull Birding Center to rest in the incredible marshland found there. Some species that birders enjoy spotting here include osprey, peregrine falcons, and spoonbills, making the Leonabelle Turnbull Birding Center a great place to spend a quiet afternoon.

7. Port Aransas Museum

A visit to the Port Aransas Museum should be on everyone’s list of things to do in Port Aransas, Texas. Not only can you learn about the island’s history, but you can also see a building that was listed as one of the most endangered structures in the state. The Port Aransas Museum is housed in a 20th-century kit house that was listed as endangered due to the low number of these buildings still intact. The structure was donated to the Port Aransas Preservation and Historical Society in 2007 and turned into the Port Aransas Museum.

Inside, you will find photographs, artifacts, and documents that tell the story of this small Texas town. The museum is relatively small and doesn’t take very long to visit, so don’t miss the opportunity to learn more about the Port Aransas community during your time here. 

8. Port Aransas Nature Preserve

Photographers will love visiting the Port Aransas Nature Preserve thanks to the beautiful boardwalk that lets you get up close and personal with the area’s nature and wildlife. The Port Aransas Nature Preserve boardwalk was carefully constructed over a wetland preserve that welcomes birds and reptiles throughout the year. 

9. Port Aransas Community Theatre 

Port Aransas is more than just a beach town; it is also a great place to enjoy some live theater during your vacation, thanks to the Port Aransas Community Theatre.

Created over 25 years ago, the Port Aransas Community Theatre offers live performances in this beachside town. These performances include everything from live theater to nights of music. During the summer, they are even known to offer interactive performances that allow the audience to become part of the show.

10. The University Of Texas Marine Science Institute 

The University of Texas Marine Science Institute was founded in 1892 and is considered one of the most prestigious marine research facilities in the United States. During your time in Port Aransas, don’t miss the opportunity to visit the institute to learn more about the important research conducted here.

During your time at the Texas Marine Science Institute, you can learn about the history of the institute and its research by visiting the property’s public museum. In addition, there are also numerous aquarium exhibits highlighting marine life from many different ecosystems.

Related Reading:

• 9 Incredible Places To Explore In The Tropical Trail Region Of South Texas
• 12 Experiences You’ll Love In This Quaint Texas Island Town
• 10 Perfect Port Aransas Vacation Homes Near The Beach

Discover the natural wonders of the United States with our list of 15 beautiful beaches, as nominated and voted on by the readers of TravelAwaits in our annual Best Of Travel Awards. These stunning coastal destinations, scattered across the country, offer pristine shores, crystal-clear waters, and breathtaking vistas that are sure to captivate beach lovers of all kinds.

1. Ogunquit Beach (Winner)

Ogunquit, Maine

Located in Ogunquit, Maine, Ogunquit Beach is the winner of TravelAwaits‘ 2023 Best Of Travel Award for Best Beach in the U.S. This gorgeous New England beach boasts soft white sand, gentle surf, and stunning cliffside views. Stretching 3 miles along the Atlantic Ocean, the beach is actually made up of three beaches: Main Beach, Footbridge Beach, and North Beach.

Popular amongst visitors seeking a tranquil seaside escape, this quaint coastal Maine town makes for a beautiful stop on a coastal Maine road trip. Home to a lively art scene, the adorable New England town features galleries, theaters, and great dining spots. TravelAwaits contributor Melissa Curtain recommends the steamed lobster at Barnacle Billy’s. Have a slice of the state dessert, blueberry pie made with Maine’s tiny wild berries, or sample ice cream in regional flavors such as butter pecan, rum raisin, peppermint stick, and black raspberry — and be sure to ask for jimmies on top!

2. Chatham Lighthouse Beach

Chatham, Massachusetts

Speaking of adorable New England towns, Lighthouse Beach, our runner up this year for best beach in the U.S., can be found in charming Chatham. This Cape Cod beach makes for a lovely stop on a Boston road trip. In addition to its eponymous lighthouse, this pristine beach boasts picturesque dunes and calm waters, making it perfect for a relaxing day by the ocean — especially if you’re into lighthouses!

3. Wingaersheek Beach

Gloucester, Massachusetts

Another gem in Massachusetts, Wingaersheek Beach is one of several beautiful beaches in gorgeous Gloucester. Located on the North Shore, this wide sandy beach is punctuated by enormous boulders at low tide. An expansive shoreline, warm tidal pools, and soft sand make Wingaersheek Beach a favorite for sunbathing and exploring. Offering natural beauty and family-friendly amenities, it’s a wonderful spot to spend the entire day out of the flow of downtown Gloucester Harbor.

4. Cannon Beach

Cannon Beach, Oregon

Situated along the Oregon Coast, Cannon Beach captivates visitors with its rugged beauty and iconic Haystack Rock. Adorned with dramatic sea stacks and surrounded by lush forests, this beach offers a mesmerizing backdrop for beachcombing and breathtaking sunsets.

One of the most recognized landmarks in all of Oregon, Haystack Rock is the star of the shore, rising over 200 feet out of the ocean. At low tide, you can walk right up to the dramatic lava formation to see just how mysterious and mesmerizing it really is. Speaking of tides, this beach is also a great spot to observe King Tides. The area is one of Oregon’s designated Marine Gardens and is an Oregon Islands National Wildlife Refuge.

5. Huntington State/City Beach

Huntington State/City Beach, California

Some surfers must’ve been voting in our Best Of Travel Awards. Otherwise, how would Huntington State Beach in sunny southern California make this list? In addition to excellent surfing conditions, this vibrant beach offers a lively atmosphere and a beautiful pier that stretches out into the Pacific Ocean.

Long known as Surf City USA, this is where legends come to ride the waves. But there’s plenty more to do, like riding rental bikes along The Strand — a paved path that follows the beach for miles — popping into bars and restaurants along the way. Bring your own yoga mat to practice on the beach!

6. Siesta Key Beach

Siesta Key, Florida

Renowned for its powdery white sands, Siesta Beach consistently ranks among the best beaches in the United States, winning our Best Of Travel Award for best beach in the U.S. in 2021, then falling to second in 2022, and now coming in at sixth place. Situated in Siesta Key on Florida’s Gulf Coast, Siesta Beach offers warm turquoise waters, shallow swimming areas, and ample recreational opportunities, making it a tantalizing tropical paradise for beach enthusiasts.

Warm gulf waters allow for year-round water activities, including snorkeling, jet skiing, and parasailing. Rent a canoe, kayak, or stand-up paddleboard, or just spend a relaxing beach day on the stunning quartz sand.

7. Clearwater Beach

Clearwater, Florida

Speaking of popular Florida beach towns, Clearwater is just a couple hours up the road on the other side of St. Pete. Just a short drive from Tampa, this family-friendly destination offers a range of activities, from dolphin watching to water sports, ensuring a memorable beach experience. Thanks to its soft sand, warm Gulf of Mexico waters, and a lively beachfront scene, Clearwater Beach is widely regarded as one of the best beaches in Florida.

As TravelAwaits contributor Tom Wuckovich — who lives in the Tampa Bay Area — attests, “The waves are gentle, the water an Alice blue, and there are amenities to entertain every member of the family. The magnificent Pier 60 is over 1,000 feet long and features a bait house and a telescope for viewing the glorious sunsets. Recreational options nearby include a playground for the little ones, craft shows, musicians, and jugglers.”

Pro Tip: “Don’t bring alcohol in your cooler,” warns another TravelAwaits contributor and former Tampa Bay resident Fred Mays. “The beach is patrolled and they will make you dump your beers in the trash.”

8. Ka’anapali Beach

Lahaina, Hawaii

On the beautiful Island of Maui, Ka’anapali Beach showcases the best of Hawaii’s natural beauty. With its golden sand, palm-fringed shoreline, and crystal-clear waters, it’s a paradise for sun worshippers and water enthusiasts alike. If you are staying at a classic West Maui resort, just take the Ka’anapali Beach Walk Trail to the beach.

Once owned by Hawaiian sugar barons, the miles of soft white sand and turquoise water are punctuated by world class resorts, private cabanas, and all of the water toys you can imagine. The quintessential Hawaiian beachside vacation getaway, Ka’anapali Beach is perfect for swimming, snorkeling, sunning, paddle boarding, boogie boarding, and more. It’s also one of the best places to watch the sunset on Maui and lies along the migration path of majestic humpback whales from the northern Pacific. During winter and spring, you can try to spot a whale from the shore or book a whale-watching tour.

9. Waikīkī Beach

Honolulu, Hawaii

No list of beautiful beaches in the U.S. would be complete without mentioning Waikīkī Beach in Honolulu, Hawaii. In fact, this bustling beach was last year’s winner. Known for its legendary surf breaks, iconic Diamond Head backdrop, and vibrant atmosphere, this beloved destination combines natural beauty with urban charm. Everyone from fun-loving sun-seekers to families and the beautiful yet bougie see-and-be-seen crowd can be found along this long stretch of sandy beach.

10. Trunk Bay

St. John, U.S. Virgin Islands

Escape to the U.S. Virgin Islands and discover the pristine beauty of Trunk Bay in St. John, which also made our list in 2021 and 2022. Nestled within Virgin Islands National Park, this secluded paradise boasts crystal-clear turquoise waters, powdery white sand, and lush tropical foliage. Dreamy, breathtaking views make it one of the most photographed beaches on the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Snorkelers are drawn to Trunk Bay’s self-guided Underwater Snorkeling Trail, but even if you’re not into exploring the coral reefs offshore, this tropical paradise makes for a wonderful weekend getaway — no passport required!

11. Coronado Beach

Coronado, California

With its wide sandy shores, gentle waves, and stunning views of the iconic Hotel del Coronado, Coronado Beach can be found on southern California’s Coronado Island. Perfect for sunbathing, picnicking, and strolling along the picturesque shoreline, this idyllic beach is consistently ranked by Dr. Beach as one of the Top 10 U.S. Beaches.

Pro Tip: “Be on the lookout for fabulous sandcastles at the Hotel Del beach,” says TravelAwaits contributor Sharon Odegaard.

12. Glen Haven Beach

Sleeping Bear Dunes, Glen Haven, Michigan

Tucked away on the edge of Sleeping Bear Bay in Michigan’s Sleeping Bear Dunes National Lakeshore, Glen Haven Beach offers a serene escape surrounded by natural beauty. Visitors can enjoy sunbathing on the pebbly shore, exploring the nearby historic village, and marveling at the towering dunes that provide a stunning backdrop.

13. Punalu’u Black Sand Beach

Punalu’u, Hawaii

Venture to the Big Island of Hawaii and discover the unique beauty of Punalu’u Black Sand Beach. With its jet-black sands created by volcanic activity, this beach is a striking contrast to traditional sandy shores. Visitors can spot sea turtles basking in the sun and explore the captivating coastal landscape.

14. Kiawah Beachwalker Park

Kiawah Island, South Carolina

Located on Kiawah Island in South Carolina, Kiawah Beachwalker Park is a pristine coastal oasis. This expansive beach boasts unspoiled sand dunes, thriving wildlife, and a peaceful atmosphere. Nature lovers can spot a variety of bird species and enjoy miles of undisturbed shoreline.

15. Mid Beach

Tybee Island, Georgia

Off the coast of Savannah, Georgia, lies the charming Mid Beach on Tybee Island. Known for its laid-back ambiance and beautiful stretches of sand, this beach offers a tranquil retreat for those seeking relaxation. Visitors can soak up the sun, take leisurely walks, and savor the coastal charm.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards as well as our favorite beach content, including:

If your summer travel plans call for a visit to Hawaii, be sure to see at least one of the better-known national parks: Hawaii Volcanoes, Haleakala, or Pearl Harbor Memorial.

Also know that there are several other tucked-away and less-visited park sites that highlight a remarkable Hawaiian historical and cultural legacy. During my 6 years as a park ranger in Hawaii, I explored these parks and developed a greater appreciation and understanding of this significant legacy.

1. Pu’uhonua O Hōnaunau National Historical Park

Puʻuhonua o Hōnaunau is a National Historical Park located along the Kona Coast on the Big Island of Hawaii. This site is one of the most revered places in Hawaiian history and, for generations, offered refuge to those who broke the kapu (religious) laws or were fleeing from civil strife. Warriors and civilians caught up in these dangerous situations could be guaranteed safety and forgiveness. The concept of seeking asylum and finding a place of refuge is strongly rooted in Polynesian tradition and was brought by early voyagers who established a distinctive Hawaiian culture on the islands.

You can explore the park via several options. A half-mile, self-guided walking tour takes you through the Royal Grounds — an area formerly reserved for the aliʻi (chiefs). In addition, an audio tour is available that covers the same area as the walking tour and provides an audio interpretation. Access this version by downloading the National Park Service app from either the App Store or Google Play.

On this walk, be sure to see the small bay known as Keone’ele Cove. The cove’s coral sand beach is where the aliʻi would arrive by canoe and spend their days tending to the religious and civic matters of the islands.

For those interested in a longer hike, the 2-mile round-trip along the 1871 Trail to Kiʻilae Village is a great option. The trail follows the coast with dramatic views of pali (cliffs) and cultural features from both ancient and modern eras. Begin your trek by stopping at the visitor center for a map and directions to the trailhead.

Another striking feature of the park is the Pā Puʻuhonua (Great Wall). The immense wall structure — 12 feet tall, 18 feet wide, and over 950 feet long — was built over 400 years ago using lava rocks fitted together so precisely that no mortar was used in its construction. 

Of all the parks I worked at and visited, this is by far my favorite. Once I left the visitor center area, I felt an immediate sense of peace and serenity while walking along the trails.

Pro Tips: When visiting this and other parks, be sure to take water, snacks, sunscreen, and sturdy footwear. Most trail surfaces are either coarse, coral sand, rough lava rock, or a combination of both.

2. Kaloko-Honokōhau National Historical Park

Also located on the Big Island (Hawaii), 2 miles from Kailua-Kona International Airport, is Kaloko-Honokōhau. The park preserved a typical Hawaiian kauhale (village) from the pre-European contact (before 1778). Life in the village was one of hardship, balance, and harmony with the environment. The people followed an ancient tradition of ahupua’a (land allocation) that extended from the mountains to the sea and included all the necessary ingredients to sustain life. A system of trade existed between each ahupua’a that exchanged items from the sea (fish, shellfish, and coral) for items from the mountains (taro, breadfruit, and mulberry shrub) for making cloth. Extended families depended on each other and this system functioned for centuries to the benefit of all.

The National Park Service now protects many of the features that sustained the ancients’ existence. One of these features is the use of aquaculture to harvest fish. The system consisted of enclosing a small bay with a rock wall and a gate to allow fish to enter and become trapped for use by the people of the kauhale.

The park has undertaken a long-term project to rebuild this wall and restore it to its original state. Studies have shown the wall was once 30–40 feet wide, 6 feet tall, and over 700 feet long. Hawaiians also raised fish in carefully constructed fish ponds. These ponds represent some of the finer points in Hawaiian culture. Nowhere else in Polynesia are fish ponds more numerous or developed. They bear witness to the remarkable engineering skills and management in the art of aquaculture.

When you visit the park, take time to see this great engineering feat. Consider how many rocks were transported and carefully stacked to produce this immense wall and the coordinated effort to maintain it so that the kauhale could produce fish for the entire ahupua’a.

The creation of this park is a collaboration between the Native Hawaiian community and the National Park Service to restore the spirit of cultural identity through its preservation and management. The Hawaiian culture has struggled through many periods of adversity and its spirit remains strong because of this partnership. Contact the Hale Hoʻokipa — the park’s visitor center — for additional information.

3. Pu’ukohola Heiau National Historical Site

Just minutes away from some of the most lavish resorts in Hawaii, this historical site — along the Big Island’s Kailua-Kona Coast — was the serene home of Hawaiian royalty.

For centuries, rival warriors fought to gain control and rule all of the islands. On Hawaii island, following the death of an exalted chief, his son and nephew waged a familial struggle over who was to rule. This led to open warfare and plunged the island into a bitter civil war not only for control of this island but for the other islands as well. Finally, Kamehameha I, perhaps the greatest Hawaiian leader, was told of a prophecy by a kahuna (priest) that if he built a heiau (temple) on top of a hill called Pu’ukohola, he would triumph over his cousin and unite the islands into one kingdom. Several years later, after having finished construction of the heiau, Kamehameha fulfilled the prophecy and became king of all of the islands.

Today, this sacred temple is part of the Puʻukoholā Heiau National Historical Site which preserves the legacy of this crucial portion of Hawaiian history. Below the heiau is the Pelekane — the Royal Courtyard. Stroll among the trees and walk the grounds of this beautiful portion of the park.

There is a great, half-mile loop trail that begins near the visitor center. The trail leads you the Pu’ukohola Heiau and several other cultural sites before returning to the visitor center.

Another option is hiking a portion of the Ala Kahakai National Historic Trail to the Pelekane. There you can walk in the footsteps of Hawaiian royalty. The Royal Courtyard is the location of cultural festivals and an excellent place to watch sharks cruising just offshore.

Pro Tip: In winter, this is an excellent spot to see humpback whales. Starting in November, these large mammals travel some 3,000 miles from feeding grounds in Alaska waters to Hawaii where they breed and give birth. In May, they return north to begin the cycle again. I have fond memories of watching these giants just a few hundred yards offshore, breaching high out of the water and returning with a gigantic splash.

Be sure to check out the park calendar as well as the website for special programs, whale watching, cultural activities, and other experiences. 

This historic site gives you the opportunity amid warm breezes and the soft sound of breaking surf to slow down and ponder how life must have been for these early Hawaiians. Sit for a moment and breathe in the spirit of their culture.

Visiting these three park sites gives you a sense of how ancient Hawaiians valued a system of refuge and asylum, and a feeling for their royalty, and how they used aquaculture and other means to survive for centuries.

Related Reading:

• I Went In Search Of Elvis’s Hawaii — This Is What I Found
• 7 Things You Need To Know Before Visiting Diamond Head On Oahu, Hawaii
• 11 Best Things To Do In Oahu For Solo Travelers

From the classic flavors of Texas to the tangy sauces of Kansas City and the authentic tastes of Memphis, barbecue is an American culinary tradition. Narrowing barbecue joints down to the best of the best is no easy feat. That’s why TravelAwaits turned to our readers to help identify the best barbecue restaurants across the U.S. in our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards.

These winners have impressed our readers with their exceptional flavors, mouthwatering meats, and authentic techniques. Prepare your taste buds for a journey through the 14 best barbecue restaurants in the U.S., which are sure to please your palate.

1. C.H.O.P. Clay’s House Of Pig (Winner)

Tupelo, Mississippi

Winner, winner, barbecue dinner! Located in Tupelo, Mississippi, Clay’s House Of Pig, aka C.H.O.P., has earned a well-deserved reputation for serving up some of the most delicious barbecue in the region, and our readers say it’s the best in the U.S.! With a focus on slow-cooked, tender meats and a variety of homemade sauces, this family-owned establishment has become a favorite among locals, visitors, and TravelAwaits readers.

What To Order

Whether on a potato or nachos, or in a sandwich or quesadilla, you can’t go wrong with the brisket.

2. Black’s Barbecue

New Braunfels, Texas

For over 85 years, Black’s Barbecue has been serving up traditional Texas barbecue at its finest. With four Texas Hill Country locations, this legendary establishment prides itself on its pit-smoked meats, including succulent brisket and juicy sausages, all accompanied by classic sides and a friendly, welcoming atmosphere.

What To Order

Enjoy hand-stuffed, slow-smoked homemade sausage and bring your appetite for the giant beef ribs — which weigh about a pound each!

3. Joe’s Kansas City Bar-B-Que

Kansas City, Kansas

Don’t let its neighborhood corner gas station locale fool you. Joe’s Kansas City Bar-B-Que is a must-visit destination for barbecue enthusiasts. Formerly known as Oklahoma Joe’s, this iconic spot now has three outposts in Kansas City. Mouthwatering burnt ends, succulent ribs, and flavorful sauces have earned Joe’s numerous accolades and a devoted following.

What To Order

The Rocket Pig sandwich features Joe’s tender pulled pork coated in a delectable sweet and spicy barbecue glaze topped with crispy bacon, melted pepper jack cheese, a creamy barbecue mayo, and spicy fried jalapeños.

4. Franklin Barbecue

Austin, Texas

When it comes to barbecue, Franklin Barbecue in Austin, Texas, is the mecca. This nationally acclaimed establishment has garnered widespread recognition for its perfectly smoked meats; particularly the melt-in-your-mouth brisket.

Pro Tip: Get there early — the line is long, but it’s well worth the wait!

What To Order

Cooked slowly with all-wood smoke, the beef brisket is consistently the best there is, anywhere.

5. Arthur Bryant’s Barbeque

Kansas City, Missouri

A Kansas City institution, Arthur Bryant’s Barbeque is known for its iconic burnt ends and tangy sauce. This no-frills counter-service joint has been serving up exceptional old-school pit-cooked barbecue for decades. Although the King of Ribs has left the building, this historic restaurant continues to delight locals and tourists with its mouthwatering offerings that are slow-smoked over a combo of oak and hickory woods.

What To Order

Split the sandwich combo — half beef, half pork, or ham — with a side of fries, baked beans, and a red cream soda.

6. The Bar-B-Q Shop

Memphis, Tennessee

A beloved gem in a city renowned for its barbecue, The Bar-B-Q Shop is famous for its award-winning Dancing Pigs sauce, tender ribs, and succulent pulled pork. This family-owned establishment showcases the authentic flavors that make Memphis barbecue truly special.

What To Order

Get the half-and-half ribs to see if you prefer “wet” with sauce or dry rub served with Texas toast. Then, be sure to upgrade your side to the famous Bar-B-Q spaghetti. For dessert, there’s banana pudding cheesecake and the chocolate silk pie — oh my!

7. Pappy’s Smokehouse

St. Louis, Missouri

Pappy’s Smokehouse in St. Louis’s Midtown has gained a loyal following thanks to its expertly smoked meats and delectable flavors. From their renowned dry-rubbed ribs to the flavorful pulled pork, Pappy’s delivers barbecue perfection with every bite, earning it a spot among the best in the nation.

What To Order

Try some burnt ends with sweet potato fries, fire and ice pickles, and fried corn on the cob or a Frito pie topped with pulled pork.

8. Central BBQ

Memphis, Tennessee

Central BBQ has become synonymous with exceptional barbecue in the hardwood capital that is Memphis. The motto, “Smoke is Our Sauce,” refers to the hickory and pecan woods that produce mouthwatering ribs and pulled pork, but there are a variety of homemade sauces available as well! The real rub is in Central BBQ’s smoky, spicy signature rub that tantalizes the taste buds and keeps our readers coming back for more.

What To Order

We recommend either the jerk chicken wings or the fall-off-the-bone ribs with house chips or pork rinds.

9. Charlie Vergos’ Rendezvous

Memphis, Tennessee

Located in downtown Memphis, Tennessee, The Rendezvous is a true barbecue institution. Since 1948, this iconic restaurant has been serving up its signature dry-rubbed ribs, cooked to perfection over charcoal. The unique blend of spices creates a flavor profile that is both robust and unforgettable, making it a must-visit destination for barbecue enthusiasts.

What To Order

You can’t go wrong with the melt-in-your-mouth brisket and exquisite dry-rub ribs with juicy tender meat that has a great bark. A small order of charbroiled pork ribs comes with baked beans and mustard slaw, but the red beans and rice are also delish!

10. Cackle & Oink BBQ

Sherman, Texas

Located in Sherman, Texas, between Dallas and the Oklahoma border, Cackle & Oink BBQ is a hidden gem that consistently delivers exceptional barbecue. With a focus on quality ingredients and time-honored smoking techniques, this family-owned establishment offers a delectable array of meats, including tender-sliced brisket, juicy pork ribs, and flavorful jalapeño sausage, all complemented by their mouthwatering homemade sauces.

What To Order

Order the Cackle and Oink to get a sampling of pulled pork, a smoked leg quarter, and a sausage link, as well as two sides. Good luck choosing between the ridiculously delicious jalapeño cornbread casserole, green beans, black-eyed peas, and boiled cabbage!

11. The Notorious P.I.G.

Missoula, Montana

In the unlikely location of Missoula, Montana, you’ll find the Notorious P.I.G., a barbecue joint that surprises and delights with its authentic flavors. Passionate, dedicated pitmasters combine traditional smoking methods and locally sourced ingredients to create inventive and rich barbecue dishes. Sauces range from sweet and hot-tomato-based to a North Carolina hot vinegar sauce.

What To Order

Order some tender and flavorful burnt ends with spicy pit-baked beans, tasty deviled-egg potato salad, fire and ice pickles, and yummy cinnamon applesauce. Might as well get a sweet tea, too; you won’t see that on many Montana menus.

12. ZZQ Texas Craft Barbeque

Richmond, Virginia

Despite being located far from the Lone Star State, ZZQ Texas Craft Barbeque in Richmond, Virginia, has mastered the art of Texas-style barbecue. Using sustainably raised meats and time-honored techniques, this unique establishment serves up mouthwatering brisket, sausage, and ribs, all cooked low and slow for that perfect smoky flavor.

What To Order

Order beef ribs, jalapeño mac and cheese, and collard greens online and take it out back to the patio, where barbecue-hued whiffs waft from the huge smoker.

13. The Salt Lick

Driftwood, Texas

Nestled in the Texas Hill Country outside of Austin, Salt Lick is a true barbecue destination. Surrounded by oak trees, this legendary establishment offers an authentic family-style Texas barbecue experience. Feast on famous pit-smoked meats, such as succulent beef ribs and mouthwatering sausage, while enjoying the warm and inviting indoor/outdoor picnic-style atmosphere.

Pro Tip: There are no reservations, so be prepared to wait with a cooler; it is BYOB. Hopefully, there will be live music! Also, they only accept cash.

What To Order

Go “Family Style” for all-you-can-eat beef brisket, sausage, and pork ribs, served with potato salad, cole slaw, and beans. Save room for cobbler and/or pecan pie à la mode!

14. Big Bob Gibson Bar-B-Q

Decatur, Alabama

In the heart of Decatur, Alabama, Big Bob Gibson Bar-B-Q has been serving up award-winning barbecue since 1925. The secret to such a rich history of culinary excellence? It’s all in barbecue legend Big Bob Gibson’s signature white sauce.

What To Order

This iconic establishment offers a myriad of mouthwatering meats, from juicy smoked chicken to flavorful pulled pork. But we recommend getting the stuffed potato so you’ll have room for pie!

Showcasing the diversity and passion that define American barbecue, these Best Of Travel Award-winning barbecue restaurants have truly impressed our readers with a dedication to the craft of cooking low and slow, from the South to the Midwest and beyond.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards.

Steuben County is one of the most beautiful spots in New York State, especially in the summer and fall. In the early fall, the aroma of ripening grapes wafts through the air. Late fall brings a brilliant change of colors. Summer arrives full of festivals and water sports, including boating, kayaking, swimming, and fishing on Keuka Lake. Winter is good for snow sports and spring for the early blossoms.

A hub for exploring the entire Finger Lakes region, Steuben County has everything — museums, outdoor activities, great food, boutiques, and, of course, wineries. It is a nice spot for a day, weekend, or week-long trip for families, singles, and all types of travelers.

Some of the information on this trip was obtained during a press trip sponsored by Explore Steuben. We have been to Steuben County several times on our own and have formed our opinions independently.

1. Corning Museum Of Glass

The Corning Museum of Glass (CMOG) is one of our favorite museums in the world. At CMOG, you can spend hours exploring incredible glass creations, learning the history of glassmaking and modern innovations in the art. You can try your hand at glassmaking or watch live demonstrations. There are family-friendly activities at the museum. Do not miss the extensive gift shop.

Pro Tip: Purchase the combination ticket that allows you to visit both the CMOG and Rockwell Museum. The shuttle from CMOG runs regularly to the Rockwell Museum.

2. Rockwell Museum

The Rockwell Museum, a Smithsonian affiliate, is a center for American art with a spotlight on Native American culture. The curation is engaging and current. From traditional American art to contemporary Native American and African American voices, the museum is well worth the visit. For families with children, there is an interactive studio — Kids Rockwell — on Market Street.

3. Keuka Lake Wine Trail

If you love wine, Finger Lakes is the ultimate destination for the wine aficionado. Keuka Lake is one of the four wine trails in the Finger Lakes. A wine-tasting adventure on the lake is a wonderful way to spend an afternoon (or a weekend).

Some of the best vinifera grape varietals in the U.S. can be found at the Dr. Konstantin Frank Winery. Dr. Frank was a pioneer who helped to elevate the wine industry in New York. You can’t go wrong with a tasting at the boutique Weis Vineyard, named the best classic winery in New York State in 2022. 

For a unique view of the wine history and background in the region, check out Bully Hill Vineyards. Don’t miss the wonderful smoked barbecue meats with your glass of vino. Drop by the museum and art gallery after your tasting to see the works of Walter Taylor. A wine tasting on the patio of Ravines comes with wonderful wines and a scenic view of the east side of Keuka Lake. Make sure to try Ravine’s dry riesling.

4. Pleasant Valley Wine Company

To learn about the history of wine (especially sparkling wine and winemaking during Prohibition) on Keuka Lake, take a tour of Pleasant Valley Wine Company — the oldest winery in the Finger Lakes. Established in 1860, as you walk through some of the eight historic buildings, you’ll see the cellars and barrels that held the award-winning brut.

5. Gaffer District In Downtown Corning

With a plethora of options for lunch, you will find Asian, American, and Italian restaurants, as well as barbecue or simple pub fare on Market Street. After the meal, take a stroll along downtown Corning to walk off your lunch or stop in the shops. There are many gift shops, art galleries, and ice cream shops that you can meander into.

6. Krooked Tusker Distillery

If spirits are more to your liking, do a tasting at Krooked Tusker Distillery for their award-winning, bespoke spirits — whiskey, vodka, bourbon, and gin. They also serve wines and beers from the region.

7. Mountain Rose Horse Farm

Mountain Rose Horse Farm is run by two sisters — Rachel Beiler and Emily Gingerich — who love sharing their love of horses. Lucas the goat, the official greeter, will also steal your heart away. They cater to riders of all levels; new and experienced. There are two cottages on the property for rent for those who crave the complete experience of life on a farm. You can also spend time fishing in the small lake or hiking the trails. 

8. FLX Boating Museum

The Finger Lakes Boating Museum is focused on preserving the heritage of boat building in the Finger Lakes. Boat lovers can spend hours in the 20 buildings and restoration workshops. The museum, mostly staffed by volunteer boat makers, has spent many years lovingly rehabilitating old donated boats.

9. Glenn H. Curtiss Aviation Museum

We have all heard about the Wright Brothers — American aviation pioneers synonymous with the first airplane flight. We hadn’t heard of Glenn Curtiss until we visited the Glenn H. Curtiss Aviation Museum. Curtiss built and raced the first motorcycles. He then turned his hand to flying. The museum tells the story of his discoveries and houses both original and replica planes and motorcycles.

10. Mud Creek Bison Ranch

When we heard about Mud Creek Bison Ranch, we had to go. Mud Creek has 60 bison at the main ranch and another 300 on their ranch in the next town. At the main ranch, you can do a self-driving tour along a well-kept gravel road that meanders around the ranch. There were plenty of opportunities to stop and watch the bison roam, feed, and play with their young ones. Children (of all ages) will enjoy spotting little calves with their moms.

11. Letchworth State Park

We highly recommend a day trip to Letchworth State Park, the “Grand Canyon of the East.” While it is not technically in Steuben County, it is a wonderful park with gorges and powerful waterfalls. A little closer, you will find Stony Brook State Park, which has extensive trails through the gorge and outdoor activities.

12. Create Your Own Food Tour

The Finger Lakes and Steuben County have many wonderful restaurants for food lovers. In Corning, the Gaffer District is the place to go. The Quincy Exchange, with its socially distanced tabling, offers a varied seasonal menu in a relaxing setting. If you are craving Thai food, we recommend Nine Elephants. For a quick and tasty lunch, Cugini Pizzeria and Restaurant hits the spot; try their grandma pizza. We also recommend lunch at Bully Hill for their smoked-onsite barbecue meats. For breakfast, try the scones at Laurabelle’s; the cookies are mouthwatering.

In Hammondsport, the Park Inn, Timber Stone Grill, and Switzerland Inn all have excellent offerings for dinner. The Switzerland Inn is a great place to watch the sunset over Keuka Lake. The Switz and Timber Stone also serve lunch.

For breakfast in Hammondsport, try Crooked Lake Ice Cream Company. You won’t be having ice cream for breakfast, though it’s tempting since they serve ice cream from Dippity Do Dah. Crooked Lake serves wonderful breakfasts and lunches; you can go back later for ice cream. Down the block, you’ll find Vern’s Bakery for blueberry scones chock-full of delicious berries.

Pro Tip: Where To Stay In Steuben County

There are numerous hotels and BNBs in Steuben County. Built in 1861, the Park Inn in Hammondsport is a lovely place to stay. If hotels are more your style, try the Hilton Garden Inn. It is walking distance to the CMOG and the Gaffer District. The Staybridge is also conveniently located.

Book your lodging and wine tastings in advance if you visit during the summer and early fall.

Related Reading:

• My 7 Favorite Stops On A 1000 Islands Road Trip
• 11 Fantastic Outdoor Adventures In Gorgeous Chautauqua, New York
• 7 Incredible Lake Placid Region Restaurants With A Water View

In the high-demand modern world, many people erroneously equate “fast” with “good.” This focus on speed keeps us zipping through the city and countryside alike at breakneck speeds, rarely slowing down long enough to enjoy the sound of a street performer strumming a guitar, the smells of freshly-baked bread wafting from a bakery, or the sight of neighbors smiling as they pass one another.

These sounds, smells, and sights need to be idealized frivolity — they are the realities of living in or visiting a walkable city. To search out the most walkable cities outside of the United States, we asked our trusted readers to vote on their favorites. The results will certainly help you plan your next laid-back, walkable trip.

1. Victoria, British Columbia, Canada (Winner)

A visit to Victoria, British Columbia, is not complete until a traveler has had a stroll through the city’s Inner Harbor. This waterfront area has beautiful views, exciting events, and several interesting landmarks. Walkers can take a break from their meandering to have tea at the Fairmont Empress or visit the Legislative Assembly of British Columbia.

As appealing as the city itself is, Victoria also has some excellent green spaces. Butchart Gardens is generally considered to be the best, especially its Rose Garden and Sunken Garden. Visit in the fall to see nearly 100,000 tulips or in the winter for cozy Christmas events and displays.

2. London, England

London traces its roots back to the era of Roman Britain – thousands of years before the invention of the SUV. Though cars are everywhere today, many visitors and locals often opt to use a combination of walking, public transit, and cycling to avoid getting caught in a frustrating gridlock.

Some of the best walks in London are strolls along the Thames, along a canal, or for a little culture, between the Tate Britain and the Tate Modern. If the bustle of the city streets grows tiring, walkers can escape to the green of London’s beautiful parks.

Walking can also be a perfect way to experience some of London’s interesting markets, fabulous restaurants, and unique bookstores.

3. Edinburgh, Scotland

Edinburgh earns a spot on the list of our readers’ favorite walkable cities because of its compact city center and the number of hidden gems, pubs, and restaurants that are accessible in a dense area. The Royal Mile is the most famous area to explore on foot.

One of the best choices for exploring Edinburgh on foot is taking a self-guided walking tour like the one TravelAwaits writer Samantha Priestley experienced. She recommends exploring the best stops like Edinburgh Castle, Holyrood Palace, The Royal Botanic Gardens, and The National Museum of Scotland. This cross-section is an ideal introduction to one of Scotland’s great cities.

4. Paris, France

While Paris may be the “City of Love” for many people, it’s the “City of Walking” to others. It’s hard to know where to begin with a city that would take many lifetimes to fully explore, but the banks of the Seine have to be in the running. Another essential Paris experience is taking a stroll across the city’s many beautiful and historical bridges.

For a more curated experience, visitors may enjoy hunting down these romantic, hidden-away spots throughout the city or taking a themed walking tour. While there isn’t space to rattle off every good neighborhood in Paris to walk in, an arrondissement guide is a perfect resource to pick out which parts of the city suit your interests and preferences.

5. Amsterdam, Netherlands

Amsterdam is legendary for its person-focused, rather than car-focused, streets. There’s no shortage of amazing things to do in Amsterdam, and you can walk or bike to just about all of them, depending on your level of mobility. Even the walking or cycling between each stop is a destination in itself, with views of canals, stunning architecture, and lively streets.

The Rijksmuseum,  Anne Frank House, and Van Gogh Museum are popular stops for those interested in art. People who want to see the nightlife – or are just curious – can explore the Red Light District. Regardless of what brings you to Amsterdam, you will almost certainly enjoy the pedestrian-friendly streets of the city.

6. Venice, Italy

Venice is similar to Amsterdam in a few prominent ways: most notably the absence of cars and the presence of canals. Stray from Venice’s larger canals and you may find yourself lost in the labyrinthine side streets of the city – but don’t fear, because getting lost can be one of the best ways to see a new city.

If you’d prefer to know where you are, there is no shortage of world-famous landmarks to walk to in Venice. Places like St. Mark’s Square and Basilica, the Rialto Bridge and Market, and the Accademia Bridge cannot be missed. There are also subtler places to explore, like the Acqua Alta Book Shop and much more.

7. Florence, Italy

Florence is a gorgeous city associated with the Renaissance that has to be walked to be truly seen. Most people start around the Cathedral of Santa Maria del Fiore, one of the most famous churches in the world. Walkers will also enjoy a stroll through Repubblica Square or the Santo Spirito neighborhood.

For some natural beauty, walkers will enjoy visiting Boboli Gardens, an incredible, sprawling green area with intricate landscaping and integrated architecture, sculptures, and even an amphitheater. For reference, some compare Boboli Gardens to the gardens at Versailles in France. It’s hard to resist going for a walk in such a place.

8. Dublin, Ireland

Dublin is a magical city, and no other city in the world is quite like it. That said, knowing how to approach such a place can be daunting. Luckily, these guided walking tours will give you a chance to use your time efficiently. Whether you prefer the history of rebellions or delicious food, you’ll be able to find a tour to match your taste.

For a unique take on Dublin’s literary history, fans of James Joyce can take a “Bloomsday” walk in honor of the novel Ulysses – though some fans may find it easier to read a few pages with a pint of Guinness at one of Dublin’s many excellent pubs.

9. Rome, Italy

All roads lead to Rome, as the saying goes, and our trusted readers find those roads enjoyable to walk. While Rome is a modern cosmopolitan city full of great restaurants, cafés, and hotels, the Eternal City’s many ruins and historical sites make for fascinating walks.

It’s essentially impossible not to mention the Colosseum, the Pantheon, and the Forum when speaking of Rome’s historical sites, but other places like the Baths of Diocletian and the Circus Maximus are interesting areas for walking and learning. Visiting a lesser-known historical neighborhood like Trastevere can be another good way to explore.

10. Copenhagen, Denmark

The infrastructure alone makes Copenhagen a delight to walk (or bike), but the dense city center and good public transportation make getting around without a car a breeze. For a more dedicated walk, visitors may enjoy strolling through City Hall Square or taking a tour of Christiansborg Palace or Amalienborg Palace.

The Tivoli Gardens is an amusement park with seasonal offerings that are particularly pleasant during Christmas time. For a more classic, green-garden experience, enjoy King’s Garden at the foot of Rosenberg Castle.

11. Barcelona, Spain

Barcelona is the kind of city that is meant to be enjoyed on foot. For a taste of some eye-catching architecture, many walkers begin in the Gothic Quarter — the historic center of Barcelona and home of the Plaza del Pi, the medieval Jewish Quarter, and other notable landmarks.

On the topic of architecture, Park Güell is simply unmatched by any other place in the world. Its fantastical design will captivate any visitor and walking through the area is truly the only way to fully experience it.

12. Berlin, Germany

The first readers’ choice on this list in Germany, Berlin is one of the great capitals of the world. Its painful history throughout the 20th century has made for an inspiring story of reunification and given rise to a city that expresses itself through art and music. The Kreuzberg neighborhood is a great example of this balance.

Berlin’s Tiergarten is likely the city’s most famous — and for good reason. The enormous green space is home to the Berlin Zoo, various monuments, playgrounds, paths, and areas of relaxation. It’s the perfect place to chill out after a long day in one of Europe’s most vibrant cities.

13. Québec City, Quebec, Canada

Québec City is a rare place in North America. A confused traveler would be forgiven for thinking that they found themselves in Europe after a brief walk in this Canadian city. Naturally, Old Québec City – a UNESCO World Heritage Site – is one of the loveliest areas to walk through. Exploring this neighborhood is like crossing the Atlantic without the hefty price tag and long flight.

Battlefields Park offers a green refuge from the city, plus an extensive list of activities available. Just outside of the city, Parc de la Chute-Montmorency (Montmorency Falls Park) is a complete escape and an ideal day trip for those who prefer waterfalls to buildings.

14. Salzburg, Austria

Salzburg may be known best for its association with The Sound of Music, Mozart, and its UNESCO-listed historic city center, but on top of all that, it’s also a supremely walkable city. Those who enjoy a people-watching walk on a square can visit the Residenzplatz, while shoppers delight in a stroll along the Getreidegasse.

One of the great walkable draws of Salzburg is the Mirabell Palace and Gardens. While the palace itself is a magnificent historical structure that warrants a full visit, the surrounding gardens are a dream for walkers who enjoy the structure and design of a carefully manicured garden. Without mentioning any names, it gives the elaborate gardens of other European nations a run for their money.

15. Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada

There’s a lot to see and do in Vancouver, but a popular approach to the city is to start in the dense, exciting downtown and move outward. Downtown Robson Street is called a “must-stroll” by the city’s tourism bureau, and the shoppers and diners who can be found there daily confirm this fact. If Robson Street is a “must-stroll,” then Granville Street is a “must-sip” (or “must-stumble”) for those who enjoy the nightlife.

For a different perspective, visit Queen Elizabeth Park – the highest point in the city at 125 meters (410 feet) above sea level. The views, art, activities, gardens, and conservatory are all worth the trip.

16. Vienna, Austria

While Vienna has a special charm during Christmas time, it’s a lovely city for a walk year-round. Like most walkable cities, it’s wise to try out the older central districts; in this case, that means the Inner Stadt and its opera house, cafés, restaurants, and museums. There are plenty of other neighborhoods worth walking in as well.

The crown jewel of Vienna’s park system is the Schönbrunn Palace Gardens. Located at the summer palace of the Habsburg rulers, the beautiful gardens are a feast for the eyes and are home to the city zoo, a maze, and other interesting features. A walk through the gardens – or any of Vienna’s parks – can be part of a perfect day.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards:

• 15 Best State Parks To Visit In The U.S.
• 10 Best Mediterranean Cruise Lines Our Readers Love
• 12 Most Walkable Cities In The U.S. According To Our Readers

Growing up in a town whose population fluctuated between 650–700 residents, I appreciate the charm, simplicity, and friendly no-nonsense spirit a small town offers. While the only things drawing folks to my town were a great restaurant, weddings, and funerals, the small towns on our list have everything visitors are looking for in a quaint getaway. 

Here are our readers’ 14 best small towns in the U.S.

1. Abilene, Kansas (Winner)

Located in the heart of the Sunflower State, Abilene is home to the Dwight D. Eisenhower Presidential Library, Museum, and Boyhood Home. This may be what pulls hundreds of thousands of visitors off Interstate 70 every year, but the town of about 6,500 is a unique mix of presidential history and Western charm.

Old Abilene Town transports visitors to the Old West with its rail station, log homes, saloon, and general store. During Labor Day weekend, Old Abilene Town honors its past with Chisholm Trail Days. A live cattle drive through town is the highlight for visitors and locals alike.

Rail enthusiasts won’t want to miss a chance to experience Abilene & Smoky Valley Railroad’s authentic steam engine and ride the rails to neighboring Enterprise, Kansas.

Scratch that shopping itch in Abilene’s historic downtown where boutique and specialty shops await.

2. Corning, New York

Known as America’s Crystal City, every kitchen in America likely has a piece of this town stored in its cupboards. Corning and Pyrex dishes were invented here. 

Corning oozes charm and its experiences far outpace its population of just about 11,000 residents. It’s home to The Corning Museum of Glass, the largest collection of art glass in the world, where you can spend a few hours or a full day experiencing the live demonstrations and being mesmerized by the beautiful glass pieces. The Hands-on Glass Studio in town allows you to create, and take home, your own piece of art.

The Rockwell Museum, a Smithsonian affiliate, exhibits amazing works of art including an impressive collection of Western and Native American Art.

Surrounded by the gorgeous Finger Lakes wine region, spend some time at a local winery or settle in at a local brewery or distillery during your stay.

3. Traverse City, Michigan

Traverse City sits on beautiful Grand Traverse Bay, less than 30 miles from Lake Michigan and Sleeping Bear Dunes National Lakeshore. Known as the World’s Cherry Capital, it’s home to the National Cherry Festival every July, but visitors can enjoy the celebrity fruit throughout the year at local restaurants and bakeries. Eat as many cherry tarts, pies, and turnovers as you’d like. 

The area also loves its outdoor activities. Bike the trails, sail on the lakes, and climb Sleeping Bear Dunes. Also home to dozens of wineries, enjoy a few sips and a lovely afternoon in Traverse City.

4. Key West, Florida

The southernmost point in the U.S., Key West exudes laid-back hospitality. It’s famous for Hemingway and his six-toed cats, Truman’s Little White House, key lime pie, amazing sunsets, conch fritters, an abundance of water sports, and beautiful beaches.

Key West is very walkable. In addition to the sites mentioned above, explore the shops, restaurants, and breweries. In fact, author Judy Blome owns a bookstore here. It’s also a great place to find a bench and people watch for a spell.

Looking for a day trip? Take the ferry, or a plane, from Key West to Dry Tortugas National Park. Reservations are highly recommended.

5. Lindsborg, Kansas

Lindsborg is just 3,500 residents strong and about 1/3 are of Swedish descent. Aptly nicknamed Little Sweden, the town embraces its heritage which can be found in its architecture, food, and festivals. 

Lindsborg hosts unique events throughout the year. Don’t miss Svensk Hyllningsfest in October, which celebrates the town’s Swedish culture. You’ll also love the small, colorful horse statues found outside of businesses throughout town. They’re called Dalas, after the Dalecarlian horse, a national symbol of Sweden.

Watch for the Lindsborg Swedish Folk Dancers, a group of high school students that’s been performing at town festivals and other local events since 1963.

6. Sedona, Arizona

Sedona’s gorgeous red rocks and breathtaking views beckon outdoor enthusiasts. It’s simply stunning. Bike or hike the many area trails, but come prepared. Summer can be brutally hot, so start early and bring plenty of water. Once you’re off the trails, browse in the boutiques and wonderful art galleries, then enjoy one of Sedona’s restaurants with an amazing view.

It’s natural to feel pulled to visit Sedona time and again. It’s known for its vortexes which Visit Sedona describes as “swirling centers of energy (within the red rocks) that are conducive to healing, meditation, and self-exploration.” You can experience the sites yourself or through a guided tour.

The Grand Canyon is just 2 hours away and makes an easy day trip, just get there early or you’ll likely have to wait in traffic to enter.

7. Newport, Rhode Island

Located at the tip of Aquidneck Island on Narragansett Bay, Newport exudes coastal elegance and southern New England charm. It was once the summer playground of the Vanderbilts, Astors, and others, and you can tour their summer homes today or view them from the Cliff Walk.

Established in 1693, Colonial history is abundant. Visit historic Trinity Church, Truro Synagogue, or White Horse Tavern — one of the oldest in the U.S. The International Tennis Hall of Fame is here as is the church where Jacqueline Bouvier married John F. Kennedy in 1953.

Walk along Newport’s cobblestone streets, devour the area’s amazing seafood, enjoy a music festival at Fort Adams State Park, sail on the bay, or simply relax on the beach. It’s a perfect long-weekend getaway. 

8. Clear Lake, Iowa

Clear Lake is infamous. Just ask any music-history buff, or anyone of a certain age. The town’s Surf Ballroom hosted what would be Buddy Holly, Ritchie Valens, and The Big Bopper’s final concert in 1959 before their plane crashed, killing everyone on board. Today, the ballroom features big bands and other performances multiple times a month. The site of the crash is also in Clear Lake. 

Many activities in town revolve around the lake of the same name; boat, waterski, fish, or just hang at the beach. Nearby, spend a lovely day taking in the beauty of the Central Gardens of Northern Iowa. If you’re hardy enough to venture to northern Iowa in February, you’ll love its Come Fly a Kite Festival — the largest winter kite festival in the Midwest.

With all this activity, you won’t go hungry in Clear Lake. Don’t miss a chance to eat lunch at Starboard Market.

9. Eureka Springs, Arkansas

Eureka Springs is a quaint town nestled in the heart of the Ozark Mountains and, as its name implies, is home to dozens of natural springs. Visit several of the springs while exploring the historic downtown and its Victorian-era buildings — home to boutiques, art galleries, and antique shops.

Eureka Springs is a charming place to spend a weekend. Famous for its Arts Festival and Ozark Folk Festival, you can also take a ride on the historic Eureka Springs & North Arkansas Railway, enjoy a performance of The Great Passion Play, and marvel at the beautiful Thorncrown Chapel. 

Outdoor lovers will also enjoy hiking and the many water activities on the area’s lakes and rivers.

10. Bardstown, Kentucky

Known as the Bourbon Capital of the World, Bardstown is where pastor Elijah Craig created the spirit in 1789. That’s likely reason enough for many to book their trip to Bardstown, but if you need more than the 11 historic distilleries within 16 miles of town, you’re in luck.

Bardstown’s historic district is as delightful as it comes with art galleries, antique stores, and boutique shops. A hearty southern dinner is a must after a day of bourbon sampling and there are plenty of great restaurants from which to choose.

Something you may not expect, explore the Abbey of Gethsemani — a Trappist monastery where you can take in the beautiful gardens and attend a prayer service.

It doesn’t get more Kentucky than being home to My Old Kentucky Home State Park, the inspiration for the official state song. Tour the mansion, golf, or camp during your visit. 

11. Taos, New Mexico

Known to many for its wonderful skiing, Taos is a historic, four-season destination. Its UNESCO World Heritage Site, Taos Pueblo, is made up of multi-level adobe buildings that have been inhabited for 1,000 years. During a guided tour, visitors can meet a few of the 150 residents who still live there today.

Another important piece of history is San Francisco de Asis Church. Built in the early 1800s, it’s one of a few original adobe buildings still standing in the area and continues to have regular religious services.

During your visit, don’t miss the Millicent Rogers Museum showcasing Native American art and culture. You can’t visit Taos without indulging in delicious southwestern cuisine. Just be sure to know the answer to this question: “Green, red, or Christmas?” They’re referring to chili sauce, and in New Mexico, “Christmas” is a combo of the red and green sauces.

12. Lahaina, Hawaii

On an island with amazing sunsets, standing out is a challenge. Lahaina is loved by visitors and locals alike as one of the best places to watch the sunset on Maui. This small town, located on the west side of the island, also has a wonderful historic district; explore Wo Hing Temple, Baldwin Home Museum, and Lahaina Fort. Lahaina is also known for its banyan trees and you can find one in Lahaina Banyan Court Park.

Experiencing an authentic luau is definitely a treat and makes for a wonderful evening. 

Once you’re satisfied on land, explore the exquisite turquoise waters. Go whale watching from December through April, take a harbor cruise, or go fishing, snorkeling, or kayaking.

13. Kalispell, Montana

Located just 40 minutes from the west entrance of Glacier National Park, Kalispell is surrounded by beautiful mountains and lakes. It’s an outdoor lover’s paradise. Of course, Glacier is fantastic, but if you don’t have a reservation to enter, explore one, or all, of the six state parks in and around Flathead Lake just south of town. You can hike around, boat, swim, or fish in the beautifully clear lake.

Downtown Kalispell is home to unique shops and delicious restaurants. Leave looking like a true Montanan after you browse the more than 2,500 pairs of boots and 1,500 hats at Western Outdoor. Don’t miss Moose’s Saloon and be prepared to get some sawdust on your new boots after you walk through the swinging doors. Don’t worry, you can bring the kids; Moose’s is known for their great pizza!

14. Pismo Beach, California

It’s obvious from its name, but worth restating, Pismo Beach is a quintessential California beach town. Located near San Luis Obispo, it’s a perfect spot to spend the night if you’re driving the Pacific Coast Highway.

Pismo Beach is known for its miles of beautiful beaches, stately sand dunes, and the Pismo Clam. You can try clamming any time of year with a permit and you’ll need to leave the ones that are less than 4.5 inches in diameter. Another great option, hop in a kayak to explore the area’s unique caves and cliffs. If you prefer to stay above the water, walk the beautiful Pismo Beach Pier. You can’t miss it.

From late October through February, visit Pismo State Beach Monarch Butterfly Grove where thousands of the beautiful, migrating orange and black insects spend the winter. 

Finally, Pismo Beach has no shortage of delicious restaurants, many featuring amazing seafood fresh from the Pacific.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards.

Narrowing down the cities of the world to a succinct “best of” list is a nearly impossible task for one writer, so we asked the experts we trust the most: our readers. Some results were surprising, and others, not so much, but all of your responses highlight the enduring appeal of the midsize city. These humble yet captivating places offer the amenities of a big city without the crowds and sprawl of larger urban centers. Discover your next destination or find out whether your favorite midsize city made the list.

1. Victoria, British Columbia, Canada (Winner)

Victoria is a great example of part of the draw of the midsize city: a balance of culture and accessibility. One of the biggest appeals for visitors is Butchart Gardens, an impressive botanical feat that offers lovely flowers, a stunning landscape, and seasonal events like Christmas light displays.

Victoria is also a cultural center for the region. Its Royal BC Museum is home to many fascinating exhibits and programs. The Art Gallery of Greater Victoria offers a wide range of works from a diverse set of artists. The small-town feel of Victoria keeps the cultural scene down to Earth and inviting.

2. Galway, Ireland

Galway is an ideal gateway to the charm of the Emerald Isle. The city’s historic center is packed with shopping, dining, and drinking establishments, particularly around Eyre Square. For more seasonal events, explore Galway’s festival schedule. From film and music to sports and food, every interest is covered throughout the year.

Fans of literature will be pleased to find that Galway is a UNESCO City of Film, Literature, and Music, with interesting sites like Nora Barnacle’s childhood home and the Druid Theatre Company. The stunning architecture of the Galway Cathedral also warrants a visit.

3. Salzburg, Austria

Salzburg is a beautiful city full of history and culture. Visitors to the city flock to landmarks like Mozart’s house and the Salzburg Cathedral, but the city is also a hotbed for Austrian coffee culture. Other popular stops are the Mirabell Palace and Gardens and other filming locations for the classic film The Sound of Music.

While Salzburg is a fairy-tale city all year, it is particularly magical during the Christmas market season. The market at Residenzplatz Square in front of the cathedral is right out of a storybook. Like any good Christmas market, there are wide ranges of handmade gifts and warming foods and drinks available.

4. Reykjavík, Iceland

The largest city in Iceland may be a little out of the way for most travelers, but those who make it there always say it’s worth the distance. Set in the stark, unforgiving beauty of Iceland, Reykjavík is a northern gem. The city is home to some fascinating architecture like the breathtakingly modern Harpa Concert Hall and Conference Centre and the iconic Hallgrimskirkja Church.

To relax, visit one of Reykjavík’s thermal pools and spas like Vesturbæjarlaug or the Blue Lagoon. Other things to do include sampling the local cuisine, visiting museums, and going on a bar crawl.

5. Lucerne, Switzerland

Lucerne seems to exist outside of time on its perch among the Alps and on the shore of the lake. Getting out on the water on a leisurely cruise or paddle board is a pleasant way to get a different perspective of the midsize city.

For yet another perspective on Lucerne, take the trip up to Mount Pilatus. Once at the top, visitors can do some walking and enjoy panoramic views of the surrounding area. Experience the beauty of the city up close by exploring the Chapel Bridge and Lucerne’s Old Town.

6. Bath, England

Bath is a city with layered history dating back to Roman Britain. Visitors interested in history love exploring the ruins of the Roman baths that gave the city its name. As you work your way forward in history, you can explore medieval Bath Abbey and the Georgian architecture of The Royal Crescent and The Circus.

Not far from The Royal Crescent is Royal Victoria Park, where locals and tourists enjoy the grounds as well as botanical gardens and more. Finally, the Bath Festival turns the city into a center for music, film, art, and other cultural events. This city certainly punches above its weight.

7. Brugge, Belgium

Brugge (or Bruges) may be known to many as the location for In Bruges — the 2008 film starring Colin Farrell and Brendan Gleeson — but this midsize city is much more than a pretty backdrop for a movie. Brugge’s city center has been recognized by UNESCO for its beautifully maintained medieval architecture. Highlights of the architecture include the Belfry Tower, City Hall, and the Basilica of the Holy Blood.

In addition to its architecture, Brugge maintains strong lace-making, brewing, and chocolate-making traditions. Guests in the city have been enjoying the fruits of these crafts for centuries, and they no doubt contributed to Brugge making the cut as one of our readers’ top picks.

8. Lucca, Italy

One of the smaller cities on the list, Lucca is known for its Renaissance-era walls, but the history doesn’t stop there. Also known as the “City of 100 Churches,” Lucca is dotted with historic and art-filled churches. One of its most notable religious buildings is the Cathedral of San Martino, a marvel of architecture and art.

Between visits to churches and exploration of the narrow streets, visitors can enjoy incredible Italian food, attend festivals and events, or hop on a bike and explore the city without having to contend with big-city traffic.

9. Guanajuato, Mexico

Similar to Brugge, Guanajuato is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. TravelAwaits writer Louisa Rogers has chronicled her time as an expat in this historic colonial city. Some of her favorite experiences include exploring the callejones (alleys), visiting chapels and churches, hiking, and making new friends.

The colorful architecture of the city enchants visitors, as does a ride on the Guanajuato funicular or simply walking through the streets and markets. The city is much more manageable for exploration than larger locales like Mexico City.

10. Rotorua, New Zealand

One of the reasons that people love visiting Rotorua is that it gives them a chance to experience Maori culture firsthand. For example, just 20 minutes from Rotorua is Te Pā Tū (previously Tamaki Māori Village), a cultural experience that exposes guests to Maori culture, cuisine, songs, and stories.

Rotorua is also known as a hotbed (no pun intended) of geothermal activity. Keen kayakers can explore the steaming cliffs at Lake Rotomahana and anyone who needs a little relaxation can have a soak at the Waikite Valley Thermal Pools. All of the mentioned activities take place among the legendary natural beauty that has put New Zealand on the map.

11. Lausanne, Switzerland

Though Swiss cities all seem to have a certain charm to them, Lausanne’s location right on the bank of Lake Geneva makes for undeniable appeal. A little bit smaller than nearby Geneva, this midsize city offers access to all the fun that comes with being near the water — from boat rides to quiet walks on the shore.

One of Lausanne’s other claims to fame is its status as the location of the headquarters of the International Olympic Committee (IOC) and the excellent Olympic Museum. Visitors also surely love the Lausanne Palace, the Flon District, and the Ouchy Promenade.

12. Toledo, Spain

Toledo is known as the “City of Three Cultures” because populations of Christians, Jews, and Muslims were able to coexist there during the Middle Ages — a decidedly rare occurrence. This blend of cultures makes for diverse architecture, cultural sites, and cuisines.

One interesting example of the crossover between cultures is the Mosque of Cristo de la Luz, a Catholic church that was once a mosque. You can see the third culture in the city’s Jewish Quarter and its Sephardic Museum.

Toledo is also associated with the famous El Greco, which is evident throughout the city, especially at the El Greco Museum.

13. Rhodes, Greece

Yet another midsize city with a long history, Rhodes is particularly popular with travelers who enjoy culture, good weather, great food, and scenic views of the water. Guests would be remiss if they didn’t take a trip to the Acropolis to experience its temples and ruins.

Upon returning to the 21st century, weary travelers can indulge in some of the excellent cuisine of Rhodes or settle down in one of these unique places to stay. Those who still have some more energy to see the sights can stop by the Palace of the Grand Master of Rhodes or the Medieval City of Rhodes, a UNESCO-listed site.

14. Rouen, France

In some ways, Rouen is like a microcosm of France; it combines world-class art, life-changing food, and interesting history with lovely architecture and beautiful natural settings. The half-timbered construction is noteworthy, as are the Rouen Cathedral, the Gros-Horloge, and the Joan of Arc Museum.

To rest and recharge after a day experiencing Rouen, TravelAwaits writer Ulrike Lemmin-Woolfrey recommends Tandem, L’Espiguette, and the French Coffee Shop. Also, consider Richard Nahem’s pick: Gill. The Old Market Square is a pleasant place for an after-dinner stroll.

15. Cascais, Portugal

Cascais shares many of the traits of the other cities that TravelAwaits readers selected this year, but what really sets it apart is the incredible coastline. A full breakdown of Cascais’s beaches can be found online, but one coastal feature that stands out is the Boca do Inferno, or “Hell’s Mouth.” Despite the intense name, it’s a good place to see a sunset.

Sue Reddel and Diana Laskaris — two TravelAwaits writers who retired to Portugal – took on the challenging task of narrowing down the best ocean-view restaurants in Cascais. For more views and vistas, explore Sintra-Cascais Natural Park.

16. Ubud, Indonesia

Ubud is a fascinating midsize city on the Indonesian island of Bali. Guests can explore the local culture by visiting the Agung Rai Museum of Art, attending a dance event at the Ancak Saji Ubud Palace, or viewing the carved shrines at Gunung Kawi Temple.

This city is also a great base from which to explore the natural beauty of Bali. The Ubud Monkey Forest is a sanctuary for hundreds of long-tailed monkeys, and the Bali Bird Park performs a similar function for local avian species.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards:

• Our Favorite Hikes In All 50 States (2023)
• Our 15 Favorite U.S. National Parks To Visit
• 15 Best State Parks To Visit In The U.S. (2022)

Tens of millions of fun-seeking tourists flock to Orlando each year. Unfortunately, many arrive with tunnel vision, with only its popular, world-famous theme parks on their radar. But there’s plenty of weird and wacky fun to be had a short hop away from those stomach-churning rollercoasters, costumed cartoon characters, and the inevitable mile-long lines that they invite.

Here are 10 obscure — and less crowded — spots to have fun in Orlando, Florida.

I was kindly provided complimentary hosting by many locations mentioned, but all opinions are my own.

1. Beer Spa

Enjoy beer? Love percolating in hot tubs? Then combine the two for a wildly unconventional, relaxing, and rejuvenating experience. Based upon a concept imported from central Europe, clients soak in thermal tubs filled with foamy, moisturizing hop brews blended from beer ingredients. Each private, intimate room has a fireplace, infrared sauna, hay lounge (to stretch out and cool down post-sauna), a wide selection of background music, and your own self-serve beer tower! (Beer’s complimentary during your visit. Wine and sangria are available for a nominal fee.) Indulge by the hour, or upgrade to a longer session — if you can keep your balance!

2. Dezerland Auto Museum

If you love cars, the silver screen, celebrities, or all the above, be sure to check out this collection of two thousand historic and classic vehicles — including many screen-used and celebrity-owned models. See original Batmobiles, the DeLorean from Back to the Future, Thomas Magnum’s red Ferrari, the Ghostbusters Ecto-1, the world’s largest collection of James Bond vehicles, and much more! Pay a few dollars extra for the VIP tour and enjoy photo ops while sitting in a handful of driver’s seats. (And this is just a sample of real estate tycoon Michael Dezer’s mind-blowing 7,000-show-car collection!)

3. Chocolate Museum & Cafe

Learn the history — and the indulgence-justifying nutritional benefits — of one of the world’s most popular treats; it’s far more interesting than you might suspect. Admire a collection of 6-foot tall, solid chocolate sculptures (among them, the Statue of Liberty, Taj Mahal, and Big Ben) and sample a wide variety of freshly made gourmet delicacies. (Their hot chocolate’s simply unbelievable!) Be sure to loosen your belt a notch here.

4. Clean The World

This interactive (and free) museum features an extensive collection of soaps and detergents — including popular brands like Pears, Tide, Palmolive, Ivory, and Dial, as well as classic advertising dating back centuries. Hidden out back is a bustling operation that recycles used soaps, shampoos, and cleaning supplies from hospitality industry partners like Hilton. Donate a few hours of your time to sort, blend, and package these recycled products (as seen on Discovery Channel’s Dirty Jobs) to help provide clean water, sanitation, and hygiene to struggling communities in 127 countries worldwide.

5. Leu Gardens

This 50-acre botanical oasis, nestled on Lake Rowena amidst Orlando’s sprawling metropolis, boasts over 40 diverse plant collections. Toss away the map — it’s a futile effort to try to guide you through the spider web of twisting paths. Just surrender to the garden’s corn-maze design and have fun navigating its gorgeous corridors. You’ll feel as though you’re lost, hiking through the jungles of Jurassic Park. It’s open 9 a.m.–5 p.m. daily.

6. Cocktails And Screams 

Fans of the macabre, and creepy things that go bump in the night, should plan to visit Cocktails and Screams — a spooky-themed bar in downtown Orlando that might just be owned by the Addams Family themselves (there’s even a room dedicated to them). Enjoy ominous-sounding drinks like Hocus Pocus, Scarlet Fever, Neurotoxin, and Horny Devil in this dark, eerie atmosphere. Don’t miss their speakeasy room, The Craft, hidden at the back (reservations required). Decorated with supernatural memorabilia collected from around the world — including a haunted ventriloquist dummy — it’s guaranteed to send a few chills up your spine. You’ll also meet some talented mixologists there too. Costumes are optional.

7. Gator Golf Adventure Park

Ever played mini-golf with gators before? Snap up the experience at Gator Golf Adventure Park, an 18-hole odyssey that encircles Gator Lagoon, crawling with over 200 of these steely-eyed predators. (For once, you’re best not to keep your eye on the ball!) Daily interactive feedings allow daring guests to get up close and personal with the Floridian ambassadors.

8. St. John’s River Eco Tours 

If you haven’t yet had your fill of alligators, jump aboard a 35-foot hybrid pontoon boat on St. John’s River Eco Tours for a scintillating 2-hour nature extravaganza. Be sure to keep your binoculars and cameras at the ready; you’re bound to see plentiful wildlife while cruising along this Amazon-like setting. Alligators are generally abundant (I counted 28 on my last trip!), and you may also spy manatees, turtles, armadillos, otters, and a shopping list of wading birds and birds of prey. You’ll also learn the fascinating history and ecology of this important waterway, and the efforts being taken to preserve its flora and fauna.

9. Goat Yoga 

Wanna feel like a “kid” again? Then register for Goat Yoga at Alaska Farms. Set on 10 acres of rural farmland, a stone’s throw from modern buildings, goat yoga provides the opportunity to work out in the company of some very cute outdoor gym buddies. According to its founders, baby goats help to nurture a sense of peace and relaxation. They also poop and pee all over, but replacement mats, and clean-up crews, are readily available. Goats also climb, jump, and chew as they scamper about — brace yourself accordingly. Despite all this, classes fill up quickly, so book early!

10. Lake Eola

You won’t find many big cities where you can pedal a swan boat around a downtown lake. But Orlando’s a magical city, don’t forget. Enjoy nature’s quiet beauty pedaling around Lake Eola, near Orlando’s city center, while admiring the spectacular urban views surrounding you. (Rentals are available until 7 p.m., allowing nightscape viewing as well.) You can also walk or jog the 0.9-mile path encircling the lake, take in a concert or play at the adjacent Walt Disney Amphitheater, or peruse the busy farmers market (bursting with foods and crafts) which takes place here every Sunday from 10 a.m.–3 p.m.

5 Day Trips Just A Short Drive From Orlando

Grab a rental car and enjoy a few more unique spots just a short drive (under 2 hours) away.

1. Silver Springs State Park

Head to Silver Springs State Park for a 90-minute glass-bottom boat cruise along Silver River. Here, you’ll glide over Mammoth Springs — one of the largest artesian springs ever discovered. Wowing visitors with captivating views of underwater life (including 32 species of fish, alligators, and manatees) since the 1870s, this ride was once Florida’s #1 attraction (pre-Disney). You’ll see statues of Zeus, Poseidon, and Hades in the waters far below — props from the 1960s TV show I Spy. Many other popular movies and TV shows were also filmed on location here. 

Pro Tip: Look for monkeys swinging amongst the trees — one of the few spots in Florida where you can enjoy this exciting spectacle!

2. Old Sugar Mill Pancake House

Flip and design your own all-you-can-eat pancakes at the Old Sugar Mill Pancake House, a 100-year-old barn, replicating a 1830s sugar mill, at De Leon Springs State Park. Warm up your table griddle and start pouring batter! Add berries, nuts, chocolate chips, or whatever your heart desires. But pace yourself; you’ll probably feel explosive by the time you leave. Open 8 a.m.–4 p.m. daily, you should get there early to avoid long waits.

3. Cassadaga

The residents of Cassadaga will likely know you’re coming long before you get there. That’s because this town, founded in 1875 and known as the “Psychic Capital of the World,” is home to dozens of “certified” mediums and healers. Spend an hour hiking a self-guided walking tour: wander the streets admiring tiny ornaments and sculptures along the whimsical Fairy Trail. An inspiring service is offered at Colby Temple on Sunday mornings, but be sure to stick around for the “Messaging Service” that follows. Whether you embrace their spiritual beliefs or not, it’s a hoot watching mediums select (supposedly) random people from the audience and complete “readings” on them.

4. Blue Spring State Park

If you’re a fan of those big, cuddly-looking sea cows, otherwise known as manatees, there’s one spot you can’t miss: Blue Spring State Park. They’re so plentiful here that you’ll literally find them crawling over top of each other, with day counts often reaching into the high hundreds (a sign at the entrance displays the day’s current manatee count). They congregate in these waters during winter months (November–March) when spring waters remain at a steady 72 degrees Fahrenheit.

Pro Tip: While visiting any of the four above attractions, stop by local favorites Chicas Cuban Café or Bake Chop in DeLand. Both offer mouth-watering meals at wallet-pleasing prices. You’ll thank me later!

5. Renninger’s Flea Market & Antique Center

Looking for a deal… or something hard to find? Put two random words together and you’ll likely find it at Renninger’s Flea Market & Antique Center in Mount Dora. Held every Friday–Sunday, this event, with over 700 vendors and 200 antique stalls — not to mention some of the most delectable burgers, empanadas, and donuts around — is a veritable bargain-hunter’s dream come true.

Related Reading:

• 11 New Experiences In Central Florida Your Family Will Love
• 8 Best Orlando Restaurants For World Cuisine Outside Of The Theme Parks
• 7 Incredible Outdoor Experiences In Orlando, Florida

When it comes to exploring the great outdoors, state parks offer a plethora of recreational activities and natural wonders, from breathtaking waterfalls to stunning canyons and sandy dunes. Whether you’re an avid hiker, wildlife enthusiast, or simply seeking a peaceful escape into nature, our country’s diverse range of state parks cater to every adventurer’s taste.

Narrowing them down to the best of the best would be an impossible task, which is why we asked our readers to nominate and vote for the best state parks to visit in the U.S. in our annual Best Of Travel Awards. Showcasing the beauty and diversity of America’s landscapes, these 15 state parks are must-visit destinations according to TravelAwaits readers.

1. Franconia Notch State Park (Winner)

Lincoln, New Hampshire

Located in the quaint town of Lincoln in the heart of New Hampshire’s White Mountains, Franconia Notch State Park is a picturesque gem. The park boasts stunning natural formations, including the iconic Flume Gorge and the soaring peaks of the Franconia Range. Visitors can enjoy hiking, fishing, biking, and swimming in Echo Lake.

“This little lake, surrounded by mountains, is completely unexpected and looks like a painting. It’s absolutely gorgeous,” says TravelAwaits writer SJ Morgensen. With its stunning vistas and scenic trails, Franconia Notch State Park offers an unforgettable outdoor experience, especially during the fall!

2. Baxter State Park

Millinocket, Maine

Nestled in the wild of Maine, Baxter State Park is a paradise for outdoor enthusiasts. It is home to Mount Katahdin, the highest peak in the state and the northern terminus of the Appalachian Trail. Hikers can challenge themselves with the strenuous but rewarding climb to the summit, while wildlife enthusiasts can spot moose, black bears, and other native fauna in their natural habitat. Baxter State Park truly encapsulates the raw beauty of the Maine wilderness.

3. Niagara Falls State Park

Niagara Falls, New York

One of the most famous natural wonders in the world, Niagara Falls is a mesmerizing spectacle that attracts millions of visitors each year. Niagara Falls State Park, located in New York, offers a front-row seat to witness the power and grandeur of the falls. Visitors can take boat tours to feel the misty spray on their faces or explore the park’s numerous trails and viewpoints. It’s an awe-inspiring destination that should be on every traveler’s bucket list.

4. Custer State Park

Custer County, South Dakota

Located in the Black Hills of South Dakota, Custer State Park is a treasure trove of scenic beauty and wildlife. The park is known for its large population of bison, which can often be spotted roaming freely across the grasslands. Visitors can drive along the Wildlife Loop Road for a chance to see these majestic creatures up close. The park also offers hiking trails, picturesque lakes, and the iconic Needles Highway (one of the most scenic drives in the U.S.), making it a haven for nature lovers.

5. Red Rock State Park

Sedona, Arizona

Situated in Sedona’s vibrant red rock country, Red Rock State Park is a haven for outdoor enthusiasts and nature photographers. Striking red rock formations, meandering trails, and lush vegetation create a breathtaking landscape. Visitors can hike along the trails, enjoy birdwatching, or simply revel in the park’s serene atmosphere. Red Rock State Park is a must-visit destination for those seeking solace and natural beauty in the desert.

6. Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park

Monterey County, California

Perched on the rugged California coastline, Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park is a slice of paradise. Towering redwoods, picturesque trails, and the Big Sur River create an enchanting atmosphere. Hikers can venture along the renowned Pfeiffer Falls Trail or explore the park’s scenic coastal overlooks. With its serene camping spots and proximity to the iconic Highway 1, Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park is a must-visit destination for nature enthusiasts.

7. Turkey Run State Park

Marshall, Indiana

Located in west-central Indiana, Turkey Run State Park is a hidden gem for outdoor lovers. The park’s sandstone gorges, carved by the flow of Sugar Creek, offer picturesque hiking opportunities. Visitors can traverse scenic trails, cross suspension bridges, and even wade through the creek’s crystal-clear waters. With its unique geological features and diverse wildlife, Turkey Run State Park is a nature lover’s paradise in America’s heartland.

8. Monument Valley Navajo Tribal Park

Navajo County, Arizona

Situated on Navajo Nation land in the Four Corners region, Monument Valley Navajo Tribal Park is an iconic landscape known for its towering sandstone formations. Immortalized in countless movies and photographs, the park’s majestic buttes and mesas rise dramatically from the desert floor. Visitors can embark on guided tours by Navajo guides, ride on horseback through the valley, or capture stunning sunrises and sunsets against the iconic backdrop. Monument Valley is a true symbol of the American West.

9. Valley Of Fire State Park

Clark County, Nevada

Just a short drive from Las Vegas, Valley of Fire State Park in Nevada is a mesmerizing display of vibrant red sandstone formations and ancient petroglyphs. The park’s scenic drives, hiking trails, and camping sites allow visitors to immerse themselves in the surreal beauty of the desert landscape. The fiery hues of the rock formations, particularly at sunset, create a captivating visual experience that shouldn’t be missed.

“The Valley of Fire State Park glows with pink-and-beige-pinstriped waves, rainbow valleys, and crimson arches,” according to TravelAwaits contributor Cindy Barks. “And for some Vegas-style flare, there’s also a whimsical elephant, a fierce spear-thrower, and a beehive valley.”

10. Coral Pink Sand Dunes State Park

Kane County, Utah

Tucked away in southern Utah about half an hour northwest of Kanab, Coral Pink Sand Dunes State Park is a captivating natural wonder that stands in the shadow of the state’s plethora of national parks known as the Mighty Five. Its unique coral-colored sand dunes, formed by wind erosion, create a surreal and otherworldly landscape. Adventure seekers can explore the dunes on off-road vehicles, go sandboarding, or simply take in the serene beauty of the surroundings.

11. Palo Duro Canyon State Park

Canyon, Texas

Known as the “Grand Canyon of Texas,” Palo Duro Canyon State Park is a breathtaking testament to the state’s natural beauty. With its vibrant red cliffs, rugged trails, and abundant wildlife, this park offers a remarkable outdoor experience. It is also home to an iconic hoodoo known as “The Lighthouse.” Visitors can hike, bike, or horseback ride through the park’s scenic trails, or even catch a live performance at the renowned outdoor musical, Texas. Palo Duro Canyon is a true Texas treasure.

12. Deception Pass State Park

Anacortes and Oak Harbor, Washington

The most visited park in Washington State, Deception Pass State Park is about an hour and a half north of Seattle. This true natural gem celebrated its 100th anniversary in 2022. Spanning two islands, the park offers breathtaking views of the rugged coastline, towering cliffs, and the iconic Deception Pass Bridge. Hikers can explore miles of scenic trails, while boaters and kayakers can navigate the pristine waters of the surrounding Puget Sound. With its diverse wildlife, picturesque beaches, and stunning sunsets, Deception Pass State Park is a must-visit destination for outdoor enthusiasts.

13. Katy Trail State Park

Missouri

For cycling enthusiasts and nature lovers, Katy Trail State Park in Missouri offers a unique and immersive experience. Following the path of the former Missouri-Kansas-Texas (MKT) railroad, the park boasts over 240 miles of flat, crushed limestone trails. Spanning nearly the full width of Missouri, it is the nation’s longest continuous rail trail. Cyclists can pedal through picturesque farmland, quaint towns, and lush forests while enjoying stunning views of the Missouri River. Along the trail, there are charming bed and breakfasts, wineries, and local eateries that offer a warm welcome to weary travelers.

14. Bahia Honda State Park

Monroe County, Florida

A short distance south of Seven Mile Bridge in the Florida Keys, Bahia Honda State Park is a tropical paradise. With its crystal-clear turquoise waters, pristine sandy beaches, and abundant marine life, this park is a haven for snorkelers, swimmers, and beachcombers. Visitors can explore the park’s nature trails, kayak through the mangroves, or simply relax on the idyllic beaches.

“It has two campgrounds, one primarily for RVs, the other for tent campers,” TravelAwaits contributor Fred Mays shares in his article, 12 Amazing Outdoor Experiences From Key Largo To Key West. “There is a long, gently sloping beach which is great for families with small children. The water is shallow and protected by the offshore reef. You will also find the remnants of the Old Bahia Honda Bridge that spans the deepest channel in the Keys. Park visitors can walk the bridge to observe beautiful sunrises and sunsets.”

15. Starved Rock State Park

Oglesby, Illinois

Nestled along the banks of the Illinois River, Starved Rock State Park is an outdoor enthusiast’s paradise. Known for its stunning sandstone canyons, waterfalls, and towering bluffs, the park offers a diverse range of activities. Hikers can explore over 13 miles of well-maintained trails, leading to breathtaking viewpoints and hidden waterfalls. During the winter months, visitors can even witness the majestic frozen waterfalls. With its rich Native American history and abundant wildlife, Starved Rock State Park is a natural oasis in the heart of Illinois. Check out these places to stay nearby.

These state parks offer unique natural wonders, outdoor recreational activities, and breathtaking landscapes that showcase the beauty and diversity of America’s state park system. Whether you’re seeking adventure, tranquility, or a deeper connection with nature, these parks will surely leave you with unforgettable memories and a better appreciation for the great outdoors.

Exploring the equator in Quito, Ecuador, provides an opportunity to experience amazing natural and cultural landmarks, including the dividing line between the Northern and Southern Hemispheres. Located 9,350 feet above sea level in the Central Andes Mountains, Quito is known for its rich history and culture, and its presence at the equator and in the Andes means a slew of unique experiences.

If you’ve got a few days to explore Quito, visiting the equator line and the two museums and monuments dedicated to it is worth a long morning or afternoon. Even better, it’s still close to other must-see excursions in the city. 

Here are the five unique adventures I had exploring the equator in Quito, Ecuador.

Our visit to the equator line in Quito was part of a hosted trip with Kontiki Expeditions — all opinions are my own.

1. Mitad Del Mundo

The “False” Equator

I know this may sound confusing, but bear with me: The location of the equator was originally set by a French geodesic expedition team led by Charles-Marie de La Condamie in 1736. The team spent 8 years surveying and studying the area, but their location of the equatorial line was off by about 200 meters, though the pre-Colombian Quito people were spot on, archeological evidence proves.

Before the actual equatorial line was found closer to The Museu Inti Nan (The Intiñan Museum — more on it below), Quito built a massive monument, museum, and a replica Colonial village at the “false” spot to memorialize the equator. Mitad del Mundo is a 100-foot-tall monument with a giant yellow line dividing the hemispheres, making it a popular spot for photos.

Mitad del Mundo also includes a small but well-curated museum about the ecosystem, indigenous culture, and history of Ecuador, as well as a village of shops, food vendors, and craftsmen. It’s a great place for an introduction to the equator and to Ecuador itself. If you happen to visit on the weekend or during special holidays, the central plaza at the Mitad del Mundo hosts concerts, special entertainment, and cultural events for tourists.

Pro Tip: If you aren’t taking a guided tour, then getting to Mitad del Mundo by bus is another option. Regular buses depart from Quito’s northern Ofelia bus station to Mitad del Mundo throughout the day and stop right outside the equator monument.

2. Intiñan Site Museum 

The Real Fun Begins

Located right next to Mitad del Mundo is The Intiñan Museum, which has its own marker and is closer to the right spot. This is where the real fun at the equator begins. Be sure to take the guided tour around the museum. The guides share a wealth of knowledge about the equator and then lead you in some hands-on equator tricks, such as trying to walk a straight line with your eyes closed, demonstrating the loss of muscle strength when you stand on the line of the equator, and balancing an egg on a nail. 

You can even see a demonstration of how water swirls in opposite directions on either side of the equator (known as the Coriolis Effect).

Fun Fact: Things like weight and balance are different on the actual equator. According to our guide, I officially weigh 1 kilogram (2.2 pounds) less while standing on the equator line than I do anywhere else on Earth.

Again, you’ll have plenty of opportunities to take photos while straddling the equatorial line, and while the whole experience is a little cheesy, it was fun and interesting. If you’re drawn to the slightly macabre, you can learn to make a shrunken head with step-for-step instructions at the museum. But it is also full of other less-squirm-inducing educational delights, including a display of totems at Totemic Forest and an art gallery of local artists.

Before you leave, you’ll also receive a personalized certificate declaring how you stepped across the equator at Mitad del Mundo.

Pro Tip: Although amusing and fun, science so far has not backed up any of the claims about the guides’ tricks they demonstrate on the equator. In fact, the Coriolis Effect has no effect on the direction of draining water in household drains anywhere and you can likely balance an egg on a nail head anywhere with enough patience, so take the “scientific” demonstrations with a grain of salt.

3. Khoura Chocolate Artesanal

Support Small Cacao Farmers

No trip to Ecuador is complete without indulging in the famed cacao culture and curated chocolate industry. Cacao production is an important sector of Ecuador’s economy and culture, with historical roots tracing back to pre-Colonial times.

With an ideal climate, rich soil, and over 300 years of tradition, Ecuador’s cacao production is predominantly done as a traditional, small-scale operation with farmers using simple agricultural methods. The country’s unique varieties of cacao makes the cacao beans from Ecuador highly sought after by the global chocolate industry.

Located just a 4-minute drive from Mitad del Mundo is one of those small, family-owned cacao and chocolate factories. Khoura Chocolate Artesanal supports small cacao farmers by producing artisan dark chocolate and other cacao products — roasting and preparing chocolates in a wide variety of flavors on site at its small, friendly factory.

Pop in for a tour that covers how Khoura creates its unique chocolates (try the dark banana chocolate bar!), a tasting of different qualities of cacao and different flavors of the chocolate produced, and a treat of rich, dark, heady hot chocolate at the end.

Leave plenty of room in your bags so you can come home with tons of rich, rare Ecuadorian chocolate to enjoy or give as souvenirs.

Fun Fact: One of the heritage cacao beans you can try is the Nacional — the rarest, most highly prized cacao bean in the world. Until 2009, the Nacional bean was thought to be functionally extinct. Today, The Heirloom Cacao Preservation Fund and other farmers and activists are working to bring back the population of pure Nacional trees.

4. Old Town Quito

The Historic Center Of Quito

With a population of over 2 million people, Quito has a unique atmosphere created by the presence of pre-Colombian, Colonial, and modern architecture and many parks, churches, museums, and other landmarks, so it has become a great tourist destination.

One of the best areas to take in the historic architecture and history is the historic center of Quito, nicknamed “Old Town.” Partly because of this area, Quito was the first city declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Begin your journey at Plaza de la Independencia, a popular square lined with a number of historic buildings including the Casa de La Cultura Ecuatoriana and the impressive Presidential Palace.

Basilica Del Voto Nacional

The city’s largest cathedral is the Basilica del Voto Nacional, a grand neo-Gothic basilica that towers over the surrounding Old Town and is visible from most of the city.

The Basilica del Voto Nacional is a wonder of gothic architecture, but surprisingly, it’s among the newest and still unfinished architectural wonders of the city. The plans to build the cathedral began in 1890, with construction beginning in 1892. More than 100 years later, construction work on the Basilica del Voto Nacional continues, making it the largest gothic cathedral in Latin America. The cathedral has bronze doors, soaring towers with stunning views of the city, and gargoyles inspired by the animals of Ecuador, including iguanas, tortoises, and armadillos.

Pro Tip: The cathedral isn’t the only impossibly beautiful church in Old Town. Also worth a visit are San Francisco Church (known as the Iglesia y Convento de St. Francis) and the gold-enshrined La Compania de Jesus. All these historic structures offer tours, but be aware that they may be closed or access-limited due to weddings or other events.

La Ronda And Barrio El Carmen

La Ronda is one of Quito’s most colorful and vibrant streets, full of picturesque Colonial buildings and shops, and Barrio El Carmen is an old neighborhood full of cobblestone streets and lovely colorful houses that are the perfect representation of Colonial architecture. Both are fun places to take in the vibe of Old Town Quito.

Pro Tip: If you’re up for some shopping, know that many local craftsmen line the streets selling everything from handmade wood carvings to vast landscape paintings.

Casa Del Alabado

If you want a deep dive into Quito’s indigenous and pre-Colombian history, then the Casa del Alabado (“House of Praise”), located in a gorgeous 17th-century Colonial mansion, is one of the best museums to visit. With more than 5,000 pieces of pre-Colombian pottery, tools, artwork, and weaponry, the museum contains eight rooms of more than 500 artifacts on permanent display.

This museum covers archeological information about the pre-Colombian population’s ways of worship, ceremony, history, art skills, and connections with nature. Be aware that the museum is open from Wednesday–Sunday and entrance is by reservation only.

Pro Tips: If you’re walking in Old Town, be aware of some steep hills that will literally take your breath away, especially in such high altitudes. A guided tour is also recommended for the sheer amount of history and knowledge they possess. We used Link Experiences, which was a fantastically organized and helpful service. Also, ask your doctor about a prescription for acetazolamide, which is used to prevent and treat high-altitude sickness.

Secluded coves, towering cliffs, and the breathtaking scenery of Point Arena make this coastal California destination perfect for a long weekend. Rugged sea stacks, rock-strewn beaches, and windblown cypress trees are a dramatic setting for the historic Point Arena Lighthouse.

More than just a museum and a stop along the coast, Point Arena Light Station hosts overnight guests and weddings, is a whale-watching outpost, is a movie filming location, and still guides ships in the dangerous waters along the coast. The Point Arena Lighthouse, 115 feet tall, is the tallest lighthouse on the Pacific Coast.

Come with me to learn what I loved about staying at this unique destination. Unlike renting a motel room along the highway, staying in a lighthouse is a memorable experience.

How To Get To Point Arena Lighthouse

Point Arena is 134 miles north of San Francisco and 35 miles south of Mendocino on California Highway 1. While this is a beautiful and scenic drive, it will be quicker if you take Highway 101 and cut across to the coast at Santa Rosa, Cloverdale, or Willits. Major airports serve San Francisco and Santa Rosa, and having a vehicle for exploring the area is a must.

This historic lighthouse is located a few miles north of Point Arena on 23 acres of a peninsula that runs a half-mile out to sea.

History And Tradition Of Point Arena Lighthouse

The history of the Point Arena Lighthouse is a story about three light towers, three Fresnel lenses, two fog signal buildings, its lightkeepers and their families, and the great earthquake that changed it all.

The first tower, built of brick in a conical design, was first lit by a fixed first-order Fresnel lens in 1870. The first fog signal building, completed in 1871, added horns as a navigation aid for ships traveling in the fog. Due to erosion on the point, the fog signal building was rebuilt closer to the tower in 1896.

The San Francisco earthquake in 1906 destroyed the tower and Fresnel lens, and the keepers’ dwelling was severely damaged. A temporary tower erected in its place used a second-order Fresnel lens so the station would have light during the reconstruction. The new tower began operation in the fall of 1908 with a rotating first-order Fresnel lens.

Best Time To Go

The best time to visit Point Arena Lighthouse depends on whether you want to avoid crowds or want warmer weather. My husband and I were there in the fall and enjoyed clear skies. 

While the weather on the Mendocino Coast is generally mild, with temperatures in the 50s and 60s, it can be foggy and windy during the summer. The peak summer months of June through August can also be crowded with travelers.

Who Operates Point Arena Lighthouse

Point Arena Lighthouse Keepers, Inc. (PALKI) — a non-profit, membership-based organization — operates the lighthouse. Open to the public 7 days a week, about 40,000 people visit every year. The light station receives no government funds and is not part of the State or National Park system.

Mascots Of Point Arena Light Station

The staff takes great pride in caring for and maintaining the mascots at Point Arena Light Station. While I met Tesla, the dog mascot who barely raised his head to acknowledge my presence, I didn’t see Arena Mina lurking around nor escorting visitors into the tower.

Lodging At Point Arena Light Station

Seven rooms, apartments, and cottages are available to reserve, which require a 2-night minimum stay. All rooms have an incredible California Coast view, free tower tours, and access to the Light Station Store, and Indoor and Outdoor Museums.

Complete furnished kitchens in the Head Keeper’s House, the Assistant Keeper’s House, and the Keeper’s Apartment accommodate your onsite cooking and dining needs. The Keeper’s Room and Bookkeeper’s Room have a mini-fridge and microwave. Point Arena Lighthouse serves no meals.

We chose the modest Keeper’s Room because it has a direct line of sight to the tower. Our cozy room had an electric fireplace, a view of the tower, and a view of the ocean bluffs, with a very comfortable Tempur-Pedic mattress. The night view of the tower was spectacular.

Pro Tip: Some accommodations are pet-friendly and can be configured for ADA guests.

Dining In The Area

The closest restaurant, Rollerville Café (family-owned and -operated) is on Highway 1 at the intersection of Lighthouse Road. Their breakfast was so good that we ate there again the following morning.

Things To Do

The Site Visit Fee provides access to the Point Arena Light Station for guests 12 years and older. This $5 fee (as of Spring 2023) helps to fund the upkeep of this historic light station. It includes the Light Station Store, the Fog Signal Building Museum, and the 23-acre Outdoor Museum. 

Climb The Tower

Tower tours are available for guests over 6 years old for an additional $5 fee. Tours are conducted every 20 minutes, with the first at 10:15 a.m. and the last at 3 p.m. A guide is inside at the top of the tower to answer questions and share information. You can step outside on the balcony for a death-defying unobstructed view of the entire landscape below the tower.

Shop At The Light Station Store

The Light Station Store’s team of four experts has pulled together an impressive collection of memorabilia, clothing, books, and more that blend with the history displays and lore of the Light Station. Sales from this store also help fund the light station operations.

Indoor Museum

Docents begin the tower tour with a presentation through the Indoor Museum housed in the historic Fog Signal Building. The oldest structure on the light station property, the Fog Signal Building, also contains the Light Station Store.

The centerpiece of the museum is the original 1908 1st Order Fresnel lens that was removed from the Tower in 2008. This colorful, multi-faceted display includes lighthouse history and artifacts. The presentation is one of the most informative and well-researched displays I’ve seen.

Outdoor Museum

What I enjoyed most about the Outdoor Museum is that there is unrestricted access and I could visit it anytime. It’s worth visiting in the early morning and the late afternoon. The sun casts shadows differently and the lighting is magical.

Pro Tip: Watch your footing on unpaved grounds. Grass tufts and burrowing animals make the ground cover uneven.

1896 Fog Signal Building

Housing the Light Station Store, the Indoor Museum with the massive 1st Order Fresnel lens, and the Whale Watch Room Gallery, the Fog Signal Building is on the National Register of Historic Places.

Native Plant Garden

The garden showcases native plants that are found on the Coastal Prairie. Whale bones, skulls, and the 1800s-era sailing ship anchor and chain are displayed in the Native Plant Garden.

Picnic Area & Whale Trail Interpretive Panel

The Whale Trail panel is designed to help you identify what you see when the whales are migrating. 

Lighthouse Tower & Monuments

Monuments outside the tower’s base and the plaque on the right of the entrance door claim the honor of the National Register of Historic Places.

Coastal Prairie

Most native plants found between the tower and security fence, and outside the white perimeter ranch fence, were typical of the flora on the coast before cattle grazed here.

Gazebo, Trail, And Sinkhole

Now used as a favorite wedding spot, the gazebo was constructed for the final scene of the 1992 movie Forever Young. 

The sinkhole has eroded 2/3 of the bluff and is not accessible to guests.

Stornetta Perimeter Trail

The faint trail by the white perimeter fence defines the boundary between the Light Station and the Point Arena/Stornetta Lands. The trail takes you to the Druid’s Circle and Labyrinth.

Druid’s Circle

Five locally sourced Mendo Blue pillars, left over from the construction of the Stone Entry Fence, were placed here in homage to Stonehenge and Druids everywhere.

Labyrinth

The Point Arena Labyrinth is the westernmost installation of the Art Line — a series of walkable, interactive outdoor artworks across the heart of America along a 28-mile band centered on the 39th Latitude. Walking the labyrinth was a relaxing experience for me.

Tower Trail And Tower Trail View Bench

From the entry kiosk to the Fog Signal Building, experience the classic view of the lighthouse peninsula, which includes breathtaking coastlines, sea stacks, and ocean waves.

Stone Entry Fence

This one-of-a-kind fence features locally sourced Mendo Blue boulders used for the “posts” and mica schist from the Mojave Desert used for the “pickets.” The wall is free-standing. With the light play, it looks different from every angle.

The Point Arena Light Station is an active United States Coast Guard heliport and fueling station. The landing pad is on the grounds of the Outdoor Museum. 

Activities In And Beyond Point Arena

B Bryan Preserve is a private wildlife preserve on 110 acres in Point Arena. The staff is committed to breeding and maintaining African hoof stock like zebra, giraffe, and antelope. We took a self-guided car safari, drove our vehicle, and added the exciting experience of feeding a giraffe.

Mendocino and Fort Bragg offer picturesque landscapes, architecture, fine dining, health and wellness retreats, and historic train rides.

I have always loved Turkish food. Fortunately, I live in New York City where Turkish restaurants are plentiful and I have traveled to other cities, like Berlin, where Turkish street food is a late-night staple. But, when invited by Go Türkiye to the country formerly known as Turkey, I was excited to satisfy my Turkish food cravings with the real deal in situ.

My 7-day visit was spent entirely in Istanbul, perfect for a multicultural immersion into Turkish food. With its vast Roman, Byzantine, and Ottoman heritage, the city once called Constantinople is a mélange of street treats, Michelin-star recipients and hopefuls, and homestyle dining. Beyond the magic of its mosques, monuments, and hammams, Istanbul is the only city that spans two continents, Europe and Asia, separated by the thin Bosphorus Strait. And, while a modern city in current parlance, Istanbul evidences its 2,500-year history throughout.

The intrepid foodie traveler in me took to this city of contrasts like a bee to lokum, and happily, my thousands of steps balanced out the thousands of calories I ingested on this delicious eating trip.

Here are some of the best foods I ate in Istanbul and where to find them:

1. Lokum 

The delicious candy known as “Turkish Delight” comes in a variety of flavors and consistencies. Jellylike and soft, made with nuts, fruit, and nougat, lokum appears in tempting displays. Merchants will give you a sample if you aren’t sure whether pistachio or fruit is better, and you can ask to have a box vacuum-sealed to take home. You’ll also find mountains of lokum at specialist HazerBaba in both the Spice Bazaar and on Istiklal. For an alternative, try their halva. It’s creamy, soft, and completely different from the dry version you might have had at home.

2. Dondurma

If you’re a fan of TikTok, you might have seen the teasing theatrical presentation of elastic Turkish ice cream that combines entertainment with deliciousness. Dondurma’s consistency is different from customary ice cream or gelato; you can pull it out almost like eating a piece of taffy. On Istiklal Caddesi, the vendors have fun with customers, proffering ice cream in cones and quickly pulling them away, multiple times, in a sort of ice cream dance you’ll want to capture on video. If you’re on the Asian side of the city on Bağdat Avenue, Mado offers a café setting where you can sample the Turkish dessert made chewy with ground-up orchid tubers.

3. Fresh Juices And Drinks

Enticing displays of oranges and pomegranates pop up not just on Istiklal Street but also among the cobblestones of Balat and elsewhere, where a refreshing juice break takes the place of a Coke or maybe even Turkish coffee or tea. More unusual, pickles are an important part of Turkish cuisine, and so is pickle juice. But unlike the alcohol-laced pickleback you might know, made with pickle juice and whiskey, this drink is a pinkish mix of pickle juice and pickled vegetables with a salty, sour overtone. During colder months, sahlep is a popular warm libation of orchid root, milk, sugar, and cinnamon. Think of it as an eggnog you might enjoy at Christmas. It’s available at dedicated stands and at Mado cafés throughout the city.

4. Tea, Coffee, And Sweets 

If cold beverages aren’t your thing, Turkish tea (çay) and coffee are cultural mainstays in Istanbul. Çay is served in small tulip-shaped cups, made with black tea from the northern region of the country. A Turkish coffee experience in Istanbul is just that — an experience. You’ll want to select a traditional “coffee bar” where you can observe the coffee-making process in brass pots, deciding whether you’d like it sweet, medium, or strong. Coffee is served black in a small ceramic cup with a layer of grounds on the bottom. Modern versions of these coffee shops, more akin to Starbucks or Paul, have coffee machines that brew an equally satisfying version of the beans in much less time. 

If you’re in love with the coffee, you can buy a bag of grinds for home preparation from the Spice Bazaar. For the perfect accompaniment, Turkish baklava with pistachios or honey is de rigueur at Gulluoglu Baklavacisi. Suit up with a hair net, gown, and slippers to watch the preparation of the multi-layer pastry, and then visit their family-run café to indulge and buy some to take home if it’s at the end of your trip. (The shelf life is limited and baklava is better eaten when fresh.)

Fun Fact: Did you know that tulips were originally cultivated in Turkey and then exported to the Netherlands? Think about that as you sip tea from your adorable glass.

5. Breakfast 

I don’t usually eat a huge breakfast when I’m home, but in Istanbul, the kahvalti meal is one that you don’t want to miss. You have choices from an expansive buffet, as served at many hotels like the Marmara Pera where I stayed, to the fast-food type which might include pastries or bagel-like creations that may fit better with your style of eating. 

If you opt for the breakfast spread, you’ll enjoy many of my favorite Turkish treats — from cheeses, olives, breads, and fruit to yogurt, tahini, halva, simits (more on that later), and black tea. A truly special experience, the art gallery/restaurant Perispri in the hip Balat quarter features a home-cooked buffet of small breakfast plates from ceramicist-restaurateur Cahide Erel.

When I didn’t feel like stuffing my face early in the day, I stopped for a tea and simit, the Turkish equivalent of a bagel-pretzel. Flatter and covered with sesame seeds, the simit can be filled with cucumbers, meat, cheese, and other items, making it the perfect hands-on breakfast sandwich. Simit stands are ubiquitous in Istanbul or you can choose a dedicated simit shop like Tarihi Galata Simitçisi and watch as they’re individually baked.

Pro Tip: If you enjoy the artwork at Perispri, you can purchase a piece to have shipped home. Unfortunately, the beautiful antiques in the dining area are not for sale.

6. Seafood 

With Istanbul’s proximity to the Mediterranean, Aegean, and Black Seas, wonderful seafood is a given in this bustling city. Along the side streets near Istiklal, you’ll find curious stands selling mussels (midye dolma) stuffed with seasoned rice and served in their shells. It sounds odd to eat mussels while standing up but it was a delicious treat. At the Michelin Bib Gourmand Alaf, Anatolian-style grilled fish was a highlight, adorned with onions and cilantro. The fish was presented in gastro-gourmet fashion on newspaper rather than on plates and paired with high-end Turkish wines like Junus, a blend of syrah, cabernet sauvignon, and merlot from the Aegean. 

If you opt for a cruise on the Bosphorus from Galataport — and you should — there are restaurants nearby that specialize in local seafood like anchovies, sea bass, and red mullet. At the waterfront Ringa Balik in the wealthy Oligark neighborhood, a display greets you to show you the catch of the day. Served along with meze, fish was a healthy choice, particularly after filling up on lokum and baklava.

7. Meze

While on the topic, meze is a way of life in Turkish restaurants. At the variety of sit-down restaurants that I enjoyed, an elaborate spread of small plates kicks off your meal. Made up of traditional Turkish dishes, your appetizers can include variations of Ankara pickles, hummus, aubergine, fava beans, calamari, vegetable salads, and yogurt. For truly chic dining, meze set a beautiful stage for the vast wine selection and the meats from the open grill at Michelin-starred Mürver in the Novotel Istanbul Bosphorus.

Pro Tip: At Çiya Sofrasi, leave room for lamb dumplings and the chef’s sinful pumpkin dessert. Striving to preserve Turkish culture through regional food, the restaurant has been the darling of the media for many years. You can find Chef Dağdeviren in Season 5, episode 2 of Chef’s Table.

8. Meat Snacks

I always search out beef döner when I travel and Istanbul gave me many ways to enjoy it. At Sütiş Kebap Dünyasi, a casual restaurant, and Nişantaşki Başköşe, a more formal eatery, I had thin slices of the rotisserie-cooked meat served to me, tender and flavorful to be eaten along with cacik — Turkey’s version of tzatziki or raita. An alternative to döner, cağ kebap at Şehzade Erzurum Cağ Kebabi was my favorite street snack after visiting the Grand Bazaar and the Spice Bazaar. The spit-roasted lamb skewers wrapped in lavash bread had the DIY option of adding onions and tomatoes, unlike the döner which is generally served plain. You can also top it with ezme — a traditional Turkish sauce made with tomatoes, peppers, and olive oil.

9. Pide

Pizza lovers, rejoice! Istanbul has something for you, too, and you may never look at pizza in the same light again. Served without tomato sauce on oval-shaped flatbread, Turkish pide is served at pideci — fast-food pizzeria-like restaurants — and even at the airport. Cheese and minced lamb and beef versions are offered spiced with chopped peppers, tomato, and onion.

10. Raki

I’d be remiss if I didn’t mention Turkey’s national alcoholic spirit, raki. Similar to Greek ouzo but more aromatic and less sugary, the aniseed-based liquor is mixed with chilled water and ice to your preference. Drunk at celebrations or even at a gathering for lunch at a meyhane (tavern) along with a meze spread. As I experienced at Agora Meyhanesi 1890, raki is quite strong. My suggestion is to begin gingerly with a 50/50 raki-water ratio. Find it at cafés throughout the city or, for a treat, visit the sultry Orient Bar in the Pera Palace Hotel — the glamorous 19th-century hostelry where Agatha Christie is said to have written Murder on the Orient Express.

My wonderful guide, Eser Sedef, told me to be sure to look down every turn and walk through every pasaj (passage) that one encounters. “You’ll be surprised at every turn,” she smiled. This was certainly the case on the extensive Istiklal Caddesi pedestrian avenue in the Beyoğlu area, which leads from the Galata Tower to Taksim Square — Istanbul’s version of Shibuya. Along the road are narrow side streets and passages that revealed treasures both culinary and cultural. Combined with the many street-food options here, the restaurants that span two continents offered a non-stop invitation to explore and try new foods. 

Pro Tip: Be careful where you walk, though, as Beyoğlu’s “historic” red trams do travel along the street.

Related Reading:

• The Amazing Historic Hotel That Will Have You Book A Trip To Istanbul
• 13 Reasons To Fall In Love With Beautiful Istanbul, Turkey
• Exploring Istanbul’s Literary Landmarks: 6 Places To Visit

The fast pace of modern life means that most Americans tend to drive cars for transportation, often on large, fast roads. In recent years, however, people have been rediscovering the joys of getting around on foot. Not only is walking good exercise, but it also gives people a chance to take in their neighborhoods and actively engage with their communities or the communities they’re visiting.

We asked TravelAwaits readers to share their favorite walkable cities and the results are in. Read on to learn more about the best places in America to slow down and enjoy a stroll.

1. Boston, Massachusetts (Winner)

It’s no surprise that a city officially founded in 1630 is built to be enjoyed on foot. This historical city has tons of great areas to walk through, but BOStoday’s report on Boston’s walkability singles out the Beacon Hill neighborhood, which received a nearly-perfect score of 99 from Walk Score. Beacon Hill is home to the State House and is known for its federal rowhouses, narrow streets, and brick and cobblestone features.

The city’s North End is another walkable neighborhood that will please a diverse range of tastes. Back Bay, downtown, and Chinatown are also dense enough to be considered viable walkable neighborhoods. To get between areas, try out Boston’s public transportation or the public bike system.

2. Washington, D.C.

Another fantastic East Coast city to explore on foot is Washington, D.C. Visitors who are looking for somewhere to walk certainly won’t want to miss the National Mall, an enormous park that is full to the brim with monuments, memorials, museums, and other cultural landmarks. If you want to walk but don’t want to drive, consider exploring the area by bike.

Another underrated area to walk in is D.C.’s U Street. This historically African American neighborhood is home to great music, food, history, and art.

3. San Antonio, Texas

Though I can’t read the minds of TravelAwaits readers, I can certainly guess that the main reason they chose San Antonio as one of America’s most walkable cities is its River Walk. The miles-long riverside pedestrian area is packed with shopping, dining, art, and entertainment. TravelAwaits writer Janie Pace recommends staying right on the River Walk for easy access to the area and its many appealing amenities and restaurants.

4. New York, New York

Trying to drive a car in New York City is a recipe for frustration with gridlocked traffic and limited parking. Luckily, getting around the city on foot and using bikes and public transportation is the norm. Whether you’re exploring the world-class museums of Manhattan, the hidden gems of Brooklyn, or the free underground art of the subway, you’ll enjoy your time walking the streets of NYC and taking in the sights.

To find some natural beauty in the midst of the city lights, spend some time walking in Central Park (or one of New York’s other incredible parks). There are countless seasonal activities located there, each with its own unique appeal.

5. Las Vegas, Nevada

A desert city may not spring to mind when thinking about walkability, but Las Vegas is a city engineered to keep people comfortable. One popular approach to visiting Las Vegas is to hop from casino to casino on the Strip, breaking up forays into the Nevada heat with trips into air-conditioned palaces and cocktail lounges that serve up icy drinks.

Another walkable area of Las Vegas is Fremont Street, which features a host of new and refurbished properties and activities that will keep you entertained and give the Strip a run for its money. The fun doesn’t end there; plenty of new attractions debut every year — from restaurants, hotels, and casinos to performances and museums.

6. Nashville, Tennessee

Nashville is best known for music and food, but there are also some lovely places to explore on foot. Downtown is truly the center of the action, as you can easily get around and see popular spots like the Ryman Auditorium, the Country Music Hall of Fame, and other music-related haunts and hangouts. The Graduate Nashville is a perfect home base for your time in the city.

Cumberland and Riverfront Parks are both lovely places to escape some of the bustle of the city. Another fun way to get walking in Nashville is to try to find these five murals throughout the city.

7. Santa Fe, New Mexico

The stunning natural beauty and unique architecture make Santa Fe a great city for a walk. The Santa Fe Railyard District is a good place to start. The district brings together food, art, entertainment, and shopping all in one walkable, bikeable area.

The city and surrounding area are studded with beautiful walking and hiking trails. For example, the Grasshopper Canyon Trail is a popular path in Santa Fe National Forest that would make a great day trip from the city center.

8. New Orleans, Lousiana

The complex blend of cultures that mingle in New Orleans makes this city a popular destination. Guests who want to be shown the city by a local have a huge array of walking tours to choose from. You can choose one that fits your interests, like a tour of the Garden District, a voodoo tour, or a food and cocktail tour.

One of the most iconic walking districts in the city is the French Quarter — its historic architecture and numerous bars have made it legendary. City Park and Crescent Park also draw scores of visitors, but there are plenty of other parks to choose from.

9. Charleston, South Carolina

It’s no surprise that this reader pick made it on the list. The charming Charleston Historic District is yet another lovely place to spend a day or two on foot. From gorgeous old church steeples to the “rainbow row” of brightly painted houses, the historic district is a feast for the eyes. There are also ghost tours, shopping, dining, and art galleries.

An alternative walking option for nature and ocean lovers is one of Charleston’s excellent beaches. From Folly Beach and Sullivan’s Island to Edisto Beach, there’s no shortage of options for maritime walks.

10. Portland, Oregon

With all of the great food and beer in Portland, you may find yourself looking for a few places to walk off some calories. Look no further than Portland’s Pearl District, a stylish neighborhood full of bars, restaurants, and galleries set in repurposed warehouses just north of downtown. The Alberta Arts District and Mississippi Avenue are also densely packed with interesting diversions.

Oregon is home to some of the most stunning natural beauty in the nation, and Portland’s parks and gardens reflect that. Washington Park is a large green space that is home to the Portland Japanese Garden and the International Rose Test Garden.

11. Seattle, Washington

The next TravelAwaits reader pick is also in the Pacific Northwest: Seattle. It seems like no one can quite make it through a trip to Seattle without snapping a picture of the famous “Public Market Center” sign at Pike Place Market. After walking through the market and sampling food and coffee, consider making your way to the Capitol Hill neighborhood for more shops, art, and counter-culture vibes.

North of Fremont — another eminently walkable neighborhood — is Green Lake, an idyllic spot to stroll along while looking out over some water and green space.

12. Honolulu, Hawaii

Our list ends in Hawaii, a veritable paradise. Laid-back vibes and good weather make anywhere a perfect place to walk, but taking the hike to Diamond Head State Monument elevates the experience. The views from the volcanic crater above Waikiki are sweeping panoramas that make the physical effort of getting there worth it.

A slightly more tame — but no less beautiful — walk can be found at Ala Moana Beach Park. This beach is popular with locals and tourists alike and even offers an all-terrain wheelchair and beach access mats for people with limited mobility.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards.

Located on 550 acres at San Antonio’s highest elevation point, the award-winning La Cantera Resort & Spa boasts stunning views of the Texas Hill Country and 18 panoramic holes of championship golf.

Soaring ceilings, wooden beams, a giant stone fireplace, floor-to-ceiling windows, and rustic furnishings combined the King Ranch style décor with a Texas contemporary feel. 

I was astounded by the 25,000-square-foot Loma de Vida Spa & Wellness, five pools with private cabanas, 10 restaurants, 496 luxury guest rooms, and 34 villas scattered among the walking trails and art installations lined with mesquite, native oak, and pine trees.

Whether looking for a holistic experience, a romantic getaway, or a family escape, you won’t want to leave this most luxurious retreat at San Antonio’s top resort.

Amenities

• 25,000-square-foot Loma de Vida Spa & Wellness
• 18-hole championship resort golf course
• Five pools and private cabanas
• 7,600-square-foot fitness center
• Complimentary shuttle service within 3 miles
• Concierge service
• Tesla charging stations
• Nature trail
• Pool and golf shop
• SEVEN, the adults-only floor

Room Types

I enjoyed SEVEN — the adults-only seventh floor —with a personal concierge, lounge with continental breakfast, daily snacks, gourmet coffee, and happy hour. The rooms have luxury bath products, Nespresso machines, daily spa access, and extra security.

Additional rooms are The Villas, La Cantera Suites, Deluxe King and Queen Rooms, and Accessibility Room types.

Hotel Class

La Cantera is the #1 resort in the Southwest and the #1 resort in Texas according to the Conde Nast Traveler Readers’ Choice Awards.

How To Get To La Cantera Resort & Spa

La Cantera Resort is 20 minutes from the San Antonio International Airport in northwest San Antonio.

Parking

Self-parking is $18 per night. Overnight guest valet parking is $40 per night. Valet parking is free for SEVEN and Villas guests.

Why I Chose La Cantera Resort & Spa

I chose to get away at La Cantera for the premier Loma de Vida Spa, luxury accommodations, and the award-winning Signature restaurant.

History Of La Cantera Resort & Spa

In Spanish, La Cantera, meaning “quarry,” was constructed on an old limestone site.

Activities At La Cantera Resort & Spa

Enjoy amenities like the five resort pools, luxury cabanas, and 10 restaurants. You won’t need to leave the property since it has a PGA championship golf course, tennis, and pickleball courts. Indulge in massages and facials at the Loma de Vida Spa, meditation, fitness classes, and hiking trails. 

World-Class Golf

Take advantage of unlimited play and great golf rates with 18 holes of championship golf, offering scenic views of the Texas Hill Country.

Loma De Vida Spa And Wellness

Relax in the secluded nature sanctuary of the 25,000-square-foot Loma de Vida Spa atop one of the highest elevations in San Antonio. Use the new Otto products to indulge in a massage or facial, or explore a sound bowl meditation. I lost myself in the sauna, steam room, Jacuzzi, and pool while sipping tea and napping.

Fitness Classes

The Loma de Vida’s fitness and movement studio offers the finest fitness machines, movement classes, yoga, spinning, full-body Tabata workouts, suspension training, and private personal training.

Five Resort Pools

You’ll find five resort pools: the Loma de Vida secluded pool, Villa Pools, Adults-Only Pool with poolside bar, Vista Pool with Vista Grille, and Kids Pool with splash area and two water slides.

Luxury Cabanas

We enjoyed an afternoon at the French champagne house Veuve Clicquot Cabana at the adults-only infinity edge Topaz Pool. There are 16 additional cabanas for rent equipped with TVs, a safe, and a refrigerator.

Tennis Court & Pickleball

Play complimentary tennis or pickleball hourly or reserve private lessons with a tennis pro for a fee. Get your gear at the pool shop.

Complimentary Shuttle

Reserve the Complimentary Shuttle to the Shops at La Cantera and theme parks within a 3-mile radius.

Fitness Trails

I enjoyed a casual hike reading about the plants and animals of the Hill Country. Run the 3- or 5-mile trail through the resort and hydrate with juice at Quenche Juicery.

Restaurants At La Cantera Resort & Spa

Signature

La Cantera’s award-winning Signature restaurant offers seasonal cuisine with a French influence and a Texas twist from Chef John Carpenter. Make a reservation for dinner — a must to get a seat overlooking the fountain, golf course, and herb garden.

SweetFire Kitchen

The open-air kitchen at SweetFire Kitchen features home-style Texas cuisine, serving breakfast, lunch, and dinner overlooking Plaza San Saba.

Primero Cantina

Savor Southwest-style Mexican food like carne asada, barbacoa, carnitas, guacamole, queso, and hand-crafted tequila cocktails at the indoor/outdoor bar with sweeping Hill Country views. Never miss your game with sports TVs.

Grille 254

Inspired by the longest-held PGA Tour record score of 254 by Tommy Armour in 2003, Grille 254 serves 24 beers on tap, crafted cocktails, breakfast, and lunch.

Bocado

Order creative charcuterie boards at Bocado with house-made pickles, pate, honeycomb, jams, mustards, truffles, and sweets.

Henrietta’s Market

Open 24 hours daily, Henrietta’s Market offers grab-and-go options and necessities, a full-service coffee bar, wine, homemade ice cream, and gifts.

Sire Bar

Behind the giant horse painting off the lobby, sip a hand-crafted cocktail in a King Ranch Texan space honoring championship thoroughbreds.

Quenche

After a spa treatment or fitness workout, order a smoothie or organic juice at Quenche Juicery in the Loma de Vida Spa.

Vista Grill

Order burgers, salads, or cocktails poolside from the Vista Grill. I ate the best shrimp cobb salad here.

Topaz

Enjoy a lobster roll, a western burger, and the best onion rings at Topaz, the adult pool, bar, and restaurant. Find exotic drinks, beer, and bubbly for sipping.

Types Of Travelers At La Cantera Resort & Spa

You’ll find adults on a business trip, friends gathering, couples on a romantic retreat, dedicated golfers, and families on vacation.

Pet-Friendly Information

No pets are allowed currently.

Tips On Booking Accommodations

Check the Offers tab on the website for vacation packages like Sun-Sational Summer Savings, Six Flags Superhero Package, or Refresh and Recover. See the Stay and Play Hill Country Golf Package if you’re a golfer.

What Is Near La Cantera Resort & Spa?

Explore wineries or shopping in Fredericksburg. Enjoy local shopping at the Shops at La Cantera, The Rim, or Arrive Eilan. Or take the kids to Six Flags Fiesta, Texas.

One Thing You Absolutely Can’t Miss At La Cantera Resort & Spa

Don’t miss exploring the Loma de Vida Spa; it’s the most extensive spa I’ve seen. Take your time to relax and enjoy a treatment, sauna, and yoga.

Would I Stay Here Again?

I would stay here again in a heartbeat! It’s a beautiful change of pace from the River Walk, and it’s close to Fredericksburg and the wineries for a day trip.

Contact

• 16641 La Cantera Parkway
• San Antonio, 78256
• 210-558-6500

A nature preserve is, by definition, a natural habitat where animals and plants are protected, and kayaking is a great way to see the natural beauty, plant life, and wildlife that can be found there. But imagine, as you glide through the protected, peaceful waters in your kayak, if your view could include not only all of the natural beauty above the water but also what’s underneath your kayak as you paddle along.

That’s the beauty of clear kayaking in pristine Shell Key Preserve, a 1,828-acre preserve in the mouth of Tampa Bay about 12 miles south of St. Petersburg. The preserve includes a 195-acre barrier island known as Shell Key.

My husband Dean and I took a clear kayaking tour in February with our friends, Andy and Mary. Here are some tips to know when you go.

1. Go With a Guide

The advantage of going with an outfitter is that they take care of all the gear and provide a guide who can tell you all about the remarkable ecosystem of the surroundings as you paddle.

We booked a noon tour with Get Up and Go Kayaking, who says they are the first clear-kayak touring company in the United States.

The Tour

Our 2-hour tour took us to the launch point where we met our guide, Bria, got into our kayaks, paddled past a shoreline of expensive homes out into the key, and crossed clear waters along a shoreline of mangroves.

Our destination was the beautiful Shell Key Beach, where we had a chance to get out of the kayak for about 20 minutes to walk the beach or sit and relax. Then we continued our tour as we looped around through shallow waters to an amazing mangrove tunnel and back to the launch point.

Pro Tip: Get Up and Go Kayaking trips launch from Billy’s Stone Crab restaurant in Tierra Verde. On the drive there, you’ll need to pay a one-dollar toll using cash, coins, or SunPass.

2. Choose From Day Or Night Tours

As of this writing, Get Up and Go Kayaking offers five to 6-day tours per day, including a sunset tour, plus a night tour called a glow tour.

We selected a day tour because of timing, the distance from our lodging to the launch point (we were staying in central Florida and didn’t want to get back too late), and because we thought we’d see more wildlife that way.

The sunset tour offers a chance to see the sunset over the key and then turn on color-changing, waterproof LED lights. According to a video on the website, the glow tour is a tour run completely in the dark, again, with LED lights and a guide leading the way.

Pro Tips

• No previous kayaking experience is necessary.
• The outfitter will send you a waiver; to save time, sign it online before you go.
• The tandem kayaks have a weight limit of 425 pounds per boat and 250 pounds per seat.
• Wear comfortable, quick-dry clothes and bring sunscreen and a water bottle. If you take the night tour, Get Up and Go Kayaking recommends you wear a shirt with long sleeves, long pants, and apply bug spray underneath your clothes, because apparently, mosquitos like Shell Key Preserve, too.

3. Five Tandem Kayaks For A Small-Group Experience

Get Up and Go Kayaking tours are small and personal. They only take 10 people per time slot (five tandem kayaks) at one time. It’s great to go with a small group, but that also means tours can fill more quickly.

Keep this in mind when you make your reservation. Our first choice was a Saturday tour, but by the time we checked (the Wednesday prior), that date was sold out. Fortunately, the tour on Sunday still had room for us.

Our group of five kayaks meant we were always within earshot of the guide, and throughout the tour, we could easily stay together as a group.

4. Learn About Fascinating Red And Black Mangroves

Our guide, Bria, is a native Floridian who has been guiding tours for about a year. She told us about the mangroves and the important role they play in the delicate ecosystem of the preserve.

Red mangroves are the most salt tolerant of the three varieties in Shell Key and can be seen closest to the shoreline. Additional research tells me they have distinctive roots (fittingly called “stilt roots”). Black mangroves live just above the line of high tide. They build up the soil and help feed the ecosystem.

5. Watch For Wildlife And Sea Life

Part of the fun of this tour is the wildlife we could see above — and below — the water. The website tells me dolphins, rays, turtles, and even small sharks can be seen on these clear kayaking trips. There are also seasonal attractions: In summer, kayakers might see manatees and roseate spoonbills (birds), and in winter, white pelicans.

Unfortunately, we didn’t see any of that. Above the water, we saw cormorants floating, diving, and drying their wings. We also saw many other birds, including snowy egrets and terns. Shell Key Preserve is an important sanctuary for migrating birds that nest and winter there.

Jumping Fish and Underwater Sights

We also saw mullet (fish). Bria identified the mullet for us when we saw them jumping out of the water. Underwater, we saw seagrass (important food for migrating manatees), conch and intricate spiral, ruffled casings (their egg sacks), and various other small sea life.

The beauty of a natural setting is you never know what wildlife or sea life you are going to see.

6. Enjoy Shell Key Beach

We beached our kayaks at Shell Key Beach and got out. Bria hung back with the kayaks but told us to talk through a short path lined with trees to get to another more secluded beach where we saw a lone sunbather and a long stretch of beach. We walked along and enjoyed the view, beach treasures, the rhythmic waves, and the beautiful day.

Pro Tip: Shell Key is a small barrier island; there are no facilities here. Bring your essentials and as they say, “Take only photos, leave only footprints.”

7. Paddle Through A Mangrove Tunnel

If the tide is high enough, and it was for us, the tour takes you through a short but breathtaking mangrove tunnel. This is the place where we were told to “grab a root and stop,” and Bria told us more about the trees and water.

Since we didn’t see a lot of unique wildlife on our trip, this experience of kayaking through a mangrove tunnel made the tour. It was surreal to “park” our kayaks inside this natural tunnel where the mangroves had grown together, and the reflection of the trees and water was gorgeous.

I could have camped out here for much longer. But soon, it was time to head back, so we kayaked out of the tunnel to the other side and back to the launch point.

Post-Kayak Bonus: Eat At Billy’s Stone Crab Restaurant

After our tour, we decided to check out Billy’s Stone Crab restaurant. We hadn’t researched it, we just decided to try it because it was our meeting point for the kayaking tour, and that made it convenient. I must admit, I was skeptical, thinking it was a sub-par option that capitalized on their captive, kayaking audience. I was wrong.

Little did we know Billy’s has been serving up seafood for more than 50 years. Although we didn’t try their namesake stone crab (available October through May and caught in their own traps), our group of four enjoyed wild-caught jumbo gulf shrimp, zesty “dang-bang” shrimp tacos, large sea scallops, and a limited-time special: a whole Maine lobster. All delicious!

The Choice Is Clear

One of the joys of kayaking in a nature preserve is that you can never be sure what wildlife you will see, but you are sure to enjoy it all the same. If you get the chance to kayak in Shell Key Preserve, the choice is clear. Take it!

I hope these tips help you enjoy the clear kayaking awaiting you at the beautiful Shell Key Preserve.

Pro Tip: Only water vessels (private boats or public shuttles) are allowed in the preserve, but if kayaking is not your thing, you can check out the Shell Key Shuttle.

Related Reading:

• 10 Affordable Clearwater Beach Vacation Rentals With Incredible Ocean Views
• The One Experience Not To Miss In St. Petersburg, Florida
• 9 Fantastic Experiences In St. Petersburg, Florida, Plus Where To Eat And Stay

From castles to cities, forests to cliffs, and sea to shining sea, there are a myriad of people, places, and things to discover on this list. Some are man-made, while others are naturally occurring; read on to see if your favorite landmarks made the list!

1. The Grand Canyon (Winner)

Arizona, United States

President Theodore Roosevelt said it best, “In the Grand Canyon, Arizona has a natural wonder which, so far as I know, is in kind absolutely unparalleled throughout the rest of the world.” The views throughout its 1,904 square miles are unparalleled and incomparable. The dry climate has well-preserved fossils and five of the seven life zones are present in this one park. From hiking to white water rafting, fishing, and biking, there are as many things to do, learn, and see as there are acres in this beautiful natural wonder of the world.

Pro Tip: While the South Rim is open year-round, the North Rim is usually closed December to June each year because of the harsher winter conditions. Make sure to check the NPS website for up-to-date reopening information. For more insider information, check out what Grand Canyon Park Rangers recommend before planning your trip.

2. Niagara Falls

New York, United States/Ontario, Canada

Did you know that Niagara Falls is home to not one, but three waterfalls? They sit at the end of the Niagara Gorge, with Horseshoe Falls being the largest and most recognizable. Sitting at 167 feet high, the falls see millions of visitors each year. You can access them from Ontario, Canada, or Niagara Falls State Park in Upstate New York. There are a plethora of ways to access the moisture and views of the falls. From the Canadian side, there’s an elevator that can take you down behind Horseshoe Falls, a cliffside park with a multi-story boardwalk and amazing views, and of course, the boat rides. The U.S. side boasts an observation tower, a unique dining experience, and you guessed it, more boat rides.

Pro Tip: While the falls are accessible and open year-round, the best time to visit is June through August. Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday are typically the best days to visit as weekends are much more busy.

3. Cliffs Of Moher

Republic Of Ireland

For all the beauty there is to enjoy on the beautiful island of Ireland, the Cliffs of Moher is one of the most popular sights to behold. With views worthy of the silver screen, the cliffs are part of a UNESCO Global Geopark, a special protection area for birds and wildlife. Take in the views by land, air, and sea. Hours vary by the time of year you choose to visit and tickets are required for most visitors. From walks and birdwatching to shopping and dining, your time will be very well spent.

There are two beautiful walks to choose from: the Coastal Walk North (approximately 5 miles) and the Coastal Walk South (approximately 3.5 miles). Remember to leave no trace and dress for being seaside as weather conditions can change suddenly and drastically.

4. Eiffel Tower

Paris, France

There was a time when I would visit la Tour Eiffel each night on Google Earth before going to bed to satisfy my young wanderlust. Standing regally at approximately 905 feet, the Eiffel Tower was originally built for the 1889 World’s Fair in Paris. It took 2 years, 2 months, and 5 days to build. The tower was supposed to be torn down after only 20 years, but a radio antenna was installed on top, and it was too valuable as a radio transmission tower to be destroyed. 

Pro Tip: There are numerous accessibility options for exploring the grounds. Full access has you explore the top level first, then work your way down to the lower floors.

5. Neuschwanstein Castle

Germany

Some may recognize this Romanesque Revival castle as Walt Disney’s inspiration for Cinderella’s castle as well as King Stefan’s castle from Sleeping Beauty. Built in the 19th Century, Neuschwanstein Castle is nestled in southeastern Germany. It means “New Swan Stone.” Because of a forced alliance with Prussia, Ludwig II was no longer a sovereign ruler. He commissioned this castle as a kingdom where he could reign as king once more.

Pro Tip: The castle is undergoing major restorations that are slated to be completed in the spring of 2024, so some of the castle is currently inaccessible. The staff has put together informational videos about the rooms that are being restored so that you can still enjoy them digitally.

6. Statue Of Liberty

New York City, United States

The Statue of Liberty is the second landmark from the National Park Service on our favorites list. Lady Liberty was a gift of friendship from the people of France and was built there first to be dismantled and reassembled in New York City. The Statue of Liberty Enlightening the World was finally unveiled to roughly a million people on October 28, 1886.

Pro Tip: There is only one officially sanctioned way to visit both Ellis and Liberty Islands, and advance reservations are highly recommended as access is limited.

7. Acropolis

Athens, Greece

Athens, Greece, is known as the birthplace of democracy and is home to oh so many incredible ruins. One of the best-known ruins is the Acropolis. Acropolis in Greek means “High City” and sitting atop said high city are several ancient buildings, including the Parthenon. Fun fact, my husband proposed to me at the foot of the Acropolis in 2009, a moment I will never forget. It was there that we learned the rule that visitors shouldn’t dance, jump, or be disrespectful on centuries-old religious sites. 

It may be the off-season for the Greek Islands, but the best time to visit is in winter. Temps are lower, crowds are smaller, and entrance fees are half-price. If you happen to visit near Christmas, the tree in Syntagma Square is beautiful!

8. Angkor Wat

Siem Reap, Cambodia

Angkor Wat is considered the world’s largest religious structure according to the Guinness Book of World Records, spanning about 400 acres. It was originally built and dedicated to the Hindu god Vishnu but has slowly transformed into a Buddhist temple over the years. Not unlike most tourist attractions and landmarks, the pandemic had a drastic effect on visitors. While open again, crowds are much smaller than years before.

9. Petra Archaeological Park

Jordan

Petra Archaeological Park is considered by many to be one of the new seven wonders of the world, and our readers can’t get enough of it! The site is half-built and half-carved into the rose-red cliffs of southern Jordan. There was a span of 500 years that the city sat undiscovered, as access to the city runs through the Siq, a narrow gorge that opens right up to the treasury. There are quite a few other trails to explore that range in difficulty from easy to hard and showcase the various ruins as well as the beautiful and unique rock layers unearthed by the ancient stoneworkers.

Pro Tip: It is recommended to allow for 3 days to see as much of the grounds as possible. And, take care when booking your trip as only licensed professionals are allowed to give tours and talks.

10. Machu Picchu

Peru

There are a lot of unknowns about Machu Picchu. But, most historians believe that the ancient city of the Inca was erected in the 1450s, only to be abandoned a century later as a result of the Spanish conquest. 

Pro Tip: Getting here takes a train or a multi-day trek through the mountains. After a short stint of closure, Machu Picchu re-opened on February 15, 2023.

11. The Vatican

Vatican City/Rome, Italy

The Vatican resides in a city-state completely surrounded by Rome and is a sovereign territory of the Holy See. The Vatican is basically the most popular attraction in all of Rome, despite technically not being a part of the city. With sites such as St. Peter’s Basilica and the Sistine Chapel, it’s no surprise why this small micro-state is so popular among tourists. Be prepared for long lines and lots of walking.

12. The Colosseum

Rome, Italy

When in Rome, it just makes sense to visit the Colosseum, originally called the Flavian Amphitheatre. Most important to note about the architecture of the columns is that they were made in three of the major styles of the time: Doric, Ionic, and Corinthian.

Also of note is the hypogeum, the underground area comprised of 80 different tunnels and passageways that connected the barracks, as well as a private access tunnel for the emperor. This was not in the original design of the Colosseum and also made it impossible to flood.

13. Alhambra

Granada, Spain

Alhambra is a palace — which happens to be the most notable and “best-preserved palace in the historic Islamic world” — and fortress tucked in the Sierra Nevada on the Iberian Peninsula. The expansive complex covers about 26 acres and has multiple structures, including the Nasrid Palaces. As you can imagine, tickets are in high demand and advance reservations are required.

14. Taj Mahal

Agra, India

The Taj Mahal is a marble mausoleum that was commissioned by Mughal Emperor Shah Jahan for his favorite wife, Mumtaz Mahal, who passed away giving birth to their 14th child. He was buried next to her upon his passing, thus making Taj Mahal the romantic symbol of India.

Pro Tip: Tickets are required to visit the grounds. Five nights a month, there are full-moon viewings of the Taj Mahal (two nights before the full moon, the night of the full moon, and two nights following the full moon).

15. Stonehenge

England, United Kingdom

Coming in at 13 feet high, the Welsh sandstones known as Stonehenge were built in three stages. We may never know why this monument was built to begin with, nor the methods used to create the structure. It has been purported that it was used as an astronomical observatory or a religious site and that the stones came from as far as 240 miles away. While a million visitors make the trek each year, it’s plain to see that this marvel is quite the sight to behold.

The Silk Road is a legendary but very real 4,000-mile-plus-long trade route that connected Europe with China in a quest to not only buy silk but also shift plenty of other merchandise, such as spices and natural resources, along the way. Made up of many separate roads, including water routes across the Mediterranean from Venice or the Frankincense route from Oman, it used to take months and years to travel along the route. As a result, many cities and centers of learning sprang up along the way to help further the exchange, not only of goods but also knowledge.

I have been fascinated with the Silk Road ever since I read William Dalrymple’s In Xanadu: A Quest decades ago. But to travel along the many routes is not only extremely time-consuming but also a logistical nightmare due to conflicts, borders, difficulties obtaining visas, and a lack of connecting flights. So, instead, I bought a huge map and started to take shorter travels to some of the cities along the way, connecting the dots as I go.

I still have many places to see, some already booked, such as Samarkand, Bukhara, and Khiva in Uzbekistan later this year. Others are still in the planning stages, such as Bishkek in Kyrgyzstan, Xi’an in China, and the constant dream about visiting Iran one day. So, watch out for part II of this story.

In the meantime, here are some fabulous cities I have discovered so far — all offering a Silk Road connection and many legendary sights to see.

1. Istanbul, Turkiye

Istanbul, or Constantinople as it was then, was the official endpoint of the Silk Road, but I started my quest from Europe, so to me, Istanbul is the gateway to Asia and the Silk Road. Old Constantinople was not only the connection to the Mediterranean and Black Sea but it was a rich center of learning and a bustling trade hub. To get a feeling for what it must have been like in the Silk Road days, head straight to the Grand Bazaar and the Spice Bazaar, which opened in the mid-1400s. This was admittedly toward the end of the heyday of the ancient Silk Road, but it still would have welcomed traders from far away.

Pro Tip: The Silk Road then moved inland through the modern-day capital of Ankara toward the Caspian Sea, with many exciting stops along the way. To really get a feeling for the importance of the Silk Road in Turkiye, book a 10-day tour to find out more and stop in caravanserais along the way. (Caravanserais were roadside inns along the Silk Road for passing traders and travelers.)

2. Yerevan, Armenia

The capital of Armenia, Yerevan is not only one of the oldest inhabited cities on Earth but also a city that offers both ancient history and modern art, culture, and tradition as well as a palatable joie de vivre with cafés and terraces on every street. The best place to start your visit is at the Cascade Complex, a set of stairs leading from the sculpture park below, up 572 steps to a view across the city. With the mountains of Great Ararat and Little Ararat on the horizon, the Ararat Valley is also a major route through the region. Note that within the Cafesjian Arts Centre on the left of the steps is a series of escalators that save your legs on the way up. (I just wish I had found them before I climbed to the top!) The city itself is great to relax in, walk and explore, but it is also a perfect base for day trips to the many monasteries and Silk Road caravanserais located within the countryside. Armenia is a relatively small country, very mountainous, with lakes and valleys, and so much history, all quite easily visited during organized and guided tours.

Pro Tip: You can get a driver to take you from Yerevan all the way to Tbilisi, the next stop below, taking in some sights along the way. It is around a 5-hour drive from capital to capital but very scenic.

3. Tbilisi, Georgia

Tbilisi may not be one of the better-known stops along the main route, but it was an often-used detour to rest weary travel bones in the city’s famous hot springs. The ancient baths along the springs have not changed at all since the Silk Road days. And to get a feeling for where travel-worn merchants would have stayed, head straight to the Tbilisi History Museum. It’s set in an old caravanserai where there were rooms for travelers, spaces and food for camels, and a market spot to trade at while you’re there. Today, the open space not only holds the history and a museum but also, down in the basement, a wine museum complete with a wine bar. And that might well have been another reason to stop off in Tbilisi; the Georgian wine is rather good.

Pro Tip: To keep in with the theme, don’t miss the State Silk Museum to learn more about the material that bore the trade route.

4. Baku, Azerbaijan

On the coast of the Caspian Sea, Azerbaijan’s capital city of Baku offers a superbly preserved look at Silk Road sights as they were when traders stopped to trade spices and cashmere on the way from India. The first stop should be the walled city of Icherisheher, with the Maiden Tower, its mosque, bazaar, and the wonderful Palace of the Shirvanshahs. There are also still many caravanserais dotted throughout the modern city, such as the lovely space around the Zoroastrian Fire Temple.

Pro Tip: To see more of the Land of Fire, where you find burning hills, petroglyphs, and mud volcanoes (all of which must have fascinated the Silk Road travelers even in the old days), book a private tour to Sheki.

5. Almaty, Kazakhstan

The first thing that struck me when arriving in Almaty was the snow-capped mountains that loomed on the horizon. They must have offered a mighty challenge to ancient merchants. Traveling through these mountain ranges hundreds, if not thousands, of years ago on camel or horseback must have been daunting. But they came and stayed a while in the green valleys around Almaty, probably gorging themselves on the plentiful apples that originate here. Here, there were craftsmen who mended armor and riding gear, and apparently, the jewelry trade was very popular. Something nice to bring back home after years on the road, I guess.

Pro Tip: Kazakhstan is a vast country and Almaty only offers a tiny glimpse. So, why not search out more Silk Road sights on a 4-day tour?

6. Fatehpur Sikri, India

Fatehpur Sikri — the City of Victory in the State of Uttar Pradesh’s Agra District in northern India — is often simply visited because it is close (ish) to the Taj Mahal. When I first visited this abandoned city years ago, I had no idea that it had a Silk Road connection. So, when I was putting pins into my Silk Road map, I was utterly delighted that I had stopped there.

Built in 1571 as the capital of the Mughal Empire, Fatehpur Sikri soon became a trading post for passing Silk Road routes because of the Mughal emperor’s patronage of the arts, crafts, and the court’s love of luxury goods, including silk. Abandoned by its emperor Akbar in 1585, Fatehpur remained a trading hub and center of craftsmanship. It still had one of India’s largest mosques and was a center of learning and religion. The city remained an important stop along the northern routes, so much so that in 1803, the trading giant East India Company settled there until 1850.

Pro Tip: When you find yourself in northern India, you will undoubtedly visit the Taj Mahal. Combine your trip with a visit to Fatehpur Sikri to marvel at this great abandoned city.

7. Beijing, China

While in ancient times, Xi’an was the last — or first — stop along the Silk Road, when the failing trade along the routes was restarted under Mongol rule in the 14th and 15th centuries, the route was expanded through China to eventually have Beijing as its starting point, or terminus. But even before then, intrepid merchant Marco Polo visited Beijing, or as it was then called, Dadu, the Great Capital, in the late 1200s. Giving you an idea of quite how long the Silk Road has been in operation, Marco Polo would have been in Beijing more than 100 years before the Forbidden City was even designed. But what he would have seen is the Pagoda of the Tianning Temple, the Great Wall of China, and, of course, the Marco Polo Bridge, which dates to 1189.

Pro Tip: Read The Travels of Marco Polo, but do it with a huge pinch of salt, as he is known to have made things up as he went. He was also not necessarily a good writer, but just the thought that he wrote those diary entries around the turn of the 13th century, and many of the sights he describes are still there, is quite mind-blowing.

Breathtaking may be an understatement looking through our readers’ list of their 15 favorite U.S. national parks. Each offers unique, unforgettable experiences. And while picking a favorite may be as difficult as picking your favorite child, it’s fine to love them all equally.

1. Rocky Mountain National Park (Winner)

Colorado

Rocky Mountain National Park offers beautiful meadows, waterfalls, alpine lakes, and plenty of wildlife in addition to its majestic peaks. Looking for a challenge? Hike to beautiful Chasm Lake. Equally beautiful, the short, flat trail around Bear Lake offers gorgeous views throughout. The loop is one of several options for those interested in less challenging, but still amazing, experiences. The park is so popular that you’ll need a reservation to visit from late May through mid-October.

2. Yellowstone National Park

Wyoming, Montana, Idaho

Old Faithful and Yellowstone National Park are practically synonymous, but America’s oldest national park is actually home to a staggering 500-plus geysers; many of which can be found around the Grand Loop Road. The southern portion of the road is also where you’ll find the colorful Grand Prismatic Spring, a must-stop for most visitors. The Yellowstone River is responsible for another dramatic experience — the Grand Canyon of Yellowstone and its Upper and Lower Falls. Finally, listen for howling wolves in the Lamar Valley. It offers the best wildlife viewing with herds of bison, grizzly bears, and adorable pronghorn, as well as wolves in the northwestern corner of the park.

3. Grand Canyon National Park

Arizona

The second most visited national park in the U.S., most visitors only see Grand Canyon National Park during a day trip. Instead, spend the night along the rim for a completely different experience. The changing colors of the canyon during sunrise and sunset will take your breath away. Then, the darkest of dark skies fills with stars to the delight of every junior astronomer. During the day, experience one of the park’s iconic mule rides, raft the Colorado River, hike into the canyon, or simply drive along the South Rim stopping at the lookouts along the way. While the South Rim is always open to visitors, the North Rim is planned to open on June 2.

4. Zion National Park

Utah

Zion National Park’s gorgeous red rock cliffs are the showstopper here. The park is home to two of the most famous hikes in the national park system — Angels Landing and The Narrows. Due to the park’s popularity, visitors can only access it using the shuttle system from mid-March through November. No matter if you’re on the shuttle, in your car, or riding a bike, Zion Canyon’s Scenic Road is awe-inspiring. To avoid some of the crowds, make your way north on Interstate 15 and visit the Kolob Canyons area in the northwest corner of the park.

5. Acadia National Park

Maine

Known as the first place to see the sunrise in the U.S. (at least for half the year), visitors flock to Acadia National Park’s Cadillac Mountain in the early morning hours to watch the Sun leap over the Atlantic Ocean. Once the Sun is up, check the tide charts and venture to the park’s beautiful rocky coast to see Thunder Hole. From 1–2 hours before high tide will be the best time to hear the thunderous roar created by the crashing waves.

The park’s 45 miles of carriage roads offer a unique car-free experience for visitors. Built by John D. Rockefeller Jr. in the early 1900s for exclusive use by horse and carriage, the roads remain car-free today. Walk, bike, or enjoy a carriage ride as you take in some of the best views in the park. Acadia is especially brilliant in the fall when the changing leaves and crisp fall air are simply glorious.

6. Glacier National Park

Montana

Dramatic views await in rugged and wild Glacier National Park. Home to about two dozen named glaciers, park rangers, however, warn that climate change is melting the park’s namesake. They say the current total is nine fewer than in 1966.

The Continental Divide gives the park two distinctive sides known as East Glacier and West Glacier. When you visit, book a Red Bus tour. The knowledgeable drivers detail the spectacular views as they take you along the park’s famous Going-to-the-Sun Road. The Many Glacier area offers even more magnificent views. Once there, hike to Iceberg Lake to see the beautiful blue water. 

Because of its popularity, you’ll need a reservation to enter the park between 6 a.m. and 3 p.m. during the summer. Just 1 mile outside the park, Polebridge Mercantile’s huckleberry bear claws are beloved by Glacier fans. It’s a delicious treat not to be missed.

7. Yosemite National Park

California

Known for its magnificent waterfalls and giant granite formations, we have John Muir to thank for the creation of Yosemite National Park. In this park, winning the lottery won’t bring you cash, but access to the top of the iconic Half Dome via cable wires. A mere photo of the experience is enough to caution many from trying it. If you prefer a more relaxed approach, paid tours are offered in the park throughout the year.

May and June are usually the best times to see the park’s numerous waterfalls. The best known, Yosemite Falls, is one of the tallest in the world. Horsetail Falls and the setting Sun create a unique experience known as the Firefall phenomenon just twice a year. 

While reservations were required in 2021 and 2022, the park is not requiring them to visit in 2023.

8. Great Smoky Mountains National Park

Tennessee, North Carolina

The Most visited national park in the U.S. in 2022, the mountains that make up Great Smoky Mountains National Park are beautifully covered in trees, creating a palate of lushly rolling peaks during the spring and summer and a gorgeous mix of colors in the fall. Here you can hike a portion of the Appalachian Trail, one of only two national parks where you can do so.

The park’s 11-mile Cades Cove Loop gives visitors a look at the early days of Appalachia. You’ll see log homes, several churches, barns, and even a working gristmill. You’re likely to see white-tailed deer during your drive and may even spot a black bear. A beautiful hike off the loop is Abrams Falls.

The park is one of only three locations in the U.S. where you can see synchronous fireflies, which usually occur in June. Although, you’ll need to enter the park lottery for a chance to view the phenomenon.

For a unique stay, hike to LeConte Lodge and spend the night in a rustic but cozy cabin. Several trails access the lodge and you’ll be rewarded with a delicious meal for your efforts.

9. Arches National Park

Utah

The park dubs itself a “red-rock wonderland” and none is more famous than its iconic Delicate Arch. Not only is it the symbol of the park but really the entire state of Utah. 

Arches National Park is aptly named for the 2,000-plus stone arches found within its borders, but the park also features enormous rock fins, beautifully balanced rocks, and inspiring pinnacles. There’s something to see around every turn as you wind your way through the park.  

You’ll need a reservation to enter between 7 a.m. and 4 p.m. from April 1 through October 31. To beat the crowds and the heat, hike to Delicate Arch at sunrise. You’ll be outside of the reservation window and won’t have to fight for a parking spot. It’s just one of several hikes to explore. Double Arch is also beautiful and just a short walk from the nearby parking lot.

10. Bryce Canyon National Park

Utah

Another one of Utah’s Big Five, Bryce Canyon may get overshadowed by its neighbor Zion, but the park lays claim to the most hoodoos in the world. Its views are also very accessible. Explore the Rim Trail for beautiful views of Bryce Amphitheater. A portion of the trail known as Sunset Point to Sunrise Point Trail shows off the beautiful changing colors of the amphitheater below during these special times of the day. Several natural arches can be found in Bryce Canyon. The most famous is Natural Bridge, which you can see from Highway 63 as you drive through the park.

11. Grand Teton National Park

Wyoming

The majestic Teton Range welcomes visitors to Grand Teton National Park. The park’s jagged peaks, clear lakes, and outdoor activities keep them coming back. Drive Moose-Wilson or Teton Park Roads for gorgeous views and possibly some wildlife sightings including moose, elk, deer, and even bears. A beautiful biking path, called the Grand Teton Pathway, connects the town of Jackson to the park. Along the way, you can take a dip in the clear but chilly waters of Jenny Lake. If you want to paddle instead of swim, all watercraft require a permit and that includes stand-up paddleboards and kayaks.

Likely the most iconic image of the park is the T.A. Moulton barn along Mormon Row with the Teton Range towering behind. Photographers flock to the park to capture this coveted shot at sunrise, so expect to hear shutters clicking if you decide to start your day early as well. 

12. Joshua Tree National Park

California

Near Palm Springs in southern California, Joshua Tree National Park is much more than its namesake, which you’ll only find in the western portion of the park. If you enter from the south, you’ll discover other gems like the towering palm trees in Cottonwood Spring and the extremely prickly Cholla Cactus Garden.

Keep an eye out for bighorn sheep, mule deer, and antelope squirrels as you drive. They can be difficult to spot in the desert landscape.

Farther north and west, giant boulders beg to be climbed and explored by visitors of all ages, and getting down can be just as challenging, or more so, than getting up. Be sure to take a picture with Skull Rock and watch for professional rock climbers who are naturally attracted to the park’s many climbing options.

Joshua Tree National Park’s heat can be unforgiving. Come prepared with the proper sun protection and plenty of water when you visit.

13. Haleakalā National Park

Hawaii

One of two national parks located in beautiful Hawaii, Haleakala National Park is on the island of Maui. Make a reservation, then get up in the middle of the night to watch the sunrise above the clouds at the summit. Be prepared for all types of weather; it can get below freezing. Plan to stay a bit after the Sun is up, the views of the volcanic crater only continue to get better as the morning progresses.

If you want to visit the Kipahulu portion of the park, be aware: you’ll need to drive the Road to Hana to get there. Once you arrive, the beautiful 4-mile out-and-back Pipiwai Trail takes you to two waterfalls and through a bamboo forest. Kuloa Point Trail is also popular with gorgeous ocean views and takes hikers to the Pools of ‘O’he’o, also known as the Seven Sacred Pools. 

Hiking is a great experience throughout the park, but it’s important to know that it’s against the law to venture off the trails. 

14. Badlands National Park

South Dakota

Conveniently located off Interstate 90, you can either drive through Badlands National Park on the loop road in just a few hours or relax a bit and spend the night. During your trip through the park, you’re surrounded by beautiful rock formations with millions of years of history.

Stop and walk along Fossil Exhibit Trail’s boardwalk to understand the animals that used to roam here. Another spot not to be missed is the Roberts Prairie Dog Town where you’ll see hundreds of prairie dogs and hear them chattering away. Keep an eye out for bison; you’re sure to see a few during your drive. There are many viewpoints to explore, and as the Sun moves through the day, its color changes on the rock formations, which is why sunrise and sunset are brilliant times to experience the park.

The Lakota nation named the area “Badlands” and it can be unforgiving, so be prepared with proper sun protection and plenty of water when visiting in the summer.

15. Mount Rainier National Park

Washington

Mount Rainier National Park is known for its amazing hikes, gorgeous lakes and waterfalls, wildflower-filled slopes, and of course, views of the iconic Mount Rainier. The park’s namesake is an active volcano, although it hasn’t erupted since 1450. Located in the Paradise section of the park, the Skyline Trail is popular with visitors offering a little something for everyone — waterfalls, flowers, and plenty of breathtaking views. Avoid the crowds by visiting the more remote Carbon River area. It’s home to the only inland rainforest in the park.

Pro Tip: Know Before You Go

Many national park visitors visit just for a day, but you should try to spend the night. Many offer lodging in addition to camping and the parks are even more wonderful once the day-trippers leave. Also, don’t forget about the park system’s Junior Ranger program. In spite of the name, there isn’t an age limit to participate and it’s an interesting way to learn a lot about a park.

Are you ready to have an exhilarating experience? Imagine hiking to a canyon, descending to the bottom, and onto a gleaming river of ice, as walls of rock and ice stand guard on either side. Welcome to Maligne Canyon in Jasper National Park — home to one of Canada’s most incredible natural treasures.

I visited in early March with four other travel journalists. During our visit, we had the opportunity to explore the breathtaking Maligne Canyon on an unforgettable guided icewalk! Following a local guide along its frozen pathways and marveling at the spectacular formations that lurk within its depths was a journey through a winter wonderland! It was still winter but warmer than the previous months.

Pursuit Collection hosted my Banff/Jasper experience. All opinions are my own. 

Jasper National Park’s Natural Wonder

Maligne Canyon is a natural wonder in the heart of Jasper National Park in Alberta, Canada. It’s the deepest canyon in the park and stretches for miles. During winter, the running water in the canyon freezes, creating a striking icescape that is simply breathtaking. The icewalk through Maligne Canyon is an awe-inspiring adventure. Its magnificent landscape will captivate you, illuminated by crystal-clear frozen waterfalls and jagged limestone walls rising high against Alberta’s serene winter sky backdrop!

Glaciers Shaped The Landscape

Maligne Canyon is truly a stunning geological wonder. Its history dates back millions of years, beginning with the retreat of the last glaciers in the last ice age. As the glaciers melted, they carved narrow pathways through the soft limestone rock, forming the deep and narrow canyon we see today. Erosion from the Maligne River then continued to shape the canyon. Today, visitors can explore the canyon’s depths through hiking trails and steel catwalks suspended above the rushing waters, taking in this incredible natural beauty and geological history.

Maligne Canyon Is A Four-Season Adventure

Maligne Canyon in Jasper National Park is a breathtakingly beautiful natural wonder that draws visitors from far and wide during every season. You can enjoy a magnificent display of waterfalls, pools, and rock formations during spring, summer, and fall. Hiking along the canyon’s trails provides a thrilling adventure, with majestic views around every bend. You may also see elk, bighorn sheep, and other wildlife.

Maligne Canyon is gorgeous in all seasons but especially beautiful in winter when the water freezes and the hike becomes an icewalk.

What Is A Guided Icewalk Tour?

A guided icewalk tour in Maligne Canyon allows you to experience the canyon’s beauty up close and personal. Our Maligne Canyon Icewalk Tour by Banff Jasper Collection by Pursuit began at the Maligne Canyon Wilderness Kitchen. Lunch is included in the tour. After lunch, we were fitted for our gear.

Our tour included all the necessary equipment, including rubber boots that come up to your knees, crampons for your boots (a crucial traction device similar to cleats for walking on firm snow and ice), and a helmet for safety.

You’ll also be accompanied by a knowledgeable guide who will ensure a safe and enjoyable experience. Guides know the safest paths, shortcuts, problem areas, ice thickness, and depths of water beneath the ice. They also provide help when needed as you traverse the difficult canyon spots.

As you venture deeper into the canyon, you’ll walk across suspended walkways, peer down into the icy depths, and learn about the geology and wildlife unique to the area.

We hiked about a half-mile to get to the icewalk area, then descended to the bottom into the ravine, surrounded by frozen waterfalls, rugged limestone walls, and sparkling icicles. There are plenty of opportunities to take photos, so remember your phone or camera. 

As you go through the canyon, you’re surrounded by the stunning beauty of nature’s artistry. The sound of water trickling beneath the ice, the transparent walls of ice that have formed into unique shapes, and the cool air on your skin combine to create a sensory experience unlike any other.

The tour suits healthy, active travelers who can walk for 3 hours, climb stairs, and maintain good balance. I would not recommend it for people with mobility problems or knee or hip issues.

Icewalk tours run from December to the beginning of April. Check the website for available tours and to make reservations.

Can You Visit Without A Guide?

Hikers can do the icewalk without a guide, but you should be experienced. I would not do the icewalk on my own. Hiking during other seasons would be fine, but going with a guide for the icewalk is the safest thing to do in winter.

What To Wear On An Icewalk

You may be wondering what to wear on an icewalk. Maligne Canyon (or any ice canyon, for that matter) is cold. The key here is to wear layers. Start with a base layer, add a fleece or sweater, and then a warm jacket.

I recommend a warm jacket that is mid-thigh length. You will notice in the photos that my coat was knee-length. I selected it because I thought it would be warmer. While it was warm, it limited my movement when making wide steps or climbing.

Remember that you’ll be walking on rugged terrain, so comfort is key. You’ll want pants that stretch and won’t constrict your movement.

Boots that reach your knees are essential. So bring along a pair of sturdy, waterproof boots that will keep your feet dry and comfortable.

You will need crampons or ice cleats for walking on the ice, and be sure you wear a helmet in case ice, rocks, or tree limbs fall from above.

If you go on a guided tour, boots, crampons, and a helmet will be provided.

How Long Does The Maligne Canyon Icewalk Take?

The icewalk can take anywhere from 2–4 hours, depending on the tour company, weather conditions, the speed at which you hike, how many photos you stop to take, and the route you take. But don’t worry: The experience is well worth the time.

Safety Considerations When Venturing Into Maligne Canyon

This awe-inspiring canyon is a natural wonder that draws countless visitors each year. Knowing the potential dangers of exploring a natural environment is essential.

• Ice can be slick and dangerous to traverse. 
• Running water that you have to wade through even in winter can reach depths up to your knees in some areas of the canyon, creating an added risk of slipping or getting trapped in a current. 
• Ice, rocks, or branches can fall from overhead.

Despite these risks, with some preparation and awareness of your surroundings, venturing into Maligne Canyon can be a safe and rewarding experience.

If you love exploring the great outdoors, you must experience ice walking in the Maligne Canyon. The frozen waterfalls, towering ice columns, and iced river immerse you in a winter wonderland like no other. Whether you’re an adrenaline junkie or simply looking for a unique experience, ice walking in the Maligne Canyon should be on your bucket list.

Tips For Enjoying An Icewalk 

Go With A Guide

Unless you are skilled at ice walking, opt for going with a guide for safety reasons and the fact that they provide not only the guided hike but boots, ice cleats, and helmets.

Check Weather Conditions

The icewalk is only open when weather conditions are safe, so check the forecast before you head out. If the weather is warm, there is a risk of falling through the ice, so it’s best to wait for cooler temperatures.

Dress In Layers

Even if the weather isn’t freezing, dressing warm for the icewalk is essential. Wear layers that you can easily remove if you feel too warm.

Wear Appropriate Footwear

Wear waterproof boots that reach your knees and ice cleats for traction on the ice. 

Bring Your Camera

Remember to bring your camera because you’ll want to take photos. The scenery is absolutely stunning and you’ll want to capture it to show your friends and family. 

Plan To Unplug

There is no cell service in most of the canyon area, so plan to be unplugged and enjoy nature.

Be Prepared For A Strenuous Hike

The icewalk is a challenging hike. There are some steep sections and you have a distance to walk. 

Look But Don’t Touch

It may be tempting to touch the ice sculptures or slide down an icy slope, but it is vital to resist the temptation as it can be dangerous.

Pay Attention To Your Surroundings

The icewalk can be disorienting because of all the white snow and ice, so paying attention to where you are and what is around and above you is essential.

Have Fun! 

The icewalk is a once-in-a-lifetime experience, so enjoy every minute of it!

Related Reading:

• 11 Amazing Things To Do In Canada’s Gateway To The North
• 7 Things To Do In Beautiful Edmonton, Canada
• These Tours Give Visitors A Chance To ‘Dig Deep’ And Learn About Dinosaur Fossils — When And Where

It’s safe to say that the continent-spanning United States is home to an enormous variety of cities. From the dense metropolises of New England to the desert oases of the Southwest, there’s a city for every type of traveler in the U.S. However you choose to experience one — or all — of these cities, you won’t be disappointed.

1. Kansas City, Missouri (Winner)

This centrally located city is a favorite destination for Midwesterners. One popular area to explore is the Country Club Plaza, where you can find countless options for shopping, dining, and entertainment. Two of the best museums in town are the Nelson-Atkins Museum of Art and the National WWI Museum and Memorial.

While the culture, architecture, and music of Kansas City are all worth a trip, the cuisine may be the best reason to visit, and you can’t mention food in KC without mentioning barbecue. Kansas City’s take on the American culinary classic is generally considered to be built around a sweeter, thicker sauce.

2. Boston, Massachusetts

There’s probably no better destination for American history lovers than Boston. To make good use of your time, consider exploring the Freedom Trail, which will take you about 2.5 miles past 16 historical landmarks, like the Paul Revere House and the Old Corner Bookstore.

Whether you’re a baseball fan or not, catching a game at the iconic Fenway Park is not to be missed. You can also take a tour and learn about the oldest active park in the MLB. The Fenway-Kenmore neighborhood is also home to the Museum of Fine Arts and Symphony Hall.

3. Nashville, Tennessee

To kick off a visit to Nashville, set the tone by checking out the Country Music Hall of Fame and Museum. If you want to continue the music theme, you can also explore Honky Tonk Row for some live music. Then catch a show at the Grand Ole Opry — one of the most legendary country music venues in the U.S.

Between live shows and good eats, try to find these murals throughout the city. Not only will you take some stunning photos for social media, but you’ll also have an excuse to explore some key neighborhoods.

4. New York, New York

No American city captures the heart, mind, and imagination quite like New York City. It’s home to countless landmarks: the Empire State Building, Central Park, Times Square, the Brooklyn Bridge, and the Statue of Liberty – to name only a few. In addition to landmarks and sights, there’s also history around every corner.

The city is undeniably expensive, but that doesn’t mean you can’t have a good time in New York on a budget. Walking through the city, attending street events, and visiting free museums will help you save some cash. This guide will show you where to find free underground art in the city.

If you do decide to spend some money, a food tour is a perfect way to experience the different cultures and neighborhoods of the Big Apple.

5. San Antonio, Texas

While Texas may be famous for its love affair with trucks, one of San Antonio’s biggest appeals is its River Walk, a miles-long network of pedestrian areas that provide people with shopping, dining, and entertainment options. You won’t want to miss out on any of the fantastic experiences along the walk.

While the most famous mission in San Antonio is the Alamo – which is a must-visit – there are several other missions in the city that are worth seeing.

6. San Francisco, California

One of the most vibrant neighborhoods to get started in San Francisco is the Mission District. You can explore the Spanish mission that gives the neighborhood its name, check out street art, sample a range of cuisines, and have a fun night on the town.

For an incredible outdoor experience in San Francisco, the Lands End Trail cannot be beaten. The trail rewards hikers with views of the marvelous Golden Gate Bridge, but there are plenty of interesting stops along the way. From history at the USS San Francisco Memorial to art at the Legion of Honor, there’s more than nature to be discovered here.

7. Washington, D.C.

Similar to other cities mentioned on this list, Washington, D.C. is absolutely steeped in history. D.C.’s most popular attractions have earned the respect they garner. The National Mall must be seen to be believed. The park is home to iconic memorials and landmarks like the Washington Monument, the Lincoln Memorial, and more. Consider exploring the area by bike.

For an indoor exploration of history, look no further than the various Smithsonian institutions in D.C. Eleven are located in the National Mall, though there are a total of 17 in the city. While the National Air and Space Museum and the Museum of Natural History are probably the most popular, a full list can be found on the Washington D.C. website.

8. San Diego, California

With nearly perfect weather year-round, it’s hard to resist exploring San Diego on foot or by bike. The Embarcadero and Gaslamp Quarter are two favorites, but you can’t go wrong when the sun is shining.

For a balance of history, shopping, and art, spend a day (and night) at Liberty Station. The former naval training center turned into a sprawling business development and has something to offer people of all ages and interests.

Finally, Balboa Park is the perfect playground for discovering more art, culture, and entertainment. The Japanese Friendship Garden is particularly worth visiting for some quiet, peaceful reflection.

9. Colorado Springs, Colorado

There’s no shortage of breathtaking outdoor activities available in Colorado Springs. Garden of the Gods is a 1,300-acre public park with mindblowing rock features and rich ecological diversity. Explore the park on foot, bike, Segway, or horseback. Colorado Springs is also close to Cheyenne Mountain State Park, Seven Falls, and the Manitou Incline.

Don’t miss out on the wide variety of restaurants in Colorado Springs. You can try Colorado poutine at Cerberus Brewing Co. or sample bison bolognese at Walter’s Bistro.

10. Honolulu, Hawaii

Just viewing one or two pictures of Hawaii removes all doubt that these islands are paradise on Earth. Climbing to Diamond Head National Monument will get your heart pumping and allow you to experience some of the best views in Hawaii. For a classic Hawaii beach experience, Waikiki Beach is hard to top.

Pearl Harbor National Memorial offers visitors an opportunity to pay homage to fallen sailors and learn about one of the most impactful events in American history. Visiting the memorial is a moving experience that you won’t soon forget.

11. New Orleans, Louisana

New Orleans is one of America’s most unique cities, so many visitors favor exploring it on foot to fully immerse themselves in the sights, sounds, and smells. These tours range from food and cocktails to ghost stories and history. NOLA Historic Tours offers “Salon Experiences” that combine performance, history, food, and cocktails based on your interests.

Other tours will take you through the Garden District, the French Quarter, and Magazine Street. One of the more popular tours on the list is the Killers And Thrillers Tour, which takes visitors through the darker side of New Orleans.

12. Indianapolis, Indiana

Indianapolis is a family-oriented city that is probably most famous for the Indianapolis 500. Visit the Indianapolis Motor Speedway for a tour of the track and learn about motorsports by viewing fascinating memorabilia and cars.

The Indianapolis Cultural Trail is an 8-mile multi-use trail that connects a variety of cultural attractions and works of art. Highlights include the Wholesale District, Fountain Square, and the sculpture Looking Through Windows by Michael Kuschnir.

For another cultural experience, visit the Eiteljorg Museum of American Indians and Western Art at White River State Park.

13. Seattle, Washington

From its humble beginnings as a timber town, Seattle has endured cycles of growth that have culminated in the city’s standing as a major tech, art, and music hub — not to mention its association with coffee. Pike Place Market is one of the top destinations in the city where visitors explore local foods, crafts, and coffee.

Chihuly Garden and Glass is home to some of Dale Chihuly’s most interesting works. For a slightly off-beat tour, explore Seattle’s literal underground with Bill Speidel’s Underground Tour. Some popular venues for live music include The Crocodile, the Paramount Theatre, and Neumos.

14. Chicago, Illinois

This Midwestern gem has enough to keep visitors busy for a lifetime. To start off with some free activities, explore the city’s gorgeous parks, especially Lincoln Park. You can also stroll along the river or through one of Chicago’s unique neighborhoods. The Art Institute is probably the most famous museum in the city, but the Field Museum and Shedd Aquarium give it a run for its money.

There’s plenty to do for sports fans regardless of the season. The Cubs, White Sox, Blackhawks, Bulls, and Bears all call Chicago home, so it’s easy to catch a game in the Windy City.

15. Austin, Texas

The capital of Texas is known as a quirky, weird place, so it’s no surprise that Austin is home to incredible art, music, culture, and event scenes. Festivals keep Austin bright and exciting year-round; a full list of events is available at Visit Austin. Don’t miss world-class events like the SXSW music, film, and comedy festival, the Austin Food + Wine Festival, and Fantastic Fest.

There are also plenty of outdoor activities available in Austin, with lovely highlights like Zilker Botanical Garden and Lady Bird Lake.

16. Albuquerque, New Mexico

Last but not least is Albuquerque, a southwestern city with an interesting history behind its name. One of the most unique ways to spend some time in Albuquerque is by exploring the history and culture of the area’s Indigenous people. The Indian Pueblo Cultural Center is a great introduction to the people and their culture, but you can also see history in a stunning natural environment at Petroglyph National Monument.

An event that draws in visitors year after year is the Festival Flamenco Alburquerque, which recently celebrated its 35th anniversary. Check out the festival in June to experience some of the best flamenco outside of Spain.

Carlsbad is a great destination any time of year, but as the temperatures rise and the days lengthen, summer is an especially good time to visit this seaside town. With eight beaches, more than 60 miles of hiking and biking trails, and five golf courses, you could spend months exploring this upscale city in North County San Diego.

What makes this town even better is the range of activities for all ages and the fact that summer temperatures rarely rise above 80 degrees Fahrenheit. So feel free to spend all day outside and never once complain about the heat. (You can’t say that about many summer vacation spots!)

1. Golf Courses For All Skill Levels

Carlsbad has five golf courses with something for all skill levels and budgets. 

Located at the Park Hyatt Aviara, the Aviara Golf Club is the only Arnold Palmer-designed course in San Diego. Considered a challenging course, Aviara is one of the priciest spots to play.

The Omni La Costa Resort & Spa offers two courses, Champions and Legends, both of which have hosted PGA legends like Jack Nicklaus and Tiger Woods. The public can golf here, but better tee times and lower greens fees are offered to guests of the resort.

The Crossings at Carlsbad is a public course designed by the renowned course architect, Greg Nash. It’s a nice option for players of all abilities and has reasonably priced greens fees.

Also public, Rancho Carlsbad Golf Club is a par-three course ideal for beginners, families, and those on a budget.

2. Endless Hiking And Biking Trails

Carlsbad features over 60 miles of trails with a wide range of scenery. Many are located near the town’s lagoons teeming with birds and marine life.

If you’re looking for an easy, flat, and scenic hike, look no further than Carlsbad and specifically the shores of Batiquitos Lagoon. This easy 3.4-mile trail is frequented by locals and visitors alike. To learn more about this ecosystem, look for the signage along the trail pointing out breeding grounds for migratory birds, a trash pile from Native American tribes, as well as native and invasive plant species.

For something more challenging, head to Hosp Grove Trail to enjoy views of the Buena Vista Lagoon and the Pacific Ocean.

If you prefer to bike, the 4.7-mile-long Coastal Rail Trail is the ideal ride. The trail begins south in Solana Beach, passes through Carlsbad, and concludes in Oceanside. Grab lunch along the way or bring a picnic to enjoy on the beach.

3. Water Activities In Carlsbad Lagoon

Whether you want to paddle slowly through the seagrass or race along on a wave runner, the Carlsbad Lagoon has you covered. This 400-acre lagoon is a peaceful spot to enjoy a day on the water with family and friends. 

If you’re looking for a bit of exercise, rent a kayak, paddle board, or paddle boat. Keep your eyes peeled for the shore and seabirds including herons, sandpipers, and egrets. To learn more about the ecosystem, consider scheduling a guided kayaking experience with the Agua Hedionda Lagoon Foundation.

If you prefer something motorized or adrenaline-producing, there are jet skis, mini boats, and pontoons available for rent as well.

4. A Relaxing Spa Day

After all that outdoor activity, it’s time to relax in the spa. Fortunately, Carlsbad has a new, five-star spa opening this year, The Miraval Life in Balance Spa at Park Hyatt Aviara. The 15,000-square-foot facility will feature 20 indoor and outdoor treatment rooms, a fitness center, and a yoga studio. Spa guests can choose from a wide array of treatments and classes.

Other spa options in Carlsbad include The Spa at La Costa located at Omni Resort and The Ocean Pearl Spa at The Westin Carlsbad Resort & Spa.

5. Relax On The Beach

If sunbathing on the sand or wading in the water sounds good to you, then Carlsbad has plenty of beaches to choose from.

Bordering the Pacific Coast Highway, and across the street from the Batiquitos Lagoon, is South Ponto Beach. This large beach is popular with volleyball players and surfers, and in the summer can be quite busy. Arrive early to secure a parking spot.

If you’ve ever dreamed of camping near the beach, then South Carlsbad State Beach is for you. The campground is located on a rugged bluff overlooking the ocean with access to the beach below. There are also several footpaths along the bluffs, perfect for a short walk. Be sure to make camping reservations far in advance.

Carlsbad State Beach, or Tamarack Beach, has long been popular with local surfers, so if you hope to surf yourself, or just watch others catching a wave, head here early in the morning. There are also two paved paths here popular with walkers, joggers, and cyclists.

And for beachside eats, head on over to The Camp Store on Carlsbad Boulevard. With a unique but exquisite menu, it’s a great place to eat and enjoy Carlsbad State Beach Campground. It also offers beach rentals, camping supplies, and several scheduled musical events throughout the month. The Camp Store is sure to become a family favorite during your summer getaway.

6. Be A Kid Again At LEGOLAND

If you’ll be traveling with young children this summer, there is no better amusement park in California than LEGOLAND. A combination of a theme park, water park, and aquarium, this destination is perfect for families looking for something both fun and affordable. When purchased online, tickets are more reasonably priced than other amusement parks. 

The iconic plastic building blocks loved by kids everywhere take center stage here. Build your own LEGO creation, hop on a roller coaster, climb a rock wall, or speed down a water slide. There is plenty to do, but the size of these parks won’t exhaust parents.

Don’t leave LEGOLAND before checking out MINILAND San Diego, the world’s first LEGO version of San Diego. Made of over 5 million blocks, it includes the Coronado Bridge, Petco Park, the County Fair, and much more.

7. Stroll Among The Flowers

Each spring, a large swath of land in Carlsbad bursts into color during the ranunculus bloom. Yellow, orange, pink, white, and purple flowers seem to go on forever at The Flower Fields at Carlsbad Ranch. Open from March to Mother’s Day, 50 acres of flowers can be explored here.

The colorful fields alone are worth the trip, but there are many other activities offered including an antique tractor wagon tour, the cymbidium orchid greenhouse, sweet pea maze, and Santa’s playground for children. If you’re interested in purchasing ranunculus to take home, pop into Armstrong’s Garden Center on site.

8. Great Shopping And Dining In Carlsbad Village

The downtown portion of town, known as Carlsbad Village, is a charming stretch of boutique shops, hotels, galleries, and restaurants. You could easily spend a day exploring the streets of the village. 

Olde Ivy Antiques specializes in coastal décor as well as eclectic and classic antiques. This is definitely the place to go for decorating your beach home. If you enjoy watching glassblowing, then head to Barrio Glassworks. Founded by the Raskin/Devlin family, this unique shop was inspired by the famous glassblowing island of Murano, Italy.

When you get hungry, you’ll have loads of restaurants to choose from. For something casual and family-friendly, try Harbor Fish Cafe and order their delicious clam chowder. For an upscale dinner, don’t miss Campfire, recently awarded Bib Gourmand by the Michelin Guide. And no matter what you order for dinner, save room for the make-your-own s’mores!

Where To Stay In Carlsbad

Carlsbad is home to a wide variety of hotels and resorts. It is an upscale town, so be aware that budget accommodations are hard to find here.

If you can splurge on your stay, then definitely head to Park Hyatt Aviara, a five-star, luxury resort spread among 200 beautifully landscaped acres. Here you’ll find fine dining, the soon-to-open Miraval Spa, and the Avaira Golf Club. Rooms feature marble baths and private balconies with views of the coast or golf course.

Another splurge is the Omni La Costa Resort & Spa featuring eight pools, two golf courses, and an award-winning spa. Accommodations include rooms, suites, and villas spread throughout the large and lovely property.

The Carlsbad Seapointe Resort is an ideal option for families or larger groups since it offers an all-condominium property across the road from the ocean. One- and two-bedroom condos are available with fully stocked kitchens. There’s plenty to do on site including a family pool, adult-only pool, putting green, barbecues, and fire pits.

As the only beachfront hotel in Carlsbad, Beach Terrace Inn is definitely the choice for a romantic getaway. Guests can enjoy ocean views from their room, the pool deck, and the outdoor lounge. A beach valet provides complimentary use of chairs, umbrellas, boogie boards, and sand toys.

Sometimes, we take great pains to find great places, but other times, luck has more to do with it. That’s how we discovered the best-kept secret of the Mexican Riviera. In 2018, our timeshare called to tell us that we would lose a bunch of points if we did not use them by year-end. We chose to spend that Christmas in El Cid’s La Ceiba in Cozumel. They wanted us to extend our membership to include their sister resort in a town called Puerto Morelos, so they gave us a day there to try. And we were able to find every reason to go back, including the fabulous sunrises!

The town is 25 minutes southeast of the international airport, 45 minutes south of Cancun, and 35 minutes north of Playa del Carmen. It may not have Cancun’s glitz, nor Playa del Carmen’s vibe, certainly not Tulum’s (25 minutes south of Playa) coastal archeological ruins. But if you love nature and prefer a laid-back experience, this is where you want to be. It has become our second home for 3 months every winter.

The Jungle Meets The Sea

Puerto Morelos is small. There’s no concrete jungle; it is au naturelle with four ways to enjoy the tropical rainforest.

1. El Cid Marina Spa And Beach Resort

In the El Cid Marina Spa and Beach Resort, swamp and mangrove creatures are around you constantly. Carved from the natural environment, it has pockets that are double-fenced to protect guests while keeping the wildlife encounters up close and personal. 

Two special ponds outside the two buildings where we usually stay are our favorites. That’s where we have our pets: turtles, fish, birds (anhingas, kiskadees, egrets, grackos, and herons), and the baby, mama, and papa cocodrilos. On display daily is a perfect ecology that we dare not disturb. We just whisper, “How are you today?”

Pro Tip: Hundreds of iguanas roam around, looking like fierce but totally harmless contributors to the ecological balance. But don’t leave used room service plates outside the door or you will have raccoons and coatis hovering around.

2. Croco Cun

Just a couple of miles away is Croco Cun, best experienced through a 1-hour interactive tour with a guide familiar with the animals. The guide is helped by Lorenzo, the talking parrot who cannot stop introducing himself after greeting you with “Ola!”

Besides the Burmese python, other deadly snakes, and tons of crocodiles, there are hairless dogs to pet, deer to feed, turtles to throw crumbs to, baby crocodiles to touch, and a boa imperator to hold. Yes, we even walked inside a crocodile den (the crocodiles had just been fed)! And wild spider monkeys freely swung from tree to tree.

Pro Tip: The interactive tour is $35 per person.

3. Jardin Botanico

This is Mexico’s largest botanical garden, with 65 hectares (over 160 acres) of cacti, ornamental palms, medicinal plants, and other jungle flora and fauna. There are some boardwalks but it is the last jungle remaining between Cancun and Playa del Carmen. It also boasts a chicle camp, reading cottage, small archaeological site, waterfall, and suspension bridge.

Pro Tip: It’s only $6 a person to visit.

4. Cenotes Kin-Ha

Twelve cenotes are grouped together: open, cave, and open cave, all in one place. They are virgin cenotes, not fully developed for tourists, so you’ll need to walk through Mayan jungle trails, drive ATVs, or ride on horses to get to them.

Pro Tip: You will enjoy swimming in open cenotes just like my daughter when she visited us.

A Host Of Water Activities

The Mexican Riviera has an enviable 150 miles of shoreline on the Caribbean Sea. The water is also a prime playground.

5. Fishing

Puerto Morelos is known for big game fishing through charter companies, including one at El Cid. But the town is also a quaint fishing village. Very early in the morning, rows of colorful boats go out into the sea and later come back with their catch to sell at the local market.

Pro Tip: You can ask any chef around to cook your catch or package it to ship back home.

6. Swimming

Swimming remains the best activity, even if the pesky sargassum has hit the beaches with brownness. It can even smell if left too long. Many work together to shovel it off the shores, haul in trucks to work sites, and dump truckloads of sand to reclaim the beachfront. At El Cid, two rows of air-filled tarp barriers that parallel the beach have succeeded in sifting the invasion, leaving more manageable chunks. Yes, they are finding ways to deal with it.

Besides, large swimming pool/hot tub complexes complement the ocean. Infinity pools that blur the line between sea and pool have, in fact, become the norm. Your swimwear may never get dry!

Pro Tip: But, avoid the sargassum peaks. Mid-February to mid-March was a peak last winter. This summer, there will be another one.

7. Snorkeling And Scuba-Diving

The Mexican Riviera also boasts The Great Mayan Reef, the second-largest coral reef in the world, beginning less than a quarter-mile offshore. Snorkeling is great everywhere on the Riviera, and so is scuba-diving. When my husband’s daughter visited us, she went diving.

Pro Tip: There are many diving shops and centers in town, including one in El Cid.

Provisions From Downtown 

Puerto Morales is divided into two sections. The downtown, the Plaza, and the Parroquia (church) are on the beachfront where the ex-pats stay, shops and resorts are located, and restaurants thrive. Across Highway 307 — the Mexican Riviera’s main corridor — is Colonia, the residential area for 9,000 locals. 

Pro Tip: You can take a collectiva to reach any part of town for only about 50 cents. The terminal is on the northwestern corner of the Plaza.

8. Shopping

The big supermarket chain Chedraui serves both parts. The one near the beachfront is where we go for supplies. Around the Plaza are many places where we go for clothes, medicines, facials and massages, nail and hair services, and even medical and dental care.

Pro Tip: The prices are much cheaper than back home but more so in Colonia.

9. Dining

Two streets branch north and south of the Plaza. You can find a wide variety of options, from holes-in-the-wall to fine-dining places and everything in between.

Pro Tip: The main restaurants on the Plaza are Pelicanos and Café Amancia.

Other Activities

At the Plaza, you can enjoy the idyllic scenes during the day, especially the Leaning Lighthouse and the Broken Boardwalk, symbols of resilience from the day a strong hurricane hit them. And the best swimming in town is just north and south of where the boats are moored.

Puerto Morelos is also known for hosting Xoximilco, which gives you 3 hours of culinary feasting on a festive boat with well-curated stops at places that showcase the vibrant and colorful Mexican culture.

Pro Tip: Every Friday night there is a flea market; every Wednesday, a farmers market.

Our Winter Home

El Cid has almost 900 of the now 7,000 rooms available in Puerto Morelos. Together with Dreams, Fives, and Dreams Jade, they are the top four resorts in town. There are lower-cost options like Hacienda Morelos just beside Pelicanos and across from Chedraui.

Our resort, a complex of about 22 buildings, brings an all-inclusive luxury Cancun lifestyle to the little town and jungle. There are three lobbies, three bars, eight restaurants, a food court, a café, four Platinum Clubs, many drink kiosks, and a convention center.

Evening entertainment is aplenty: two variety shows and other features in each bar. Parties are staged for many special occasions (like the Superbowl). Regular activities are hosted around the two fitness centers or the six pools (three of them infinity pools). One pool even turns into a soap bubble wonderland!

I do not gain weight (even with all the food) because there are two gyms and a great spa. Although there are golf carts that get you around, we opt to walk.

There is also a Teen Center, a Kids Club, and a Family Fun Center (being built). Giant chess boards occupy several corners. You can borrow equipment for different sports, or simply lounge around in chairs, hammocks, gazebos, or sofas, all around water. 

Day Trips Are Easy

Puerto Morelos is central to landmarks, much like Playa del Carmen. We have rented a car to go to Chichen Itza and the Ik Kill cenote. But to visit Cancun, Playa del Carmen, or Tulum, we use a combination of collectivas, taxis, and/or buses. When the Maya Train is completed, all-day trips will be much easier, even to Merida.

Pro Tip: We also went to Isla Mujeres via a 15-minute ferry from Cancun. The ferry to Cozumel is 45 minutes from Playa del Carmen.

Related Reading:

• My 9 Favorite Restaurants In Puerto Vallarta — Plus What To Order
• 9 Amazing Things To Do In Beautiful Punta De Mita, Mexico
• 11 Best Things To Do In Enchanting San Miguel De Allende

Food is a universal language. One of the best ways to explore new cultures and traditions is by trying the local cuisine, from street food to fine dining. To identify the best food cities in the world, we turned to our well-traveled readers. TravelAwaits readers voted the following 12 cities as the culinary capitals of the world in our annual Best Of Travel Awards.

1. Rome, Italy (Winner)

With dishes like pasta and pizza, how could Italy not top this list? The capital is full of little cafés and bars, but the Eternal City is synonymous with food. No Italian meal starts without some antipasti and a little aperitivo. When in Rome, do as the Romans do and treat yourself to cacio e pepe, a pasta dish that literally translates to “cheese and pepper.” For a taste of la dolce vita, treat yourself to a scoop of gelato or some tiramisu!

2. Paris, France

The French are famous for their cheese, bread, and wine, so it’s no surprise that our readers voted the French capital as the second-best food city in the world. In addition to iconic cafés and charming Parisian restaurants (some in old railway stations), the City of Lights is home to amazing open-air food markets. Although the markets are only open a couple of days a week, nearly every neighborhood has at least one major food shop street where almost every conceivable type of food is sold. Grab a baguette and some stinky cheese to take on a picnic in the park, nibble on a flaky and buttery croissant, sip on un café at a café, and indulge in delectable delights from the boulangerie.

3. Barcelona, Spain

Barcelona is known for its tapas — small plates that are perfect for sharing and trying a variety of different dishes. This coastal city is swimming with seafood and boasts some of the best paellas you can find in Spain. A feast for the senses, La Boqueria is a vast and colorful covered market. The unmistakable wrought-iron Art Deco building is full of local and exotic fruit, cheeses, charcuteries, fresh fish, a great selection of spices, and a few little restaurants where you can sample freshly cooked seafood.

4. Vienna, Austria

Known for its exquisite cuisine, coffee, hot chocolate, and pastries, Vienna is home to such delicacies as goulash, apple strudel, and kaiserschmarrn (scrambled pancake). Don’t sleep on the schnitzel — the classic Austrian dish that consists of a breaded and fried cutlet. 

5. Verona, Italy

Just 75 miles west of Venice, Verona is known as the set of Romeo and Juliet, but it is also a popular foodie destination. We’re here for the carbs! In addition to fresh housemade pasta, Verona offers polenta, a classic dish in Northern Italy that is made with corn flour. Gnocchi is the star of Verona’s Carnival season and ciabatta is the Italian answer to the French baguette. Ever present on Verona menus, risotto all’Amarone is made with locally grown rice and red wine (Amarone della Valpolicella) instead of white, topped with a generous grating of Veronese cheese. Try it at Bottega Vini, one of the city’s oldest restaurants.

6. Kyoto, Japan

In Japan, noodles such as ramen, udon, and soba are meant for slurping, which lets the chef know you’re enjoying the food. Known for its traditional Japanese cuisine, Kyoto offers everything from noodles to sushi and tempura, but you may not have heard of some of the other local specialties. Okonomiyaki is a type of savory pancake, while yuba, or dried tofu skin, is a staple of Japanese and Chinese cuisines. Native to Kyoto, obanzai is made of fresh local ingredients that often incorporate food that would usually be discarded. Try it at the 400-year-old Nishiki Market downtown, or sample the street food and snacks available at one of its 100 booths.

7. Oaxaca, Mexico

Filled with a panoply of flavors and fresh ingredients, Mexican food joins our top 12 in what is no surprise to anyone possessing tastebuds. Considered by many to be the gastronomic capital of Mexico, Oaxaca is a great place to visit for your first trip abroad. Both the state and its eponymous city offer a bonanza of history, nature, lively festivals, warm local people, amazing architecture, vibrant markets, and food, food, food. Oaxaca is especially known for its many varieties of mole, a rich and flavorful sauce that is often served with chicken. Other local specialties include tlayudas, memelas, and chapulines, aka Mexican fried grasshoppers.

8. Bangkok, Thailand

Instead of asking how you are, Thai people will often say “Have you eaten yet?” That’s how central food is to the culture of Thailand. And with oodles of noodles, satay, and sweet treats, who could blame them? Salty, sweet, spicy, and sour notes overlap in this deeply flavorful cuisine. Traditional Thai ingredients include ginger, fish sauce, coconut, lemongrass, and incredibly spicy Thai chilis. The nation’s capital makes for the perfect place to partake in Thai street foods. Feast on fantastic flavors available at the many food stalls of Khao San Road. 

Keep in mind that in Thailand, as in many other Southeast Asian countries, there is a possibility of getting food poisoning. But don’t let that stop you from sampling delicious dishes such as pad thai, tom yum goong (hot and sour soup), khao soi (northern Thai coconut curry), mango sticky rice (a popular Thai dessert), the stinky fruit durian, som tum, and Thailand’s infamous green papaya salad.

9. Marrakesh, Morocco

From cumin to saffron, Morocco is known for its spices. A veritable spice rack in itself, ras el hanout is a rich, colorful aromatic that seasons savory Moroccan dishes such as meats, veggies, couscous, pasta, rice, and stews called tagines. Jemaa el-Fnaa, one of the most-visited tourist attractions in Marrakesh, is a great place to sample Moroccan street food. Hundreds of stalls offer delicious grilled meats, kebabs, potato cakes, and freshly fried fish in between snake charmers and henna tattoo artists. While in Morocco, be sure to try the pastilla, a North African meat or seafood pie that is made with warqa dough (similar to filo).

10. Marseille, France

A coastal town on the Mediterranean in the South of France, Marseille is a seafood lover’s dream. The country’s oldest and second-most populous city is also the birthplace of bouillabaisse. In addition to this famous fish stew, classic Marseille dishes include madeleines, the iconic almond-flavored shell-shaped sponge cakes; and panisse, which is sort of like a French fry, but is made with chickpeas. Try that and socca (a chickpea pancake) at one of the city’s markets, where you can shop the region’s high-quality produce. Marseille is located in the Provence wine region, which produces some of the world’s most famous rosé wines. Its long history of immigration makes for a melting pot of gastronomical influences, from North African to Middle Eastern.

11. Athens, Greece

Greek food also has Middle Eastern influences. In fact, hummus is the Arab word for “chickpea.” Athens is a top food destination for travelers, with a rich culinary history, fresh ingredients, and a vibrant dining scene that combines tradition with innovation. Traditional dishes include moussaka (eggplant), souvlaki (skewered lamb or chicken), and dolmades (meat, rice, dill, and mint stuffed into a vine leaf). Even the dips, or mezze, such as tzatziki, are amazing. And don’t even get us started on the baklava!

Greece’s fertile soil, temperate climate, and proximity to the sea result in a wide variety of fresh, high-quality ingredients. Greek cuisine is known for its use of fresh herbs, vegetables, olive oil, and fish, all of which can be found in abundance in Athens. Think fresh Greek olives, just-baked pita bread, and locally produced feta crumbles. Sample street foods such as gyros, souvlaki, and spanakopita at food stalls and kiosks throughout the city.

12. Amsterdam, Netherlands

Amsterdam is a top food city due to its diverse culinary scene that showcases local and international cuisine. The city is known for its traditional Dutch dishes like bitterballen (fried meatballs) and stroopwafels, as well as its multicultural offerings, including Indonesian rijsttafel and Surinamese roti. 

Amsterdam also has a thriving street food scene, with food trucks and markets offering everything from cheese to herring to falafel. Check out the food stalls at Lindengracht Market and Albert Cuyp Market, where hundreds of stalls sell everything from fresh produce, cheese, fish, and poultry to clothing, personal items, and household goods. Stalls sell prepared global foods as well as Dutch treats like poffertjes (mini pancakes), pickled herring, and crispy potato fries. Treat yourself to a huge, freshly made, gooey, and deliciously warm caramel-filled stroopwafel. Dam Square offers food stalls, restaurants, cafés, bars, and shopping. Additionally, there is a strong focus on sustainability and farm-to-table dining, with many Amsterdam restaurants sourcing their ingredients from local farms and producers. 

These are just a few of the many great food cities in the world you can visit to satisfy your culinary cravings. Thanks to our readers who voted in our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards!

Related Reading:

• 9 Delicious Destinations For Cheese Lovers Around The World
• 7 Delicious Dishes That Taste Better In Their Native Country
• My 14 Absolute Favorite Meals I’ve Had On Vacation 

We all have different vacation styles. Some of us gravitate toward leisure, others lean into adventure when they’re enjoying time away from home. Those varying interests — and paces — can tend to make traveling as a family a bit difficult as you consider and balance the needs of every member.

But there’s a central Illinois getaway spot that will tick most, if not all, of your family’s boxes when it comes to an unforgettable vacation, with a focus on the outdoors. From foodies and shopping mavens to thrill seekers and athletes, Champaign-Urbana won’t disappoint in the summer. Tucked between Chicago, Indianapolis, and St. Louis, and well-connected by interstates and Amtrak, it’s a snap to get to from just about anywhere. 

Here are a few of the reasons why you might want to consider the Champaign-Urbana area as a summer destination spot!

Get Moving!

From hiking, walking, and camping to biking and fun on the water, Champaign-Urbana is especially fun in the summer. For starters, the area’s park and preserve system is both scenic and robust, with enough trails and paths to keep you moving no matter your individual fitness level. 

Allerton Park and Retreat Center features more than a dozen miles of trails that will take you through prairies, gardens, and forests along the Sangamon River. When you’re done wandering, be sure to check out the historic Allerton residence, built back in 1900 by artist and philanthropist Robert Allerton. Lake of the Woods Forest Preserve also features a gorgeous setting to get those steps in, with a covered bridge, botanical garden, and 2 miles of paved and unpaved trails around Lake of the Woods.

If you’re more of a water baby, the Champaign-Urbana area also has you covered. Cool, clear water in two lakes makes the 275-acre River Bend Forest Preserve a hotspot for both fishing and kayaking. Middle Fork River Preserve is a favorite for swimming and camping is also available. Middle Fork is Illinois’ first and only International Dark Sky Park. Its intentional low light pollution means you’ll be treated to an incredible star show in the evenings.

Bicyclists will especially enjoy Kickapoo Rail Trail, the former CSX railroad tracks turned bike path in Urbana. The nearly 7-mile rail trail is flat as a pancake, offering an easy ride from town to the village of St. Joseph. You’ll see native plants and wildlife, and the best part is that there’s more to come: When complete, the Kickapoo will offer more than 24 miles of scenery for bikers to enjoy from the saddle.

To combine a dose of rich history with your outdoor time, consider stops — and steps — along the Champaign County African American Heritage Trail. The trail educates residents and visitors alike, sparking conversation and expanding understanding. This online resource is accessible to all and includes physical stops plus the stories of people who helped shape the county.

Embrace The Arts

Champaign-Urbana makes it easy for you to get your groove on and embrace your inner culture vulture, especially during the summer when the weather is warm. There are a variety of live outdoor music events, including Friday Night Live, a celebration that continues every Friday evening between Memorial Day and Labor Day among three locations featuring different music styles. There’s also the Allerton Park Concert Series, held on the estate’s lovely lawn once a month. If you want to combine your love of music and nature, head to either Homer Lake or Lake of the Woods Preserves for occasional live music sets. Pack a picnic to make it the perfect day or evening! Finally, the Sipyard beer garden hosts local and regional acts, where they play in shipping crates turned music stages during the summer.

You’ll also have the chance to check out a variety of art galleries in the cities and towns of Champaign-Urbana, which focus on locally produced pieces by master craftspeople and artisans. And to get your sunshine fix in along with the art, make plans to attend the Crystal Lake Park Art Fair. Held in August, this event features more than 40 artisans setting up shop right along the lake. It’s a beautiful setting for artwork that’s just as pretty. You’re bound to find pieces to consider adding to your collection! 

Enjoy The Markets And Festivals

For starters, any fan of locally grown produce and goodies will want to check out Urbana’s Market at the Square, held downtown Saturday mornings May through October, rain or shine. The market offers the best fruits and veggies from surrounding farmers fields, along with baked goods and other handicrafts.

On the first Saturday of every month during the summer, downtown Champaign hosts the fabulous Toast to Taylor Street Block Party Series, which features food, music, fun, and plenty of beautiful items for sale from local and regional makers, designers, and artisans. There’s even an onsite beer tent!

Families looking for old-fashioned fun should have the Champaign County Fair on their vacation radars. The late-July event includes rides, games, and fun food, along with livestock competitions, a demolition derby, horse shows, motorcycle races, live mainstage music shows, and even a fair queen contest.

And if you’re craving a sweet, bubbly treat, make plans to attend the Mahomet Soda Festival! This charming outdoor event combines live music, great food, and all sorts of out-of-the-box soda flavors. Historic downtown Mahomet hosts the annual event, which takes place in June. Make your way through the festival and sample endless options from family-owned bottlers across the country. From hot ginger ale to colas and fruit flavors, once you find the soda you like best, you can purchase your favorites to take home and enjoy.

There’s A Taste For Everyone

Champaign-Urbana prides itself on having a diverse and critically acclaimed culinary scene, with a focus on locally grown and produced food. There’s a whole host of international flavors to try out as well, from Filipino to Indian, Italian, and Vietnamese. Barbecue lovers will delight in the many restaurants that serve up saucy delicacies from the grill, and there are also many craft breweries and wine bars across the county. Bottom line, you’re not going to go hungry during your visit, no matter your palate’s preferences. It’s incredibly easy to curate a foodie weekend here the entire family will love. To check out all that’s available, visit Champaign-Urbana’s food guide!

And once the weather heats up, Champaign-Urbana really rolls out its patio season. Many of its restaurants, bistros, cafés, and bars offer al fresco drinking and dining. They’ll be breaking out the umbrellas so everyone can enjoy meals outside with family and friends. Downtown Champaign alone boasts more than 2,000 outdoor seats during the summer season!

Pro Tips: Getting To Champaign-Urbana

Champaign-Urbana is incredibly accessible from major midwestern cities, as it’s located at the crossroads of Interstates 57, 72, and 74. American Airlines serves the county’s Willard Airport, with direct flights daily from both Chicago and Dallas/Fort Worth. And Amtrak runs right through the heart of the county, with stops in both downtown Champaign and nearby Rantoul, as well as routes starting to the north in Chicago and terminating south as far as New Orleans. The area is truly in the middle of it all!

While summer is a terrific time to visit, the sun shines hot and direct. Take necessary precautions so that sun doesn’t slow you down: Wear high-SPF sunscreen, perhaps a hat, and by all means, stay well-hydrated. Also, if you’re going to enjoy Champaign-Urbana’s parks, preserves, waterways, and other outdoor amenities (which we highly recommend!), make sure you apply plenty of bug spray and wear light, long sleeves to avoid bothersome bites.

Gadsden, Alabama, in Etowah County, has a prime location in the northeast quadrant of the State of Alabama between Birmingham and Chattanooga and just off Interstate 59. The population numbering approximately 36,000 enjoys the geographic beauty of the Appalachian foothills, a vibrant downtown, and the advantages that come with life along the Coosa River.

It is a city of superlatives, at least if you believe their claims to fame such as “the world’s largest” and “the world’s longest” as you will see on my list. Gadsden also has a famous park with a captivating legend. It’s a great place to spend a day or a weekend, and I have recently been able to enjoy both. Here are my suggestions for nine must-do activities when you find Gadsden for yourself.

1. Noccalula Falls

Once upon a time, there was a beautiful Indian maiden who was in love with a young brave in her tribe. Her father, the chief, made a different alliance and promised her to another man. To learn the rest of the story, visit the 90-foot waterfall at Noccalula Falls Park and see the statue of Princess Noccalula.

At the park, you can camp in an RV or tent, rent one of the two-bedroom cabins, walk, hike, or bike 16 miles of trails, visit the petting zoo, enjoy a train ride, explore a pioneer homestead, or play miniature golf. Fly fishing for trout is available in season in Black Creek feeding the magnificent falls.

Special events at the park include Smoke on the Falls, which is the annual Kansas City Bar-B-Q Society Cook-off held in the spring, and Art on the Rocks, an arts and craft show held in the fall.  

Although Noccalula may have been a legend, it is an important part of Gadsden history that the Creek and Cherokee nations of American Indians inhabited the area in the late 1700s and early 1800s.

Pro Tip: The two-bedroom cabins are particularly nice for a getaway in the fall. The colors of the trees are spectacular, the fireplace is cozy, and the sounds of Black Creek which can be seen from the back porch are mesmerizing.

2. Broad Street 

Mater’s Pizza and Pasta Emporium reigns as the oldest restaurant in the downtown historic district, but through the years it has been joined by two dozen other eateries. The most recent ones are S.A. Cantina, Las Brisas Mexican Restaurant, NOLA on 2^nd (a block and a half off Broad Street), and Scoop de Jour, serving great ice cream.

30 retail shops are ready to be explored, a massage and yoga studio will help you relax, and an axe-throwing business will increase your aim and focus.

3. Mary G. Hardin Center For Cultural Arts

Broad Street also serves as the City of Gadsden’s hub for fine arts with three outstanding facilities. Gadsden Museum of Art is open Tuesday through Saturday, and admission is free. Imagination Place, a well-planned children’s museum, is designed for children ages 2 to 10. Everything is child-sized to make it easy for kids to explore a town, a grocery store, a train station, a farm, a sunken pirate ship, and more.

Mary G. Harden Center for Cultural Arts is on the corner of the block in what was once a Belk-Hudson department store. The center houses an art gallery, event venues, and a 72-foot model train running through a replica of Gadsden as it was in the 1940s. It is the home for the Downtown Dance Conservatory and the Etowah Youth Orchestra. Visitors can find parking along Broad Street or in the convenient lot behind the museum and center.

In addition to the Imagination Place, there are musical instruments attractive to young children in an outdoor space behind the Hardin Center. This is a great place to take children and grandchildren, especially when you combine it with an ice cream cone from nearby Scoop du Jour.

Pro Tip: Museum lovers will want to find the Gadsden Museum of Art and History. The third floor houses a history museum of Etowah County.

4. Top O’ The River 

Any meal that begins with a skillet of hot cornbread, a plate of pickled onions, and a bowl of coleslaw is promising enough, but when Top O’ the River adds catfish, shrimp prepared three different ways, stuffed crab, and hushpuppies, the meal goes over the top. I’ve seen a lot of seafood platters, and I believe this one must surely be the largest. The restaurant also offers grilled and fried crawfish, steaks, chicken, and delicious fruity drinks.

Combine that with a view of the Coosa River and it becomes swoon-worthy. The river, in fact, is a major asset for Gadsden and nearby cities such as Anniston. River Rocks Landing has recently been developed, so guests can stay on the river and enjoy the views for a night or more. You can stay in a condo or a tiny house, experience glamping, or sleep luxuriously in a five-bedroom home. The Current is a riverside snack bar and a great place to watch kayakers navigate the waters.

5. The World’s Longest Yard Sale 

A yard sale that stretches for 690 miles through six states deserves the title of “World’s Longest.” Taking place annually on the first Thursday through Saturday in August, the sale begins in Gadsden at Noccalula Falls Park and ends in Addison, Michigan. The sale is also called the 127 Yard Sale because it follows Highway 127 and the Lookout Mountain Parkway.  

Expect to find thousands of vendors and realize that it will be impossible to stop at all of them.

You’ll find collectibles, antiques, household goods, games, toys, dishes, fresh produce, baked goods, sporting goods, and so much more. Take plenty of cash, because only a small number of vendors will accept credit cards. Check the website for the route, plan to start at any point that looks convenient for you, expect to cover no more than 100-150 miles a day, and reserve a hotel room well in advance. Take plenty of water in a cooler in your car, and best advice of all — don’t pass up a public restroom whenever you find one.

6. Coosa Landing 

The Coosa River has earned a great reputation for having impressive numbers of bass and crappie. That, in turn, has led to fishing tournaments galore beginning and ending at Coosa Landing. If you are an early riser, the start of a tournament is fun to watch with the engines revving and racing away at the starting signal, all trying to get to the best spots first. But it is also great to be there at the end when the anglers bring in the day’s catch for a weigh-in which will hopefully lead to coveted prizes.

The Coosa Landing Super Bass Tournament held in April has a hefty first-place prize of $3,000. Coosa Landing is also the host site for tournaments sponsored by Crappie U.S.A., the BASS Federation, the Women’s Bass Fishing Association, and others.

7. First Friday Festivities 

From April to October each year, Broad Street is the place to be on the first Fridays of the month. Police close off several blocks beginning at 3:30 p.m. Antique cars, polished and gleaming, park on the street to be admired and possibly driven home by a new owner. Live musicians set up their speakers on a few corners, and stores and restaurants prepare to keep their doors open until 9 p.m. Then the crowds begin to show up. This is a great place to see your friends, enjoy some free entertainment, browse the shops, and order a meal. The atmosphere is light-hearted and lively. It’s like having a festival, only this festival happens every month for 7 months.

8. Holiday Lights

Noccalula Falls Park

Gadsden dresses up for the holidays. Broad Street is filled with lights and fun window displays. There are special events planned at the Hardin Center and in area churches. But probably the most spectacular sight happens at Noccalula Falls Park when Christmas at the Falls flips the switch on millions of lights and dozens of colorful decorations. You can enjoy the lights by walking, but it’s especially fun to take the train through the park after dark. Park employees start preparing weeks in advance because this is arguably their most popular time of the year.

9. Bootsie’s

Bootsie’s is in Attalla, and downtown Attalla is approximately 5 miles from downtown Gadsden. However, the barbecue is so good at Bootsie’s that I must include it on my list of favorite things. Daddy Bootsie is the chef. His wife manages everybody and everything, and their daughters make the desserts and keep the diners happy. Bootsie’s ribs and pulled pork are outstanding, and the side dishes are exceptionally good, too. They serve grilled cabbage rather than coleslaw, and the grilled bread is divine. No calories have been saved in this café with a happy family atmosphere.

Pro Tip: Bootsie’s is only open Wednesday through Saturday, so plan carefully to avoid being disappointed.

Gadsden has several sites that are significant to African Americans who participated in Civil Rights Marches in the early 1960s. Among them are Union Baptist Church, Dr. J.W. Stewart’s Skyliner Building, and Etowah County Courthouse.

Other popular activities in Gadsden include golfing on two championship golf courses, Silver Lakes and Twin Bridges, and indoor rock climbing at GadRock on the Coosa River. Silver Lakes is part of the acclaimed Robert Trent Jones Golf Trail. You’ll also want to be on the lookout for special events at Gadsden State Community College and nearby Huntsville. Let me encourage you to allow yourself time to get off the interstate between Birmingham and Chattanooga and explore this gem in Northeast Alabama.

For more on Alabama, check out these articles:

• From Hank Williams To Nat King Cole: 9 Amazing Stops For Music Lovers In Alabama
• My 10 Favorite Restaurants To Experience in Beautiful Orange Beach, Alabama
• Beach Cruiser, eBike, Or Mountain Bike: The Best Way To See Alabama’s Gulf State Park

With its rich but short history, evident in landmarks like the London Bridge and McCulloch Boulevard, Lake Havasu City was only established in the mid-20th century. But what it lacks in years, it makes up for in activities to fill an entire weekend getaway. While, like most places, Lake Havasu City may have its popular spots, I wanted to focus on those frequented by locals.

Lake Havasu Tourism hosted me. My request before I arrived was that they help me explore the area by sending me to places the locals go. Here are six things to do in Lake Havasu City, according to locals.

1. The English Village At The Foot Of London Bridge

It is easy to understand why the English Village is a first stop on any tour of Lake Havasu City. 

If you haven’t been to London, here’s your chance to get a feel of what a London Street might look like today. There is a telephone booth, pubs serving fish and chips, and stores with trinkets honoring British royalty, tartans, and beautiful English China. It also explains why the English influence seems to be everywhere in this city.

2. Lake Havasu’s Parks

When you ask a local what they love about living in Lake Havasu, they invariably bring up the parks. After driving through some of them, it was easy to see why they play such a prominent role in people’s daily lives. Water sports are a way of life for residents. From the shores of Lake Havasu, you will see kayaks and jet skis launching from the many boat ramps scattered along the lakeside. Competitive fishing tournaments are also held, which attract competitors of all ages. 

Parks, such as Cattail Cove State Park, Sara Park, and Lake Havasu State Park, are plentiful and have manicured landscapes and creative jungle sets for children to exercise. It was a delight to see families having picnics and children playing under the Arizona sun. 

Frankly, I was a bit jealous when I saw a stage constructed on the water’s edge for a concert later that night. Upon further investigation, I was told this particular space frequently has events, allowing visitors and residents to appreciate the climate and the star-filled evening sky.

3. Lake Havasu Museum Of History

One would expect to find the history of an area in a building called the Lake Havasu Museum of History, but you would not expect it to be a community gathering place for locals.

Located in a strip-like mall, you have to have the address to find it, for it is not near any places frequented by tourists. I met the executive director at the door, and her energy and enthusiasm for this place were instantly evident. The space, though not large, has made a creative use to share the area’s history. Keep in mind: This is a young community, and without the vision of industrialist Robert P. McCulloch, one wonders if it would exist.

Tucked in an enclosed glass case was a display of various rocks. It was a statement by the executive director that stopped me in my tracks. “You have to understand we are in an area where we could not go out and pick berries,” she said. “Instead, we picked up rocks.” Since I grew up in Wisconsin, where berries were plentiful, it hadn’t occurred to me other children had to find different ways to keep themselves busy.

It turns out that a regular meeting that occurs at the museum is the geological society. They do it in a way whereby young people are invited to be a part of this organization, so the environment surrounding them is more clearly understood. Plus, a regular Saturday event hosts young people to learn about the area’s history and how to honor it.

4. McCulloch Boulevard 

A short car ride from the north of London Bridge, this street is lined with retail stores and restaurants. I immediately wished I had more time to explore.

This area is referred to as the Downtown District. Boutique shops line both sides of the wide boulevard. Unlike the English Village, nary a touristy souvenir item will be found in these small, independently owned stores. Instead, displays of gourmet olive oil, spices, vintage clothing, and art grace their showcases. Artists have found ways to make empty walls come alive with vivid, colorful designs, making strolling down the street a fun adventure. Admittedly, I was enthralled with the array of items in one of the antique stores, for thoughts of my childhood kept popping into my head.

5. Havasu Landing Resort & Casino

Even if you are not a casino fan, you will not regret taking the ferry to Havasu Landing Resort & Casino. After a long day of learning and exploring, it would have been easy to head to the hotel room, yet, Visit Lake Havasu insisted that we take the ferry ride at sunset. I’m so glad we listened to them.

The 17-minute ride costs $4 round-trip on the open deck Tecopa ferry. Surrounding us were several locals. Some were heading to the casino for an evening of gambling or dinner. Others told us they love to take their family for a quiet, peaceful ride that often results in seeing sea life frolicking around the boat.

TuKuKAN Restaurant

We were quickly going to check out the casino and head out on the next ferry a half hour later. However, we saw the sign for the TuKuKAN Restaurant and noticed they had buttermilk-fried chicken on the menu. We couldn’t pass it up and decided to stay for dinner. It was just like my grandma used to make it and the portion would easily serve two hungry people.

6. London Bridge Resort

Much to my surprise, when I walked into the lobby of the London Bridge Resort Havasu, there was a large golden carriage, a replica of one used for British Royalty. I smiled, thinking, Wow, Lake Havasu takes its connection to England seriously.

If you are looking for a place with all the amenities you could need, London Bridge Resort Havasu is the right place for you and your family. If you get a suite with a kitchen, you could easily cook full meals, but with so many nearby restaurants, it is way too tempting to go out. 

For night owls, the Martini Bay is an elegant lounge. My sense is it would be a place where conversations flow easily. However, I have to say the balcony was where I spent a good amount of time since the view of the water and the famous London Bridge was breathtaking.

Best Restaurants In Lake Havasu

Papa Leone’s Pizza

Hungry for Italian food, we were directed to Papa Leone’s Pizza, within walking distance of our hotel. With a patio overlooking the lake and perfect perch to watch people participating in water sports, we perused the menu. With the order in, sipping wine underneath the canopy shelter proved to be the perfect place to slow down. I hadn’t had spaghetti and meatballs in ages. Sincere compliments to the chef, for they were magnificent.

Campbell Cove 1-STOP & Deli

Imagine my surprise when a gas station deli was suggested to me two times. The Campbell Cove 1-STOP & Deli is located in the industrial district near the water. It was not the most accessible place to find but definitely worth the effort.

I parked the car and walked through the convenience-like aisles to the back. The cashier took my order, a turkey/cranberry sandwich on sourdough bread. I was then handed a number and suggested I shop the aisles for my sides. I wandered the aisles, chose Kettle chips and an unsweetened iced tea, then sat at a high-top table while I waited for my number to be called. The verdict? A perfect sandwich to enjoy on a beautiful sunshiny day.

Scoops

Locals take pride in everything being homemade, including the waffle cones at their favorite ice cream shop. Smiling, I cannot tell you how many times I was told to be sure to go to Scoops. It is impossible to miss finding the store with artful ice cream cones and a bench in front of it. If you are looking for a nod back to your childhood, this is it, and the pecan ice cream cone was superb.

Pro Tip: Lake Havasu City Visitor Center 

Just a few steps away from the English Village, the Lake Havasu City Visitor Center clears up many of the questions guests might have, for this well-appointed center holds displays and information to learn more.

Sadly, a night and a day were not enough to explore Lake Havasu City. Now I have been there two times and I definitely will be back. If you are traveling to Las Vegas, Parker Dam, Grand Canyon, or even Phoenix, I suggest you plan your route through this modern, planned city. When you get there, I encourage you to strike up conversations with locals and ask them about their favorite places. There are year-round activities and they will be able to share more special places in this desert community.

Related Reading:

• 9 Lake Havasu City Restaurants With Great Views Of The Colorado River
• Beautiful Arizona Falls Reopening For The First Time In 3 Years — Here’s Who Can Visit Next Month
• 9 Amazing Stops Along A Colorado River Road Trip In Arizona, Nevada, And California

Florida’s state parks earn high rankings from camping experts. Cheapism.com ranks them number five, while lawnlove.com gives them four. Florida has 52 parks that offer RV camping. Popularity has downsides, it can be hard to book a site, and Florida isn’t the cheapest, but there are some discounts. Rates vary from $16–$42 per night. All Florida state parks have a non-refundable $6.70 reservation fee and a $7 nightly utility fee for RVs.

Let’s explore these expertly picked RV campsites from every corner of Florida.

1. Bahia Honda

Florida Keys

Bahia Honda State Park is one of Florida’s most popular parks. It’s at mile markers 36–38 of the Florida Keys, the closest park with camping to Key West. It’s close to Big Pine Key with its adorable Key Deer. The Keys are a high-priority RVing area and the private parks’ rates average over $100 a night, so Bahia Honda is a bargain with a $36 base rate.

2. Curry Hammock State Park

Marathon

There are two other state parks in the Keys with camping. Curry Hammock, near the middle of the Keys, offers more secluded sites but is about 20 miles farther from Key West.

3. John Pennekamp Coral Reef State Park

Key Largo

John Pennekamp Coral Reef in Key Largo is the country’s first undersea park but about 100 miles from Key West. Sites are small and lack privacy.

Pro Tip: There are some tricks to book at Keys parks and any of the busy Florida parks. Registration opens 11 months in advance at 8 a.m. Eastern. Be on your computer and ready to book precisely at that time. Within a few minutes, they’ll all be booked. Another trick is to keep checking often, and occasionally, someone cancels. Grab that spot fast; it won’t last long. There are websites like Wandering Labs that monitor campgrounds for cancelations. There’s a free version that searches three parks and emails you when sites open. The $30 paid option monitors more often and notifies with texts.

4. Anastasia State Park

St. Augustine

Anastasia State Park is the closest park to popular St. Augustine. You can see the historic lighthouse from the park. It’s a beautiful park with a beach on Salt Run. You can rent kayaks or canoes and watch for wildlife, including dolphins and water birds.

5. Faver Dykes State Park

St. Augustine

If you want to visit St. Augustine, but Anastasia is booked, try Faver Dykes State Park. It’s just about a half-hour drive from the Historic District. You pay only $18 per night at Faver Dykes compared to $28 at Anastasia. You lose out on the beach with swimming and surfing, but Faver Dykes is quieter with more trees and larger sites.

6. Florida Caverns State Park

Marianna

One of the most popular parks at the eastern edge of the Florida Panhandle is Florida Caverns State Park near Marianna. The base camping fee is $20 per night and the cave tour is spectacular.

7. Falling Waters State Park

Chipley

If you can’t book Florida Caverns, Falling Waters State Park is a quieter park with more private sites, plus a beautiful waterfall and sinkhole. It’s about 25 miles away, so you can still book the cave tour.

8. Three Rivers State Park

Lake Seminole

Three Rivers sits near the Florida-Georgia border where the Chattahoochee and Flint Rivers converge to form Lake Seminole — which has some of the best freshwater fishing.

9. Torreya State Park

Bristol

Torreya is another good choice nearby. It’s named for the Torreya tree, a rare species that grows only on the bluffs along the Apalachicola River. This park is a big bird-watcher site and has a small boat launch. The park has the historic Gregory House you can visit.

10. Grayton Beach State Park

Santa Rosa Beach

Towards the western end of the panhandle, Grayton Beach State Park is popular for its coastal dune lake, found in only a few locations worldwide and just two states in the U.S. Because it’s closer to the beach, it’s harder to snag and costs $30 per night.

11. Blackwater River State Park

Pensacola

Blackwater River State Park is another good choice for visiting the western panhandle. It’s about an hour’s drive from Pensacola or Fort Walton and only $20 per night. It’s one of the most beautiful Florida state parks thanks to the Blackwater River. It’s wonderful for kayaking or canoeing.

12. Silver Springs State Park

Ocala

Central Florida is filled with natural springs. What better place to camp? If the springs, the wildlife, the museum, and the proximity to Ocala and the Ocala National Forest weren’t enough to make Silver Springs State Park a must, the glass-bottomed boat tours make it one of my favorite parks.

13. Blue Spring State Park

DeLand

Blue Spring State Park, near DeLand, is a year-round home to some manatees, but in winter, they’re here in droves. I saw over 50 one day. The boat tour is fantastic. The captain identified countless wild birds and told me things I never knew, like how a blue heron is white in its first year. It’s a good base for visiting Daytona or DeLand.

14. Wekiwa Springs State Park

Orlando

Wekiwa Springs State Park surprised me with many slots open since it’s just about 16 miles from Orlando. It offers swimming, kayaking, canoeing, and wildlife viewing. And don’t write off neighboring Seminole County’s fun attractions like the Sanford Ghost Tour and the many breweries. Its German restaurant, Hollerbach’s Willow Tree Cafe, is the best ever.

15. Manatee Springs State Park

Chiefland

Manatee Springs lives up to its name with the winter influx of manatees. Its 800-foot boardwalk engulfs you with cypress trees and opens on its first-magnitude springs. It’s about a half-hour drive to the gulf beaches. Sites are often available and it’s only $20 a night.

16. Rainbow Springs State Park

Dunnellon

Rainbow Springs State Park was once a theme park. Its springs are crystal-clear and popular for swimming or kayaking. Its natural beauty and waterfalls draw the artists you see in the park painting.

17. Ruth B. Kirby Gilchrist Blue Springs State Park

High Springs

Ruth B. Kirby Gilchrist Blue Springs State Park, Florida’s newest state park, has several springs. Swimming and snorkeling are popular in the crystal-clear water. Try paddling the 0.25-mile spring run to the Santa Fe River. The park is near Lake City and Gainesville.

18. Mike Roess Gold Head State Park

Keystone Heights

Sometimes lesser-known parks are real treasures. Mike Roess Gold Head State Park in Keystone Heights is about an hour’s drive to Jacksonville. It’s one of Florida’s oldest state parks. The bathhouse facing Lake Johnson was built by the CCC.

Pro Tip: There’s a hiking trail to an old mill site and the Florida National Scenic Trail passes through the park. I’ve seen rare Sherman fox squirrels here often.

19. O’Leno State Park

Lake City

O’Leno State Park is another oldie-but-goodie a few miles from Lake City. It has a museum dedicated to the CCC workers who built the park and some of the original CCC buildings. The Nature Center has a small pen for turtles and lots of information inside. Check out the suspension bridge and paddle the Sante Fe River from the boat launch on site.

Pro Tip: It’s just a few miles from Ichetucknee Springs State Park for tubing fun.

20. Tomoka State Park

Daytona Beach

When visiting Daytona Beach, Tomoka State Park is nearby. It’s great for wildlife viewing. There have even been Florida panther sightings in the area and one confirmed in the park in 2008.

21. Dr. Julian G. Bruce St. George Island State Park

The Forgotten Coast

Dr. Julian G. Bruce St. George Island State Park is on a barrier island on “The Forgotten Coast.” Your swimming choices are gulf waves or calm bay. Don’t miss the amazing driftwood along the beach.

Pro Tip: While on the island, visit the historic Cape St. George Lighthouse.

22. Fort Clinch State Park

Jacksonville

History and nature combine at Fort Clinch State Park, a short distance from Jacksonville. They do re-enactments at the well-preserved Civil War fort. The wildlife and nature are fantastic as well.

23. Hillsborough River State Park

Tampa

Hillsborough River State Park is minutes from Tampa and a delightful refuge from traffic and crowds. Fort Foster State Historic Site, a reconstructed Seminole Wars fort, is part of the park and offers guided tours occasionally.

24. Jonathan Dickinson State Park

Palm Beach

Jonathan Dickinson State Park is the perfect base to visit Palm Beach; it’s about 15 miles away. You can see from Hobe Sound to the Atlantic from the park’s observation deck. The park offers a trip on the Loxahatchee Queen II to visit the preserved homesite of Trapper Nelson, the self-styled “Wild Man of the Loxahatchee.”

25. Paynes Prairie Preserve State Park

Gainesville

When visiting Gainesville, Paynes Prairie Preserve State Park is the place to stay. It’s one of the few places you can see wild horses and bison.

Pro Tip: Florida residents over 65, those having a current Social Security disability award, or those having a 100 percent federal disability award get a 50 percent discount on the base camping fee.

Related Reading:

• Everything You Need To Know About RVing From An RV Expert
• One Key Way To Save Money On Your Summer Vacation — But You Need To Book Soon
• 5 Lessons We Learned Selling Everything And Hitting The Open Road In An RV

Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa is a beachfront resort in the heart of Medano Beach — the best swimmable beach in Cabo San Lucas. The resort offers couples, friends, and groups the right mix of comfort and adventure. Guests can sip on a cocktail while taking in the iconic views of Cabo’s most famous landmark: Land’s End. And when night rolls around, guests can enjoy the enchanting city skyline at Rooftop 360. The bar at the top is the highest rooftop terrace in the city and is not only Instagram-friendly but also the perfect place for late-night dancing above the sea.

Amenities

• Oceanfront infinity pools; one on the rooftop 
• Family pool with swim-up bar and an adult-only pool
• Elevated and private beach club
• Onsite world-class full-service spa
• Complimentary Wi-Fi
• Concierge services
• Fitness center
• Rooftop lounge and restaurant

Room Types

Corazón is a contemporary resort with 310 luxury guest rooms, suites, and penthouses. All accommodations offer private furnished balconies; some have a private hot tub with premier views of the Sea of Cortez or downtown Cabo.

Hotel Class

Luxury four-star resort

How To Get To Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa

The resort is 35–40 minutes from Los Cabos International Airport.

Parking

Valet Parking

Why I Chose Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa

First, it’s been years since I’ve been to Mexico and the beautiful beaches there. When I was invited to review the resort, I didn’t hesitate because I wanted to experience another part of Mexico I hadn’t been to.

History Of Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa

Where the Sea of Cortez meets the Pacific Ocean, Corazón Cabo Resort is a timeless narrative throughout. The project draws influence from Mexico’s rich history, integrating cultural elements with luxurious amenities.

Activities At Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa

The resort offers many activities on the water.

Electric Surfing

Cabo is easily a fan favorite and for a good reason, but many haven’t explored its active side. Ever tried electric surfing? It is an adventure.

Crystal Kayaking

It’s kayaking in a crystal clear kayak where you can see through the bottom. It’s pretty cool, but we didn’t see a thing that day!

Snuba

This is a cross between snorkeling and scuba diving. Explore a guided underwater adventure with no heavy equipment on your back.

Restaurants At Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa

Aleta

This waterfront restaurant is the perfect spot for relaxing and savoring the flavors of Cabo, with striking views of beautiful Medano Beach. With an open kitchen, Aleta features fresh, daily caught seafood. Guests can also bring their own catches for a “You Hook, We Cook” experience; they will cook it right in front of you!

Rooftop 360

Perched high atop the ninth floor, set against a backdrop of panoramic views, Rooftop 360 is the perfect all-day escape to enjoy brunch, lunch, happy hour cocktails, or dinner.

Corazón Beach Club

Corazón Beach Club offers a stylishly relaxed atmosphere that manages to be both playful, indulgent, and chill all at once. The beach club features daybeds, lounge chairs, a live DJ, and a full-service bar and kitchen with first-rate food and handmade craft cocktails.

Camaleón Cafe

Located in the lobby, Camaleón Cafe features handcrafted espressos, cappuccinos, lattes, teas, and more. Sundries and a selection of grab-n-go items are available as well.

Types Of Travelers At Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa

The resort’s vibe is loud, with music playing until late at night. I saw many couples, young college kids (it was spring break for college students), and a few families with small kids. It’s a happening place, so whoever stays here must like a party scene.

Pet-Friendly Information

Pets 25 pounds and under are welcome.

Tips On Booking Accommodations

Book ahead, especially during the busy season.

What Is Near Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa?

Downtown Cabo is within walking distance and right outside the hotel. The Milky Way Bar next door also plays loud music.

Would I Stay Here Again?

It would depend on who goes with me. If I were to bring my grandson, I would not. But for a girl’s or couple’s trip: yes, I would go back. The resort is very popular among any age. After all, Corazón Cabo Resort & Spa is up for being one of the most Instagrammable hotels in the world in 2023.

Contact Information

• 1-(800)-753-5069
• Pelicanos 225, El Medano Ejidal, 23453
• Cabo San Lucas, B.C.S., Mexico

For more of TravelAwaits’ resort recommendations, check out these articles:

• The Stunning New Safari Lodge To Experience In South Africa’s Kruger National Park
• 7 Cozy Inns And Resorts You’ll Love In The Northeastern U.S.
• Our 9 Favorite All-Inclusive Resorts In The U.S. (2022)

“Small but mighty” perfectly describes Grand Forks, North Dakota. The city of 60,000 sits just an hour south of the Canadian border, making it a favored destination for Canucks to hop across the line for a weekend getaway. It’s also a college town and a busy agricultural hub, so there’s always plenty going on. 

And that holds true for the food scene as well. From the Midwest’s best breakfast at Darcy’s Cafe to mouth-watering caramel rolls and chicken tortilla soup at The Red Pepper to chocolate-covered ripple chips at Widman’s Candy Store, Grand Forks is an unexpected culinary dream.

1. Casa Mexico

You’ll have to hop across the state border into the sister city of East Grand Forks, Minnesota, to get your fill of authentic Mexican fare. But the trip (really only 2 minutes over the bridge) will be worth it! Step into Casa Mexico and grab one of the coveted booths for a cozy dining experience. Warm tortilla chips and housemade salsa will be at your table before you even crack open the extra-large menu.

What To Order At Casa Mexico

While it’s nearly impossible to pick a favorite, the chimichanga platter reigns supreme in my world. I like the deep-fried, flour tortilla stuffed with beef (chicken is available too), but I especially love the Spanish rice and refried beans that accompany the piping hot plate. Can’t decide what to order? There are 27 combination plates that offer a little taste of everything.

Pro Tip: Their fresh and delicious salsa is available for takeout! Get a container or two to go for late-night chips and salsa.

2. Harry’s Steakhouse

The name “Harry” is no stranger to Grand Forks. The long-standing liquor stores called Happy Harry’s offer a grand selection of wine, spirits, and beers. And now, Harry’s family has a steakhouse! The vibe here is all 1940s-classic with padded red leather booths, sumptuous wood walls, and a towering wall of bourbon behind the bar. The restaurant sits downtown, right next to the city’s Empire Theater.

What To Order At Harry’s Steakhouse

In the classic chophouse style, the steaks are the stars here, aged at least 21 days and sourced from North Dakota, South Dakota, Minnesota, Iowa, and Nebraska. At 14 ounces, the New York strip is the perfect steak dinner, but if you’re looking to splurge, the 22-ounce bone-in ribeye is it. All sides are a la carte and come in shared portions. Harry’s-style hashbrowns start with shredded potatoes that are crispy fried then topped with onion, apple-wood smoked bacon, and crumbled bleu cheese. A dish of Brussels sprouts is also a must, graced with more bacon, more bleu cheese, dried cherries, and balsamic.

Pro Tip: A seat at the bar gives you dinner and a show as the skilled bartenders create classic cocktails. The El Mundo Libre is Harry’s twist on the margarita, featuring blanco tequila, orange liqueur, jalapeno agave nectar, and lemon.

3. The Red Pepper

Since 1961, it’s been difficult to put The Red Pepper into a category. Is it a taco stand, late-night Mexican restaurant, or sandwich shop? It’s all that and much more, serving up no-frills food from three Grand Forks locations, including the original and iconic red-clad building that’s become a landmark.

What To Order At The Red Pepper

While the tacos, tostadas, and enchiladas are always tempting, it’s the chicken tortilla soup that I crave. Thick, creamy, and with more than a little kick, it comes topped with Colby cheese and warm tortilla chips on the side. If I’m extra ravenous, a garbage plate does the trick, with tostadas, lettuce, seasoned ground beef, and lots of sauces piled high.

Pro Tip: There are no forks at The Red Pepper. There are big messy plates of crumbling enchiladas and heaping salads, but no forks. It’s spoons only. Don’t ask me why.

4. Darcy’s Cafe

It could be a movie set; it’s that cool. And it’s breakfast all day at Darcy’s Cafe, the quintessential Midwest diner that promises food “better than your grandma’s, as good as your mom’s.” Look for the low-slung white building on North Washington, then take a seat at one of the tables or plunk down at the lunch counter for daily home-cooked meals from early morning to just after lunch. You may sit next to a farmer, trucker, student, or food blogger.

What To Order At Darcy’s Cafe

Dave’s Special includes your choice of hash browns or American fries topped with sausage, bacon, ham, onions, mixed peppers, cheese, and two eggs, plus toast or pancakes. It’s most often ordered by really hungry patrons and people named Dave. I can’t resist the pecan caramel roll and a side order of crispy bacon to get the day started. In the mood for lunch? Burgers and sandwiches come with your choice of side, which includes tater tots.

Pro Tip: Darcy’s Cafe has excellent merch, from generous coffee cups to sharp-looking t-shirts with the diner’s logo.

5. Up North Pizza

The open-concept, industrial vibe inside Up North Pizza makes it a favorite for family lunches, late dinners, and gathering with friends to watch the big game. Everyone feels right at home in this place, located in East Grand Forks, Minnesota, within shouting distance of North Dakota.

What To Order At Up North Pizza

With names like Schnitzengiggles, Yeee-Row, and Cheesus Mary ‘N Joseph, it’s almost as much fun picking what to order as eating your pie. I’m a fan of the Gnarly Charlie with house red sauce, pepperoni, pineapple, and jalapeno pesto for a good, strong kick. Their mac and cheese is also stellar, with butter-baked bread crumbs and smoked chicken. Speaking of smoked: The wings are nearly addictive, especially with the Jamaican jerk rub.

6. Urban Stampede

If it’s coffee you’re craving, a visit to downtown Urban Stampede is a must. The doors opened in 1993, making it one of the state’s oldest coffee shops. Located in a gorgeously original historic building, the eclectic shop is a meeting place for downtown dwellers and visitors alike, with its cozy booths, communal tables, and lunch counter. Funky art, community notices, and happy tunes prevail.

What To Order At Urban Stampede

The revolving menu of seasonal favorites should most definitely be sampled. Quality beans from Dogwood Coffee Co. in Minneapolis are freshly roasted and delivered weekly, so the brews are always delicious. Try the signature Thai iced coffee with cardamon and condensed milk for a flavor bomb, or try the tried-and-true salted caramel latte. Take a seat, sip at your leisure, browse the shop, and stay awhile.

7. Bernie’s

Bernie’s sits in the former home of the beloved Whitey’s Wonderbar, a space that served East Grand Forks for almost 100 years. The new incarnation is the brainchild of Food Network show host Molly Yeh from Girl Meets Farm and her husband Nick Hagen. Patrons are thrilled to see the original horseshoe bar perfectly preserved as a service counter for Bernie’s midwestern fare.

What To Order At Bernie’s

The breakfast sandwich is a standout with potato and cheddar baked eggs, local Swiss cheese, and ham. Get it in the square, freshly-baked English muffin and satisfy your sweet tooth with a ginormous ripple chip and chocolate chip cookie. At lunch, a local bologna sandwich gets served up with mayo and lettuce on country white. Get it with a side of fried cheese curds.

Pro Tip: Step up to the counter to place your order then browse the general store in the lobby. Pick up Yeh’s cookbooks, ready-to-go treats, and flour milled in North Dakota.

8. Tea & Crepe

Whether it’s the cold grip of winter or the blazing heat of summer, Tea & Crepe always has plenty of patrons awaiting Asian-inspired treats including coffee, bubble tea, crepes, and rolled ice cream. The downtown location makes it a great place to pick up a cup or bowl and head for a stroll down by the river.

What To Order At Tea & Crepe

Start with a mango milk tea then indulge yourself with the TC Signature crepe which includes banana, strawberry, blueberry, raspberry, mango, pistachio, custard cream, chocolate pearls, and whipped yogurt — everything but the kitchen sink it seems! Or if you’re craving ice cream, the Bumblebee rolled ice cream treat includes bananas and Nutella.

Bonus Bite: Pop into Widman’s Candy Shop in downtown Grand Forks and pick up some Chippers. What are they, you ask? Red River Valley ripple potato chips are dipped in milk chocolate, dark chocolate (semi-sweet), or white almond for a sweet and salty taste sensation.

Related Reading:

• 7 Delicious Stops On North Dakota’s German Food Trail
• Driving The Dakotas: Rush Less, Savor More
• 10 Best North Dakota Experiences

One of the most recognized landmarks in Hawaii, Diamond Head State Monument in downtown Honolulu is my own personal Everest — one that I successfully summited! Climbing to the top of Diamond Head’s crater rim is a popular activity for visitors as well as a favorite workout loop for locals. It’s not every day that you can boast that you’re hiking up the side of a volcano in a capital city, let alone one with incredible panoramic views, but it happens every day here.

Diamond Head is part of the system of cones, vents, and eruption flows of the Honolulu Volcanic Series. Thankfully, there’s no chance of an eruption at this state park these days! But the long-dormant crater and crater walls offer visitors spectacular views and one of the state’s most rewarding hikes.

The curious name, Diamond Head, was given to the area by 19th-century British soldiers who thought the nearby sparkling calcite crystals were much more precious. But indigenous Hawaiians call the landmark Leahi, from lae for “ridge” and ahi for “tuna.” If you use your imagination, you can see how the crater rim resembles a tuna’s dorsal fin.Today, Diamond Head is protected as part of the Diamond Head State Monument. Encompassing approximately 475 acres, it is one of the largest green zones in an American state capital.

1. Arrive By Foot, Car, Or Public Transit

If you’re feeling ambitious, it’s entirely possible to hike to the gates of Diamond Head State Monument from Waikiki. Depending on where you start, it could take up to an hour — and then you still have to explore the park! But more people do it than you might think, especially fitness-oriented locals.

Most visitors, however, prefer to save their energy for the hike to the top of Diamond Head, and there are several ways to get to the park using other forms of transportation. For instance, the Waikiki Trolley blue line includes a stop at the gates of Diamond Head State Monument. However, it only makes financial sense to purchase a trolley pass if you plan to ride the trolley to other attractions and do some sightseeing.

The more frugal option is to take the city bus, which costs around $3 for adults. Bus number 23 from Kuhio Avenue (toward Diamond Head) is the most direct route via public transportation. While you’ll likely spot the State Monument sign, let the driver know where you’re headed to be on the safe side. Tickets are usually good for 2 hours, so if you’re a speedy hiker and a frugal traveler, hold on to your transfer stub, and your return trip through Waikiki might just be free.

Of course, you can always drive (there is ample parking) or catch a taxi or Uber. Diamond Head State Monument isn’t very far from the Honolulu Zoo, the Waikiki Aquarium, and Diamond Head Beach Park. If you’re planning to visit these attractions during your trip to Oahu, it makes sense to do so after your Diamond Head visit, when you’re still in the neighborhood.

2. Reservations Are Essential 

Diamond Head State Monument is open every day of the year, including holidays, from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. The latest you can enter the park to hike is 4:00 p.m. since the round trip takes between 90 minutes and 2 hours. On peak days, the park welcomes more than 3,000 people. As such, as of May 12, 2022, all out-of-state visitors must have an advanced reservation to enter Diamond Head State Monument.

Reservations can be made up to 14 days in advance for now, but the long-term plan is to change the system so reservations can be made up to 30 days in advance. Visitors are asked to arrive within 30 minutes of their reservation time. However, you must leave by the end of your reservation time. So if you are a slow stroller, make sure you’re there at the beginning of your time slot!

3. Best Time To Hike: Mornings

If you’re visiting Hawaii from mainland North America and jet lag has you awake bright and early, visit the park and hit the hiking trails before the crowds get there. We started our hike not long after the park opened, and I’m so glad we did. The temperatures were relatively cool, there weren’t many people (though we were far from alone), and it was neat to see so many locals getting their workouts in. It helped me realize that Diamond Head is so much more than a tourist attraction — it’s a beloved part of the community.

4. Pay Online — But Bring Cash

Prior to the new reservation system, admission to Diamond Head State Monument was $5 per car (no matter how many people were in it) and $1 for pedestrians, and it was cash only. But the new system changes everything! Now the reservation system means you pay $5 per person in advance online, via credit card. You can also pay the $10 parking fee if you wish to park. If you have ID that proves you’re a Hawaiian resident, your entry and parking costs are free.

I highly recommend bringing along some extra money to buy some refreshing shave ice after your hike. There’s usually a food truck selling it in the trailhead parking lot and, in my opinion, it’s the best way to treat yourself after your adventure.

5. Minimal Gear Needed

In addition to a bit of money, you should bring your own water bottles (there are fountains at the beginning of the trail, but none as you ascend), a hat and sunscreen, and good walking shoes. I have to say, I did see quite a few people wearing casual flip-flops, and they were undeterred by the loose gravel and switchbacks. To each their own, but I’m glad I had my sneakers with me on the hiking trail!

6. Expect Stairs And Gravel

The trail to the summit was built in 1908 as part of Oahu’s coastal defense system. The hike itself is only 0.8 miles each way, but you gain 560 feet in height along the way. The trail includes a concrete walkway, loose gravel and soil, a 225-foot-long tunnel (it looks pitch black as you approach it, but it is dimly lit inside), and many, many stairs. In addition to the loose gravel, there are several narrow and awkward parts of the trail, and your ankles will appreciate the extra support that tennis shoes provide.

Having not realized there were so many stairs involved — I assumed I’d be hiking up a slope, not steps — I have to admit I was worried that the Diamond Head hike would defeat me! The stairs themselves weren’t impossibly difficult, but they were harder on me because I hadn’t expected them. Now that I know what to expect, I don’t find the route nearly so intimidating. The hike to the top of Diamond Head is a workout, for sure, but it’s manageable and well worth it for the gorgeous panoramic views. A little pre-trip planning goes a long way.

7. Great Views And Incredible History

Without a doubt, the most spectacular thing you’ll see at Diamond Head State Monument is the incredible view. Locals like to say that on a clear day, there’s nowhere else on Earth where you can see so far overland. Based on my very unscientific observations, I concur! At the top of Diamond Head, all of Honolulu opens up to you. For early risers, I can’t imagine a more breathtaking place to enjoy the sunrise.

However, the land views pale in comparison to the ocean views. From crashing, deep navy blue waves to delicate shades of turquoise lapping at the shore, this is the Hawaii of your dreams — nothing but sun, sky, and surf. In the winter season, you might just see humpback whales frolicking in the distance. And at the base of Diamond Head, you’ll notice a jaunty white lighthouse. A facility of the United States Coast Guard, the lighthouse was built in 1917 and added to the National Register of Historic Places in 1980. If you think it looks familiar, that’s because it was featured on a postal stamp in 2007! Unfortunately, you can’t visit it, so you’ll have to enjoy the views you get from Diamond Head.

While I expected incredible views — and I was not disappointed — I noticed something else that I found equally intriguing. There are many objects along the way that point to the crater’s history as a military observation point. The land around Diamond Head Trail was part of a military base for decades, and artillery cannons, cement bunkers, and an observation deck were built on the crater. You can still see the remnants of Diamond Head’s past life as you complete your hike. With an odd mix of curiosity and sadness, I observed chunks of concrete and wire slowly disintegrating and rusting on the ground. How long will it be until Diamond Head swallows up its own history entirely?

If you’re interested in learning more about the fascinating history behind Diamond Head, you can visit the park’s interpretive kiosk. The staff members are extremely knowledgeable and are always eager to answer questions.

Rest assured that the trip down Diamond Head is faster and easier than the trip up, but you should still exercise caution around the steep areas and keep your eyes open for congested spots filled with tourists wielding rogue selfie sticks!

Planning a trip to Oahu? Check out the best things to do there, plus Honolulu’s best free and frugal activities. And be sure to make time for Pearl Harbor and the North Shore.

Milan is a bustling fashion and business city that offers countless accommodation options. There are super luxury hotels, such as Armani and Bulgari, and plenty of comfortable Airbnbs. But what I like are the boutique stays, usually smaller hotels that offer something a little different while at prices that are not as eye-watering as some. 

Obviously, the selection of your home away from home is a very personal thing. So I put together a few of my favorites — in no particular order — that cover a range of styles, locations, and approaches, but each has something special to highly recommend it.

Will you be staying in the center or by a canal? Modern or historic? The choice is yours.

1. B&B Hotel Milano Sant’Ambrogio

Honestly, when my taxi from the airport dropped me off outside the B&B Hotel Milano Sant’Ambrogio, I was really disappointed. I thought it was a modern, bland-looking building without any historical charm. Inside, the first impression was more like a hostel than a hotel. But when I went up to my room on the fourth floor, I gasped with joy: The huge terrace and the stunning view across the church opposite were in fact the reason I booked the hotel. Plus, the location was steps from the National Leonardo da Vinci Science and Technology Museum and the Sant’Ambrogio metro stop, a 10-minute walk into the center and to the lovely neighborhood of Navigli. It is a quiet yet central location within easy reach of everything.

Favorite Amenities: The terraces alone are worth staying here. It is not a luxury hotel, but the rooms and bathrooms are comfortable and of a good size. But book a room with a terrace and church view and all you need is a bottle of wine and some snacks after a hard day of sightseeing, sitting on the comfortable outdoor furniture to feel so relaxed.

Pro Tip: My room was 403 and the best of the neighboring rooms — I checked! You’ll see both sunrise and sunset from there, with the pleasant church bells waking you on a Sunday. But remember to close the blinds on a sunny day before you head out in the morning; it gets hot.

2. Palazzo Segreti

The Palazzo Segreti lies off the bustling shopping street of Via Dante, the connection between the Duomo and the Castello Sforzesco, within easy walking distance of all the important sights. However, it’s located on a side street that allows for peace and quiet. The building is an 18th-century townhouse, stunning and interesting, while inside you have a great mix of historic and modern styles. There is art dotted throughout and a great selection of black-and-white photographs of some of Hollywood’s greatest stars by a tiny, but perfectly formed and equipped bar.

Favorite Amenities: I know that many hotels offer robes, but these are especially cozy, and the embroidered logo makes them a very desirable souvenir. Buy one from reception, don’t steal. You can, however, steal the little notepad and pens on your bedside table; such a cute memento.

Pro Tip: Some of the suites have a bathtub right next to the double bed, so, if you prefer privacy, make sure you get a bathroom door when booking.

3. Maison Borella

Right on the main canal in the charming neighborhood of Navigli, you’ll find the old family home of the Borellas, now a beautiful boutique hotel. The building is historic and full of charm, with wooden floors, hefty beams on the ceiling, and many original stone walls. The rooms are set around the courtyard — which is lovely and shaded to sit in — and are all gorgeous. Some have beams on the ceiling and others a skylight, while some have a courtyard view and others look out across the canal. All have lovely individual features and a splash of color provided by modern chairs or a bright orchid on the desk.

Favorite Amenities: There is the wonderful Bugandé restaurant, which is not only beautiful but also serves great food.

Plus, the hotel offers a couple of maison privees, which are private suites with their own separate entrance set apart from the hotel itself but only steps away, where you can enjoy utter privacy amongst the hotel’s amenities.

Pro Tip: On the weekend, it can get noisy. If you have a canal view, the market stalls are set up early in the morning, and at night, you have revelers, although not generally rowdy ones. While the courtyard can occasionally echo a little, it is generally quieter.

4. Art Hotel Navigli

Not far from Maison Borella, on the same side of the canal but on a little side street, lies the Art Hotel Navigli. Compared to the previous hotel, it is utterly modern, but nonetheless really nice. It is light, airy, and full of color, and, you’ve guessed it, art. Downstairs there is always an exhibition of contemporary art going, and throughout the hotel, there are sculptures and pictures complementing the building and rooms. The rooms themselves are spacious, plain but comfortable, with all the amenities you could wish for — from robes and slippers to a kettle and Nespresso coffee machine and all the usual suspects. Because it is a modern hotel, it also offers accessible rooms and facilities.

Favorite Amenities: This is where this hotel shines: with in-house, safe parking, a gorgeous spa with a sauna and swimming pool, and a superb roof terrace. It’s all right by the canal and within easy reach of the center of Milan.

Pro Tip: Here, you have plenty of room options: from rather lovely little single rooms with a private terrace to large and potentially adjoining rooms for larger families or groups of friends.

5. Aethos Navigli 

Steps from the bustling Piazza Ventiquattro Maggio and the Arco di Porta Ticinese, the gateway to Naviglio and the canals, this trendy hotel (formerly The Yard Milano) is both a quiet oasis within, as well as being on the doorstep of countless restaurants, bars, and fun to be had. A 20-minute walk, or 10-minute tram ride, from the Duomo, this is a good location for all of Milan’s sights. The hotel is a quirky mix of styles, ranging from industrial chic to historic to hyper-modern and artsy. There are so many little lovely touches and gorgeous bespoke furniture, with my favorite being the travel-trunk-inspired bedside tables in one of the suites.

Favorite Amenities: Although the neighborhood is full of restaurants and bars, in this hotel, the restaurants are the draw for the locals. With restaurants, the terrace and bar are so tempting, you will need to make a concerted effort to eat outside of the hotel.

Pro Tip: If you can splash out, book yourself into The Loft. Around 1,300 square feet of space include two bedrooms, a wrap-around balcony and roof terrace with amazing views, a library, and a walk-in closet.

6. Sina Hotel De La Ville

With 227 rooms, this hotel may be teetering on the brink of no longer being able to classify as a boutique hotel, but its location and old-world charm make me want to include it anyway. Located within the triangular of the Duomo, La Scala, and the Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II, you are in the heart of Milan, right in the shopping district, and will struggle to get your 10,000 steps in because everything is on the doorstep. The hotel dates to the 1950s, and stepping through the revolving door is a little like a time warp, with the décor not having changed much, but that is exactly the charm of this place. The rooms vary from stuck-in-the-1950s to having classy antique furniture and silk tapestries, to modern and funky with views of the Duomo, so choose wisely.

Favorite Amenities: Enjoy breakfast in bed and the roof terrace with grand views and sun loungers by a little pool.

Pro Tip: The hotel lies within a traffic-restricted zone, so, should you be driving yourself, check with the hotel about access.

A white sandy beach, stretching 27 miles along the Gulf of Mexico, is the perfect spot for your toes-in-the-sand getaway. In between all the swimming, tanning, and beach games, you will want to try out these delicious local restaurants in Panama City Beach.

With a location right on the water, you expect fabulous seafood. There are plenty of restaurant options showcasing seafood dishes that are cheerfully served in new and interesting ways. I’ve highlighted a variety of options from food trucks to iconic dining experiences, because when we travel, we want lots of choices!

My list of Panama City Beach (PCB) restaurants is in no particular order.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Andy’s Flour Power

If you ask a local where they go to have a great breakfast, Andy’s Flour Power Bakery & Cafe is the top recommendation. The casual coastal vibe paired with carefully crafted cuisine is the hallmark of Andy’s.

What To Order At Andy’s Flour Power Bakery & Cafe

The Flour Power French toast served with strawberries, powdered sugar, and toasted nuts will fill you up for a day of exploring the beach scene. If you want something a little more bikini-friendly, the veggie frittata is filled with all the good-for-you veggie rainbow colors.

The adult drink menu is filled with perfectly crafted classics along with inspirational beverages to tickle your fancy. I recommend trying the breakfast martini, a citrusy sensation that will wake up your palate in the best way possible.

2. FINNS Island Style Grub

FINNS Island Style Grub is everything you want from a sea-shack outdoor dining experience. They have the freshest food, grilled to perfection, and served on long polished picnic tables in the Florida sunshine. Place your order, grab a seat, and pick up your yummy grub when they call your name.

What To Order At FINNS Island Style Grub

You can never go wrong with the daily specials; it’s what makes the cook happy on any given day and happy chefs cook great food. The breakfast hash is unctuous and salty: just what you need when you’ve had a long night or need to power through the morning.

The tacos are loaded and delicious. Try the ahi tuna taco with cabbage, pico, cilantro, wasabi, and sriracha; or the “Killer Carnita Taco” with smoked pork, cabbage, pico, cilantro, chili lime, and white sauce. You get two tacos per order, so bring a friend and share several plates.

3. Runaway Island

If beachfront dining is on your PCB bucket list, then you need to stop at Runaway Island. The back deck is perched on the sand offering views of the beach and waves as you dine on umbrella-shaded tables.

What To Order At Runaway Island

You can make a meal of the Baja rolls appetizer — you won’t want to share them. The rolls are filled with blackened chicken, corn, spinach, black beans, and cheese fried to perfection and served with a sweet Thai dipping sauce.

The blackened mahi taco served with cabbage, cilantro ranch, and pico de gallo, and the shrimp tacos filled with fried shrimp, cabbage, and a lime cilantro aioli and pico de gallo are a celebration of the Florida seafood and sunshine.

4. Capt. Anderson’s Restaurant & Waterfront Market

Capt. Anderson’s Restaurant & Waterfront Market is more than simply one of the best restaurants in PCB, it is an institution. This family-run establishment has been serving fresh seafood flavors since 1967.

What To Order At Capt. Anderson’s Restaurant & Waterfront Market

The restaurant serves hundreds of people each night, so you will have time to sip a drink at the bar while waiting for your table. The piña colada is cool and sweet, served in a take-home souvenir glass. It is a fun way to celebrate your vacation getaway.

Their extensive menu is all about serving the freshest seafood. For starters, try the sesame-crusted ahi tuna kissed by the grill. With so many delicious options, it is difficult to narrow them down. The grouper imperial with fresh lump blue crab and the filet of snapper are house specialties and excellent choices. If you are in the mood for a turf plate, the tomahawk ribeye or the filet mignon are cooked to perfection.

5. American Charlie Grill & Tavern

American Charlie Grill & Tavern serves classic American cuisine just the way you want it — super tasty.

What To Order At American Charlie Grill & Tavern

If you are looking for a sumptuous plate of pub grub, order the Uncle Sam Jam, a double beef patty with American cheese, mushrooms, bacon, and queso blanco. You will need to open wide for this burger. Pair it with some beautifully fried onion rings or crinkle-cut french fries for an all-American classic pub dinner.

For dessert, finish your meal off with a throwback: a classic root beer float.

6. Sharky’s Beachfront Restaurant

Sharky’s Beachfront Restaurant is difficult to miss. It’s the place with the larger-than-life shark posing picture-perfectly for your iconic PCB photo opportunity. Buckle up, your beachfront dining experience is about to commence.

What To Order At Sharky’s Beachfront Restaurant

Go in for the gumbo — shrimp, crawfish, andouille sausage, and chicken served over rice in a spicy gumbo sauce. If that’s too hot, try the shrimp ceviche — lime juice-marinated shrimp served with tomatoes, cilantro, cucumbers, onions, jalapenos, and tortilla chips. It’s perfectly chilled for lunch on a scorching Florida day.

Po’ boy sandwiches are just what you want for on-the-beach food. Order a shrimp po’ boy, or if you are feeling a little adventurous, try the Gator po’ boy; that’s right, alligator nuggets fried to a golden brown. Both are served on a hoagie roll with a spicy remoulade sauce.

7. Rollin Cuban

The Rollin Cuban is a food truck on the move in PCB. Authentic Cuban cuisine on the go is the way they roll. You need to follow them on Facebook to see where they are serving up lunch. Hunting them down is half the fun.

What To Order At Rollin Cuban

I love Cuban cuisine and at Rollin Cuban, their Cubano — a Cuban ham and cheese sandwich — is killer. The beef empanadas are delicious as well. What’s not to love about hand-held beef pies?

8. The Juicy Seafood

Across the south, The Juicy Seafood is known for its Cajun-inspired cuisine served in a casual, family-friendly atmosphere.

What To Order At The Juicy Seafood

You can order your food just how you like it. Pick a protein like blue crab or crawfish. Then, decide what type of seasoning you want from options like Cajun or lemon pepper. Finally, you can choose the heat level — from no spice to extra hot and everything in between. It’s all custom-made for your dining enjoyment.

9. RC Weddings + Events

Now, I know you are saying to yourself, “Why is a catering company in a food story about delicious local restaurants?” Well, I was at the PCB UnWineD festival and saw this stunning tray of passion fruit cocktails. Made with Chinola passion fruit liquor, vanilla vodka, and Cava with tupelo honey and spicy Tajin, it was amazing!

RC Wedding + Events caters weddings but also family reunions. Since PCB is a fabulous spot for a multi-generational vacation, you would want at least one meal where everyone could gather together, right? RC Wedding + Events will organize the location, food, and beverages — all you have to do is show up. Sounds like a family getaway I want to attend.

Hampton Inn & Suites Panama City Beach-Beachfront

After you have eaten all the great food in PCB, it’s time to find a spot to rest your head and enjoy the glorious Florida beaches. The Hampton Inn & Suites Panama City Beach-Beachfront is the perfect spot for family gatherings and multi-gen getaways. It is right on the beach where you can enjoy all the toes-in-the-sand fun and simply walk back to your cozy room for a mid-day siesta.

Pro Tip: There are two Hampton Inn & Suites in PCB. Be sure to check out the one called Beachfront.

Panama City Beach Restaurants

Casual dining with expertly prepared local seafood is the hallmark of restaurants in the Panama City Beach area. More than just a family beach vacation spot, PCB is a burgeoning foodie town offering diners variety and value in their restaurant selections.

Related Reading:

• 15 Fabulous Panama City Beach Vacation Rentals On Florida’s Gulf Coast
• One Of Florida’s Most Popular Destinations Just Announced It’s Prioritizing Accessibility
• 7 Reasons Panama City Beach Is Fun For The 50+ Crowd

The Texas Hill Country is famous for vast open spaces accented by huge old oak trees and delightful small towns, many of them with a strong German history. Most people visit the Hill Country to enjoy the nature trails, state parks, cool spring-fed rivers, art and culture scenes, and a general feeling of peace that wraps you like a warm blanket on a chilly night.

However, there’s a burgeoning wine scene in the Hill Country that is gaining the attention of wine enthusiasts and serious oenophiles. There are over 100 wineries and vineyards in the Hill Country with about half located along Texas Highway 290, also known as Wine Road 290, as well as many other scenic back roads.

I’ve chosen six wineries to share with you for their gorgeous views, ambiance, and excellent wine made with 100-percent Texas-grown fruit. All wines mentioned are available for purchase online.

Insider Info: You will definitely need a car to visit these wineries or you can book a winery tour. Fredericksburg is a good place to base yourself, just be sure to book accommodations well in advance. Probably the best tip I can give you is don’t try to visit more than two wineries per day, especially if you are driving. In fact, the places I’ve chosen are the kinds of places you’ll want to relax in, not rush off to the next place. So relax. You’re in Texas now.

1. Bending Branch Winery

Comfort

Located on a winding country road, in the hills around Comfort, Texas, Bending Branch Winery welcomes you to their estate tasting room with panoramic views for miles. It’s the kind of view that will soon have you pondering if you should get a little spot in Texas to call your own.

Bending Branch utilizes a number of cutting-edge methods of production such as flash detente and cryo-maceration. Owner Dr. Bob Young, a graduate of the U.C. Davis Winemaker Certification program with a degree in chemistry, likes to say, “Bending Branch aims to produce the best possible wine no matter what grapes are grown.” If anyone knows how to coax the best possible showing from wine grapes, Dr. Young does.

Bending Branch has received national recognition for its wines and tasting room experience: Double Gold for the 2019 Tannat Tallent Vineyards at the 2023 San Francisco Wine Chronicle competition and Silver for 2019 Tannat Newsom Vineyards; and Best Texas Winery for 4 years in a row by San Antonio Express-News. 

And speaking of Tannat — a highly tannic red wine that thrives in Texas — in the hands of Dr. Young, Tannat becomes approachable. Dare I say even soft?

But be sure to try all of the options on the tasting menu, tannat isn’t the only stellar wine being produced by Bending Branch. Although, I admit I am partial to the sparkling rosé of Tannat which tasted like a strawberry Jolly Rancher.

Bending Branch is open for tastings by appointment, or you can pick up a bottle at the estate tasting room. 

• Wine To Try: 2019 Tannat — all bottlings.

2. Pedernales Cellars 

Stonewall

Pedernales Cellars is an estate winery with 154 acres of rolling hills punctuated by live oak trees and stunning views of the Pedernales River Valley.

By focusing from the beginning on grape varieties that do well in Texas, Pedernales Cellars consistently wins national awards and recognition. Their 2020 Grenache, 2019 Valhalla, and 2019 Cariganane all received silver medals at the 2023 San Francisco Chronicle Wine Competition. 

They have recently completed updates to the tasting room and are expanding their food offerings to include a full-time food truck on site.

Dogs are welcome as long as they are on a leash; however, they are not allowed inside the tasting room.

Sustainability is an important part of the business and is carried through from the vineyards to the construction of the tasting room to the packaging. Pedernales Cellars was named a Top 10 Winery by National Geographic in 2014.

Pedernales Cellars is located off Highway 290, and is only about 10 minutes from downtown Fredericksburg,

• Wine To Try: 2020 Grenache

3. William Chris 

Hye

William Chris was founded by Chris Brundrett and Bill (William) Blackmon, who were recently recognized by Wine Enthusiast as “producers redefining American wine.” William Chris focuses on low-intervention wine production meaning they let the fruit speak for itself. They specialize in Rhone varieties like mourvedre and grenache, as well as varieties from Spain, France, and Italy.

Located just off Highway 290, the property has 6.5 acres of vineyards, tables spread out under shade trees, and a state-of-the-art facility for wine club members. Picnic lunches are available as well as a variety of tasting experiences by appointment. However, you don’t need an appointment to enjoy the vineyard views at an outdoor table with a bottle of wine.

• Wine To Try: 2019 Syrah High Cross Vineyard

4. Duchman Winery 

Driftwood

Named one of the 20 most picturesque wineries in the United States by HGTV, Duchman Family Winery is a pretty property with an Italian villa-style tasting facility complemented by a grove of oak trees providing plenty of shady picnic spots.

Duchman focuses primarily on Italian varieties like vermentino, sangiovese, and dolcetto.

I was curious to try the wines because of my keen interest in all things Italian, even before I learned of their many awards.

However, the moment I arrived and saw the impressive Tuscan-style building that serves as the tasting room, the extensive lawn scattered with picnic tables, and people spreading out their blankets under the trees, I was hooked.

Duchman Family Winery has won numerous awards and even beat the Italians by winning a Gold medal for their 2018 Vermentino at the San Francisco International Wine Competition. The Aglianico is a red Italian wine with dark-red fruit flavors and bold tannins that pairs well with food. In fact, Duchman is unique in offering a number of food options — many are made fresh on site.

You can order handmade pizzas, cheese, and charcuterie along with picnic boxes that include things like Pimento cheese, pasta salad, or mozzarella sandwiches.

Duchman is open 7 days a week and until 8 p.m. on Fridays and Saturdays, making it a great place for date night. They regularly offer music, trivia, and game nights, and in October, they host movie nights on the lawn. 

• Wine To Try: 2016 Aglianico Oswald Vineyards

5. Sandy Road Vineyards 

Johnson City

One of the most unique tasting experiences I’ve had recently was with winemaker Regan Sivadon in a treehouse overlooking the vineyards at Sandy Road. Not only is Regan making great wine — that treehouse experience is a winner!

Sandy Road began with a vision of sharing great Texas wines and the serenity the owners experienced while growing up on their grandparents’ 100-year-old property.

Regan has been in the wine business for decades and is associate winemaker at Ron Yates and Spicewood. And while he loves his work there, Regan wanted to make a product that he has complete control over, a wine he could put his heart and soul into without limitations.

At Sandy Road the goal is 100 percent Texas wine from Texas fruit, sustainably and responsibly grown. Be sure to try the 2022 Estate GSM Pet Nat wine. It’s refreshing and loaded with ripe fruit flavors and pairs perfectly with the treehouse. Read more about Pet Nat wines here.

The Sandy Road Vineyards Estate Sangiovese Rosé is always an award winner as it was in the 2022-2023 San Antonio Rodeo International Wine Competition, along with the 2021 Albarino and the 2019 Estate Sangiovese. 

 At Sandy Road the focus is on Southern Italian, French, and Spanish varieties and producing wine that reflects the sense of place, hard work, and passion of the owners.

• Wine To Try: Sandy Road Vineyards Estate Sangiovese 2021

6. Siboney Cellars

Johnson City

Located just off of Highway 290, aka Wine Road 290, four miles west of Johnson City, the drive up to the new Siboney Cellars tasting room and terrace takes you past a stand of heritage oak trees and recently planted merlot vineyards. Once you arrive at the terrace you can enjoy the views of this gorgeous 52-acre hill country property.

Winemaker Barbara Lecuona is producing award-winning wines from French, Italian, and Spanish grape varieties. Though her first wines were bottled in 2017, the current winery property opened to the public in 2021. The new space includes a barrel room — an elegant room for wine club members — an outdoor terrace, and an indoor tasting room. 

Siboney Cellars (pronounced SEE-Bo-Nay) is a love story with a Latin plot, though the grapes are 100% Texas fruit. Owners Barbara and Miguel Lecuona named the winery for the eponymous Cuban love song written by Miguel’s great uncle. The winery is an expression of their passion for each other and for winemaking. 

• Wine To Try: 2020 Malbec Challis Vineyards

More On Texas Hill Country:

• The Best Things To See And Do In Fredericksburg, Texas
• 11 Beautiful Caverns To Visit In Texas Hill Country
• 9 Best Things To Do In Beautiful Marble Falls, TX

Siem Reap is the gateway to the fascinating UNESCO-listed Angkor Archaeological Park and attracts travelers seeking to learn about the ancient Khmer Kingdom — which ruled from the 9th to 15th centuries. Many people are also now visiting Cambodia to experience the spirit and resilience of this free-from-conflict and developing country.

As you wander the bustling streets of downtown Siem Reap, you’ll be swept up in the colorful chaos of tuk-tuks, street vendors, and bustling markets. But beyond this, Siem Reap offers an incredible array of experiences — from indulging in delicious Cambodian cuisine, exploring traditional Khmer villages, participating in Buddhist rituals with saffron-robed monks, or delving into the burgeoning art scene.

Let me introduce you to my favorite experiences from a recent trip to Siem Reap, Cambodia.

1. Angkor Archaeological Park

The Angkor Archaeological Park contains the magnificent remains of the Khmer Empire’s different capitals, stretching over 155 square miles. Star attractions include Angkor Wat, the world’s largest religious site; Bayon, renowned for its massive stone faces; Ta Prohm, with trees growing through the ruins; and Banteay Srei.

You can visit the park independently, by tuk-tuk, bicycle, or motorbike. The best option is to engage a park-accredited guide to understand the stories behind the structures, sculptures, and history.

Being a fan of small group touring, I found Vespa Adventures offered me the sense of freedom I was after. Then there is the fun of being piloted around the park on a gloriously maintained Vespa by an experienced bike rider. We traveled on quiet laneways and through forest paths, giving us a sense that we were the only visitors. We also arrived at less-crowded temple entrances and other sites. Our guide shared Angkorian stories at each stop.

Vespa Adventures offers full and half-day tours of Angkor Park, plus countryside tours and even an evening food tour. These have to be the best fun for people wanting a sense of independence and adventure while benefiting from a guided small group tour.

Pro Tip: Angkor park passes (personalized photo ID tickets) are only available from the official park ticket office. Single-day, 3-day, and 7-day passes are available, but one day is never enough. A 3-day pass, valid for 7 days, allows you to intersperse your park visits with other Siem Reap activities.

2. Grasshopper Adventures

What better way to see the countryside and gain glimpses of local people’s daily lives than by cycling? Grasshopper Adventures’ guided half and full-day tours around Siem Reap and the Angkor temples offer a selection of itineraries. And for us 60-something-year-old travelers, their E-bike Ultimate Countryside Tour sounded perfect.

Our guide, Bunvath, familiarized us with the e-bikes and gave us a safety brief — ready for the 7:30 a.m. start to beat the heat. We traveled on almost traffic-free back streets, and once in the country, it was down village lanes, between rice fields, and skirting through local farms.

The half-day tour had many breaks, including a temple with some friendly novice monks, a local fresh food market, and a scenic reservoir for a traditional late-morning snack. Plus, we visited two local villages to see people making rice noodles in one and sticky rice snacks in another. These were not “shows” put on for us, just life happening as it always does.

Pro Tip: Though Grasshopper Adventures offers regular bikes, an e-bike is recommended unless you are a seasoned bicycle rider. We traveled over relatively flat terrain; the e-bike made the 35 miles much more manageable, allowing us to take in the scenery and enjoy more of the experience.

3. Kulen Elephant Forest

Kulen Elephant Forest is 1,100 acres of protected forest an hour from Siem Reap. It is now home to the elephants that, until a few years ago, provided tourists with rides around the Angkor temples — a practice that has since ceased. Now retired, these elephants enjoy a long-awaited and well-deserved saddle- and chain-free life, rediscovering relationships within the herd while receiving the best care.

Visitors can do a morning or afternoon tour and learn about elephant conservation. In a hands-on approach, you’ll make snacks to feed the elephants and then wander with these giants as they graze and play. With only 75 captive elephants remaining in Cambodia, the leaders at Kulen Elephant Park aim to inspire other elephant owners across Cambodia to look more toward the conservation model as a natural alternative. The tour price contributes to this noble cause and is a tourism model I gladly support.

4. Phare Circus

Phare, the Cambodian Circus, is a cross between a highly energetic and engaging theater in the round on a smaller scale, though equally enthralling as Cirque du Soleil. Opening in 2013 to create meaningful employment opportunities for Cambodian artists, it continues to provide highly entertaining nightly shows under a 330-person big top.

The back story makes this venture even more compelling. Nine young Cambodian men in a refugee camp during the Khmer Rouge time found the provided drawing classes to be a powerful form of healing. Returning to their home district of Battambang in 1994, they began offering free drawing classes to street children.

They then opened a school named Phare Ponleu Selpak, which translates to “The Brightness of the Art.” Today, more than 1,200 pupils attend this open school, from entry-level to year 12. Additionally, some 500 students participate in vocational programs with professional visual arts, theater, music, dance, and circus training. All of this education is free to students, with much of the funding coming from Phare’s daily performances.

Phare’s spellbinding circus performance would attract adoring crowds at any international venue. Knowing that your ticket price does so much more than just keep these artists in work makes it a double “must-do”’ when visiting Siem Reap.

Pro Tip: Go early, enjoy street food and pre-show entertainment in the leafy courtyard, and browse the quality boutique and gift shop. Once again, all profits go back to the schools.

5. Cuisine Wat Damnak

A native of Lyon, France, Chef Joannès Riviere first came to Cambodia as a volunteer cooking instructor in 2003. While at the Siem Reap Hotel School, Johannes created a “Cambodian Cooking” cookbook. The goal? Record and preserve recipes and the culinary knowledge of a country that had seen much of its past wiped out by the Khmer Rouge. Joannès then spent several years as executive chef at the city’s famed Hotel de la Paix before opening Cuisine Wat Damnak in 2013.

The setting is a transformed traditional teak timber house in a sculptured garden in the trending Wat Bo village within Siem Reap. With a dedication to farm-to-table and seasonality, Joannès and his business partner, Nguon Venchhay (Chai), offer a regularly changing six- to eight-course tasting menu showcasing the best of Cambodian cuisine, along with a plant-based tasting menu. The outcome is a decidedly delicious tour of Cambodian produce and culinary style served in a refined manner and well worth an evening of your time.

Pro Tip: If you are also visiting Cambodia’s capital city — Phnom Penh — book a table at the gloriously renovated villa that is Cuisine Wat Damnak, Phnom Penh.

6. Siem Reap Arts Tours

Robina Hanley, a 15-year resident of Temple Town, operates Siem Reap Arts Tours. Her behind-the-scenes tours not only take you to the exhibitions, galleries, workshops, ateliers, and boutiques of the surprising cadre of resident local and international artists, but she can also often introduce you to the artists themselves.

Examples of just two artists we met on this tour were Cambodian Master Artist Lim Muy Theam from Theam’s Gallery. His family became refugees in France due to the Khmer Rouge regime. Gaining fine arts and design qualifications, Theam returned to Cambodia in 1997 and has led initiatives reviving the arts and craft sector.

And the other artist we met in his new Siem Reap gallery, Belgium-born and now Cambodian-based Christian Develter exhibits his large, bright, and compelling pieces — like his Chin series depicting the intricately tattooed faces of Burmese tribal women.

Pro Tip: Robina curates tours for your particular interests. Be prepared to be wowed and impressively surprised at the creative arts and fashion scene in Siem Reap.

7. Sokkhak Riverside Spa

After hours of tramping around the ancient Angkor temples or Siem Reap’s bustling streets, your body will need a reward. Of the many massage studios and spas available, Sokkhak Riverside Spa stands out. Sokkhak means “tranquil” in Khmer and seems appropriate given the spa’s restful riverside location and invitingly spacious and luxurious ambiance.

Sokkhak Spa offers a broad range of spa and beauty treatments, facials, romantic packages, and massages, including their signature Khmer Traditional Massage —said to pre-date the famous Thai massage. Being a lover of Thai massages, I had to try the Khmer signature, and at the usual 90-minute finishing mark, I did not want it to stop. Bookings for Sokkhak Riverside Spa are recommended, and you may thank yourself (and me) once you visit.

8. Angkor Zipline

Ziplining has long been on our bucket list. The opportunity to soar through Angkor Archaeological Park’s treetops resolved our dilemma. Being apprehensive first-timers, the Angkor Zipline team impressed us with their dedication to safety and the comfort of their riders.

There are two tour options: “Gold” offers the most flies between the trees, plus the highest and longest runs; “Silver” misses out on the longest runs but has the bonus of abseiling down from the last platform for one final adrenaline hit. Part of the adventure is climbing narrow stairs and crossing sky bridges to reach various platforms. However, you are constantly clipped onto safety cables with the undivided attention of the safety rangers. At over 700 feet above the ground, the views are well worth it.

Our rangers mentioned that an 82-year-old lady had recently completed the course, dashing the thought we may have been the oldest.

Pro Tip: Angkor Zipline now offers a mountain bike tour to combine with ziplining. This way, you explore the tree tops and forest floor in a half-day tour.

For places to stay in Siem Reap, Cambodia, check out these six hotel experiences.

Palm Springs, California, does not disappoint. Nestled between our beautiful mountains lies a valley known for its great weather and restful vacations. Our amenities for relaxation include golfing, swimming, poolside lounging, fine dining, and first-class spas that can help relieve stress or provide a beautiful refuge from the outside world. 

Many of the large hotels have spas in the Coachella Valley. Below are some of the larger hotels that welcome guests and locals by providing an opportunity to purchase a day pass.

While I was comped for the massages, all experiences and opinions are my own.

1. Spa Desert Springs

JW Marriott Desert Springs Resort And Spa

When you approach the JW Marriott Desert Springs Resort and Spa, you immediately sense this is going to be a unique experience. Pink flamingos glide on the palm-tree-surrounded pond along the driveway with seemingly not a worry in the world.

Watch for signs for the Spa Desert Springs. This co-ed spa offers places to meet and relax at the pool, the lounge, or dine together in the bistro.

I was in awe at the beauty of the walnut-colored wood paneling everywhere; even the lockers were beautiful. Everything you need is here, including a spinner to help dry out your swimsuit before you head home.

Don’t Miss: One of the special features of this spa is that it has three saunas: one very hot, one normal, and one infused with lavender. Oh my, I could have stayed in that for hours, though, of course, it’s not recommended.

My massage was heavenly in a quiet, elegantly appointed room with lavender permeating the air. The 60 minutes went by way too fast and reminded me that a massage should not be considered just a luxury but a necessity to keep one’s body in stellar shape.

Feeling relaxed and happy, I wandered outside to the warm pool surrounded by umbrellas and staff waiting to take my order for a drink or a bite from the bistro.

Pro Tip: No reservations are necessary for a day pass, but for massages, body treatments, or facials, you can make them online at Spa Desert Springs or by calling. They do not have hair, nail, or pedicure services available.

2. The Well Spa

Miramonte Indian Wells Resort And Spa

The Well Spa is a separate building on the sprawling, citrus-covered grounds of the Miramonte Indian Wells Resort and Spa. After parking your car, ask for directions. The building is hidden away on the grounds.

One of the special features of this spa is the unique hot tub. Stone walls and waterfalls divide the space so guests have privacy while they bask in the 102-degree water.

The waiting room was well-appointed and the cinnamon tea available to all guests while you waited for the treatment was superb. I was escorted to one of the treatment rooms with eucalyptus scent greeting me. While most treatment rooms are upstairs, there is an elevator and larger rooms available to accommodate wheelchairs.

Don’t Miss: This is a pretty strong statement, for I have had many massages, but I honestly can say the “Rain Massage” was undoubtedly the best massage I have ever received. Granted, I had been on a cross-country airplane journey, but the masseuse found every spot I didn’t know needed attention. Five essential oils dripped onto my back and gently urged the tight muscles to relax. I was delighted with the scalp massage and my feet were so happy.

The next stop was the eucalyptus steam room and a cool pool to complete the process. Feeling refreshed with no care in the world, I headed outdoors to the hideaway patios, which are co-ed, as is the outdoor spa and pool.

You can have food delivered to the patio, or you can keep your robe on and head to the restaurant, where the menu offers a variety of options. I headed to the restaurant, took my food outside, and ate under the citrus trees.

Pro Tip: Reservations are required for a day pass. Hair, nail, and pedicure options are not available. Call and make arrangements for all other spa treatments at The Well Spa.

3. Sunstone Spa 

Agua Caliente Resort Casino Rancho Mirage

When you hear the Sunstone Spa has been rated one of the top spas in California and is in your neighborhood, how can you not be tempted to check it out? 

The entrance to the Sunstone Spa building is tucked away down a path, so keep your eyes open for the gate.

The contemporary-themed women’s locker room had more amenities than anyone could need; even little bamboo toothbrushes with toothpaste carefully packaged. The quiet room, where you wait for staff to get you for your treatment, was dimly lit with an array of snacks and water infused with various ingredients that encourage you to return for more.

Lavender filled the air as I walked in for a massage. After an hour, I put on my robe, poured myself some more water, and headed out to the spa’s private co-ed heated pool, surrounded by umbrellas which was the perfect place to lounge and relax under California’s sun.

Don’t Miss: Once you have found your perfect spot outside, check out the food and drink menu. My eyes quickly landed on three varieties of energy drinks — mocktails as they called them — and I choose a cranberry one, and then discovered all mocktails are free. 

This spa offers exceptional service and staff making this day pass a great value while feeling totally pampered.

4. The Spa At Sec-He 

Excitement had been building because, not only would downtown Palm Springs now have The Spa at Sec-he, but it would also be five stars. The spa opened on April 4, 2023, much to the delight of visitors and residents.

Don’t Miss: This is the only spa in Palm Springs with hot mineral springs known for their healing abilities. The Agua Caliente Tribe calls it “taking the waters,” so you will want to bring your swimsuit and enjoy the private tubs and the outdoor pool.

With eight different kinds of massages, numerous body scrubs, and wraps, you are sure to find one you especially enjoy. Or perhaps, it is time to live on the edge and try something different. The choice is yours.

Amenities with the day pass include salt rooms, a grounding room, a healing water tub, a menthol sauna, and an aromatherapy shower, to name a few.

This beautiful spa has many lovely lounging areas and two restaurants. When you decide to get a day pass, I suggest you come as soon as they are open. I assure you that you will not want to leave the premises all day.

Pro Tips: Palm Springs Spas

The spas are open all year long. However, be sure to call to ensure you know their exact hours. I found I was enjoying my pool time, only to discover the staff wanted to go home to their families.

People with disabilities will discover their needs can be met at any of these spas. All four resorts have their prices online for various services. Day passes are in the $40–$145 range but call and check online to see individual spas’ specific charges. The day pass fee will be waived if you have any treatment, such as a massage or facial.

Related Reading:

• 8 Unique Spa Treatments That May Be More Stressful Than Relaxing
• 7 Luxurious Spa And Golf Resorts To Experience Around The World
• 7 Luxurious Spa Treatments To Experience Around The World

Welcome to Tuscany, a region bursting with charm and brimming with hidden treasures. Tuscany is a place where rolling hills, picturesque villages, and ancient architecture blend seamlessly with a vibrant culture, delicious cuisine, and world-renowned wines. From the stunning beaches of the Tuscan coastline to the majestic Apennine Mountains, Tuscany offers a diverse range of landscapes that are sure to captivate any traveler.

Beyond the popular cities of Florence, Pisa, and Siena lies a world of special, off-the-beaten-path destinations. I never cease to be surprised by the hidden gems this fabulous part of Italy has to offer. I’m going to share with you five of my favorite Tuscan (lesser-known) treasures. These spots are not only easy to reach from the most popular cities but are also perfect for those looking to escape the crowds and have an authentic Tuscan experience.

Whether you’re a first-time visitor or a seasoned Italian traveler, Tuscany’s hidden gems are sure to find a place in your heart. So, pack your bags and let’s start exploring!

1. Pitigliano

Located in the southern part of Tuscany, on the border with Lazio, Pitigliano is often overlooked by tourists. This medieval town was built on a rocky outcrop and is a must-visit destination for anyone looking to explore some of the more unique sights of Tuscany.

Pitigliano is also known as “Little Jerusalem” due to its position close to Rome, where escaping Jews could find refuge. As early as the 14th century, the town became an important haven for Jews, with their numbers growing so much that they built a temple here in 1598. In fact, during the Holocaust, the Jews of Pitigliano, a 400-year-old community, were hidden for almost a year by sympathetic local farmers in barns and caves. None of those in hiding were arrested and all survived.

As you walk through Pitigliano’s narrow cobbled streets, you’ll be enchanted by the town’s exceptional architecture, Etruscan tombs, and wells, all of which seem to be part of the rock itself. Don’t miss the impressive Palazzo Orsini, which serves as the entrance to the old town and houses the Archaeological and Art Museums.

Pitigliano is also known for its network of secret tunnels carved into the rock, leading to age-old wine cellars and fascinating chambers. If you’re a history buff, visit the Jewish Ghetto, as well as the Duomo di Pitigliano. Before you leave, take a moment to enjoy the picturesque landscapes surrounding the town. Visit Forno Del Ghetto to indulge in some traditional Jewish sfratti, a typical walnut, nutmeg, honey, and orange-peel pastry of Pitigliano, still baked and sold in the bakeries and pastry shops of the village. And if you have time, stay for dinner at Osteria di Fuori Porta di Pitigliano and savor a glass of wine while admiring the stunning views.

Pitigliano is an easy 2-hour drive from Rome and just over 2 hours from Florence.

2. Sorano

Sorano, a hidden gem in southern Tuscany, is a must-visit destination for those looking to experience the beauty and charm of off-the-beaten-path Italy. This centuries-old village perched on a cliff and dug into the rock (like nearby Pitigliano), offers visitors a glimpse into the Etruscan era and medieval times. It is often referred to as the Matera of Tuscany, due to its rocky villages and pathways that take you on a journey through time. Visitors can explore the Etruscan necropolis, take in the stunning views from the Rocca Orsini fortress and the Masso Leopoldino (also known as Rocca Vecchia), and admire art from the Middle Ages at the Collegiata di San Niccolo.

Sorano is also a great place for foodies and wine enthusiasts. The village is famous for its grape harvests, wine tastings, tours, and seminars that can be enjoyed at Sassotondo on the old road from Pitigliano to Sovana.

Getting to Sorano is easy, with it only being a 2-hour drive from both Rome and Florence. Those who are visiting nearby Pitigliano should also make time to explore Sorano, as it offers a similar charm on a smaller scale.

Pro Tip: If you are looking for somewhere to stay, try Agriturismo Locanda Pantanello, a beautifully restored traditional 17th-century stone farmhouse only a 10-minute drive outside of Sorano. 

3. Monteriggioni

Located just north of Siena, Monteriggioni is a medieval hilltop town that’s a must-visit for those exploring Tuscany. Built between 1214 and 1219 as a defense against the strong Florentines to the north, it’s now a sleepy town, a peaceful and charming destination popular with those vacationing in Italy and seeking non-touristy places to visit. The town’s medieval fortifications and watchtowers are still in place.

The town is home to several notable attractions, including the 13th-century Church of Santa Maria Assunta and the Museo Monteriggioni in Arme (Army Museum), which houses a collection of original military objects, clothing, and weapons. Visitors can also enjoy panoramic views of the surrounding Tuscan countryside from the town’s towers and walkways.

While in town, be sure to explore the narrow streets, charming gardens, and the must-see central square with its ancient well. If you’re lucky enough to be in Monteriggioni in July, don’t miss the annual Medieval Festival, known as Monteriggioni Festa, which kicks off with a Grand Banquet in the piazza. Then, the following days are dedicated to medieval games, traditional craftsmen at work, and colorful parades, along with fireworks, dancing and music, and plenty of food and wine.

Although Monteriggioni is small and accommodations are limited, there are a few places to stay, including Hotel Monteriggioni and Camere Dentro Il Castello. For a truly unforgettable experience, visit Fattoria Castello di Monteriggioni winery and sample some of the region’s fabulous food and delicious wines.

Pro Tip: Combining a visit to Monteriggioni with nearby places like San Gimignano or Greve in Chianti is highly recommended.

4. Bagni San Filippo

The small, beautiful Tuscan town of Bagni San Filippo is named after the secluded hot springs located there. The town is just a few minutes away from the Instagram-famous Val d’Orcia (Valley of the Orcia River), a UNESCO heritage site and a valley in the heart of Tuscany that’s retained its unspoiled beauty for centuries.

The Baths of San Filippo, situated in a park in the heart of the town, offer beautiful natural thermal pools where the water flowing through is rich in carbonate-calcic. Over the years, these deposits of calcium have created huge formations. The most impressive of which is the White Whale, which looks like a solidified waterfall. A short downward hike through the park will get you to the gorgeous pools for a therapeutic and relaxing swim in the 77-degree Fahrenheit, mineral-enriched water. The best time to visit the springs is between September and November, especially on weekdays or early mornings when there are fewer crowds.

The hot springs are free to visit and Bagni San Filippo is a great day-trip option from Rome or Florence, but an even better decision is to stay in the area for a few days. For those looking to stay in the region, Montepulciano offers good accommodation options, like Il Tosco, an antique mansion in the heart of Montepulciano.

Pro Tip: There are plenty of hidden spots at Bagni San Filippo to discover. Don’t settle for the main areas, keep walking until you find the more secluded, deep turquoise pools. I’d recommend bringing a picnic lunch and plenty of water!

5. Elba Island

I’m cheating a little here by giving you a whole island and not just a town! Elba Island, situated just 6 miles off the coast of Tuscany, is the third largest Italian Island after Sicily and Sardinia, and it’s one of the best hidden gems in Tuscany. Famous for its pristine coastline, Elba isn’t really on holidaymakers’ radars yet but is definitely worth exploring.

Elba is part of Tuscan Archipelago National Park, Europe’s largest marine park, along with eight other islands, including Giglio, Giannutri, and Montecristo. Visitors should take advantage of the island’s stunning coastline with its crystal-clear waters, hidden coves, and pristine beaches, such as Cala delle Alghe or the Spiaggia Luisi d’Angelo. The lushly wooded interior is perfect for walking and cycling. Hiking up Capanne Mount provides spectacular views of the island, while exploring the historic Fortress of Volterraio, perched at the top of the island, offers insight into Elba’s rich past. A visit to Portoferraio is a must for history buffs, as it was once Napoleon’s place of exile.

As in the rest of Italy, a general love of children in Elba is accompanied by fabulous, child-friendly food, plenty of family-friendly activities, and a good range of family-friendly accommodations, like the Baia Bianca Suites or the Hotel Antares. Children will particularly love the wire-cage chairlift to the island’s peak, which offers views all the way to Corsica.

The island’s charm lies in its untouched natural beauty and unspoiled landscape, providing a tranquil escape from the hustle and bustle of everyday life. With eight ferries a day connecting it to the mainland, Elba Island is easily accessible and definitely worth a visit.

There you have it — five of my very favorite hidden gems in Tuscany. Head out and discover the unique scenery, the amazing history, the tantalizing food, and of course, the world-class wine that this incredible region of Italy has to offer!

Related Reading:

• How To Spend A Day In Montepulciano, Italy
• 17 Adorable Towns To Visit In Italy In 2023
• 9 Incredible Tuscan Villas You Can Rent In Italy

Stunning views of the St. Lawrence River, Lake Ontario, and adjoining waterways beg you to sit, take a deep breath, and simply enjoy the scenery. The relaxed pace of a 1000 Islands road trip, motoring along scenic byways past snug harbors and charming villages, is a wonderful way to wind down and venture off the grid.

We anchored our trip to 1000 Islands in Clayton; it is central to the other stops along the 1000 Islands coastline, affording easy access to all the wonderful adventures along the route. From Clayton, it was easy to head south to Henderson Harbor, Sackets Harbor, and Cape Vincent. When we ventured north and east, we encountered Alexandria Bay.

My favorite stops along our 1000 Islands road trip are grouped together by town and are in no particular order.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Antique Boat Museum

Clayton

If you love boats and boating, you will be enchanted by the Antique Boat Museum. Its collection has amassed over 320 boats along with thousands of boating artifacts. You can visit multiple exhibits including the National Motor Boat Show displays. Showcasing the evolution of pleasure boating in North America, the exhibit is filled with historic runabouts, cruisers, and other beautiful boats you will want to own. You’ll be quipping “she’s yar” when you get a look at some of these antique gems.

When you are ready to hit the water, you can enjoy a sunset cruise on the famous country music star Alan Jackson’s 30-foot Chris Craft Cruiser, Flat Top. Bring a small cooler with snacks and your favorite beverage for 2 hours of on-the-water relaxation. Sit back, pretend you are the star of your New York road trip, and enjoy the ride. Other boat experiences include a 45-minute Ride The River trip in a 30-foot, triple cockpit Hacker Craft; a 20-minute ride on the Pardon Me, a 48-foot custom runabout; and assorted rowing and sailing experiences. Reservations are required to enjoy these boating adventures.

2. Thousand Islands Art Center

Clayton

If you love creating, you will enjoy taking an art class at the Thousand Islands Art Center. Explore your creative side by taking a class on bookbinding, basic knitting, weaving, drawing, painting, and other hands-on crafting classes. The class on my list is Expressive Textiles: Painting and Printing on Fabric — right up my alley.

The center also has two galleries displaying stunning handwoven textiles, a variety of artisan exhibits, and curated shows.

Classes are open to non-members, so why not make your own 1000 Islands souvenir?

3. Southwick Beach State Park

Henderson

Every vacation deserves a beach day and Southwick Beach State Park is ready for your blanket, picnic basket, and beach book. Like many wonderful state parks, Southwick offers a wide variety of services including campsites, cabins, pavilions, and bath facilities. In addition to swimming, you can enjoy fishing, hiking, and cross-country skiing in the winter.

4. Westcott Beach State Park

Henderson

Another great stop along Lake Ontario is Westcott Beach State Park. The park has a small beach, lots of green spaces, camping sites, pavilions, and bath facilities. A small boat marina adjacent to the beach is perfect for campers and day-trippers who want to put their boat in the water to drop a line and hook a black bass or two.

5. Sackets Harbor Battlefield

Sackets Harbor

Sackets Harbor Battlefield State Historic Site is a must-stop on your 1000 Islands road trip. The rolling green gives way to harbor views and imparts a peaceful stroll in the park. However, the battlefield history is quite different than what you experience today.

During the War of 1812, Sackets Harbor was the upper St. Lawrence River Valley and Lake Ontario center for U.S. military activity. It was a bustling community of militia, sailors, and shipbuilders constructing a large fleet to patrol the waterfront and prepare for the invasion of Canada.

Self-guided tours, with the help of strategic signage, impart the military history and battlefield maneuvers of this historic sight. In-season, guided tours are led by docents dressed in period military clothing to bring the area to life.

Sackets Harbor Battlefield is a picture-perfect spot to get out and walk, enjoy the pretty scenery, and learn a little history.

6. Tibbetts Point Lighthouse

Cape Vincent

Lighthouse hunters will love the charming Tibbetts Point Lighthouse. Built in 1827, Tibbetts Point Lighthouse is at the juncture of where Lake Ontario meets the St. Lawrence River. The lighthouse features an original Fresnel lens, one of approximately 75 still in use across U.S. coastlines today. Unfortunately, the active lighthouse is not accessible to visitors. However, guests are free to enjoy the grounds and scenic views.

When you need a coffee break, pop into Cup of Joy Cafe and grab one of their house lattes. Don’t forget to order a delicious pastry to go with it. My favorite latte, the Angel Rock, is made with white chocolate and raspberry — satisfying the sweet tooth hangries.

There is a lovely little park across the street where you can enjoy your pastry and coffee with a water view.

7. Boldt Castle

Alexandria Bay

Boldt Castle is one of the major attractions along the New York State 1000 Islands road trip. The castle, only accessible by boat, is situated on Heart Island. It was built as a summer home for George and Louise Boldt. Sadly, Louise passed before the castle was completed and the magnificent home sat empty and unfinished for over 70 years. Today, the Thousand Islands Bridge Authority operates the beautifully appointed castle and accompanying Boldt Yacht House.

As soon as you enter, the foyer and grand staircase set the tone for the home’s elaborate décor and opulent furnishings. The library, billiard room, and ballroom will take your breath away with the beautiful craftsmanship. I find summer homes of bygone days, built to resemble European Castles, intriguing. They represent an affluence few of us will ever achieve.

After your visit to Boldt Castle, stop by Thousand Islands Winery for a tour and a taste of their exceptional New York wines. The beautiful farm, surrounded by lush grape vines, is a perfect backdrop to enjoy a glass of your new favorite wine.

Great Lakes Seaway Trail

The Great Lakes Seaway Trail offers road trippers four different segments to explore the shores of Lake Erie, Lake Ontario, the St. Lawrence River, and the Niagara River. If you have the time, explore all four sections; most of our trip was on the scenic 1000 Islands/St. Lawrence River section. Three other routes make up the entire trail: Lake Erie/Buffalo/Niagara Falls, Rochester/Central Lake Ontario, and Eastern Lake Ontario.

Boating The Thousand Islands Region

One of the main draws of 1000 Islands is boating. Whether you tow your own, rent, or hire, getting out on the water will enhance your visit.

The Antique Boat Museum offers several boat tour options. An extensive list of boat rentals and boat tours is available on the 1000 Islands website. No matter what town or village you find yourself in, there is most likely a marina, boat launch, or captain available for you to enjoy some time on the water.

1000 Islands Harbor Hotel

In the center of your 1000 Islands road trip is the town of Cayton, the perfect spot to anchor your adventures. The beautiful 1000 Islands Harbor Hotel, perched on the banks of the St. Lawrence River, offers easy access to everything you want to see and do.

We loved the balcony view while enjoying a cup of morning coffee. Every morning, on each floor, the staff sets up a coffee station with freshly brewed coffee and tea options. I appreciated not having to figure out yet another hotel room coffee maker that spits out a marginal morning beverage. Offering brewed coffee on each floor is genius! Grab one of the cozy hotel robes, pad down the hall, pour an exceptional cup of coffee or tea, and enjoy it on your deck with a view of the morning water activities. Every hotel should get on board with this trendsetting idea.

The Best 1000 Islands Road Trip

One of my favorite things about visiting 1000 Islands is the proliferation of benches. Pretty little parks pop up along the route offering beautiful views and spots to sit and take it all in.

Pro Tip: Many of the spots I’ve listed are open seasonally; be sure to check the locations’ websites for opening and closing dates.

Related Reading: 

• 7 Incredible Lake Placid Region Restaurants With A Water View
• 11 Incredible Outdoor Adventures In Stunning Saranac Lake, New York
• 22 Fantastic Things To Do On Long Island

With direct flights from major hubs in the U.S., Anchorage is one of the best and easiest cities in Alaska to call home base. With the Chugach Mountains, glaciers, wildlife encounters, snow sports, and world-class fishing within driving distance, this city of 290,000 is not only easy to get to but easy to navigate as well.

Even better, you don’t have to break the bank to have an amazing Alaska experience. Anchorage has plenty of affordable excursions and travel options to help your dollar stretch further. To make the most of those hard-earned vacation dollars, here are six budget-friendly experiences in Anchorage to experience the best Alaska has to offer.

Timing It Right

Experience the famed shoulder season in Anchorage! While summer is arguably the most popular time to visit Alaska, the shoulder season between April and May, and then again in September, offers the best value for travelers on a budget. Not only will you beat the summer crowds, you’ll likely find lower rates on hotel stays and special “off-season” rates on tours and popular attractions.

Going in April and May lets you take advantage of the Alaska spring when the snow begins to melt away and the animals come out to munch on the young green shoots. 

Because the main visitor season either hasn’t hit or is winding down, many hotels and tour companies drop prices, so you may be able to score discounted tour rates or add an additional traveler for little or no cost.

Outdoor Adventures On A Dime

If your soul is craving heart-racing adventure in the wilds of Alaska, you can’t beat Anchorage. Not only does Anchorage have a whopping 60 glaciers within 50 miles of downtown, it’s also surrounded by six mountain ranges, has more than 300 miles of trails, and is close to Chugach State Park. Biking, hiking, water sports, fishing, climbing, ATV touring, and simply looking up at the sky to see the northern lights are some of the many excursions you can find within the city limits itself. In fact, from mid-August through April is the best time to see the northern lights, since this is when the Alaska skies are dark enough. 

1. Hiking

One of the most enjoyable and mostly free activities that Anchorage offers is its extensive network of wilderness and walking trails throughout the city. They are perfect for a run, a nice walk, or a bike ride.

Home to 223 municipal parks inside the city, there’s no need to leave town to get your fill of hiking or biking. On a winter trip to Anchorage, my friend and I rented an e-bike from Pablo’s Bike Rentals and spent the day cycling the Coastal Trail, which stretches along Cook Inlet from downtown to Kincaid Park, granting views of the neighboring mountain ranges.

Kincaid Park itself is the city’s largest public park with 40 miles of walking trails and 20 miles of single-track bike runs. Don’t be surprised if you stumble across a moose or black bear in this urban wild space.

A short drive out of the city brings you to countless other trails, like Thunderbird Falls, an easy 1-mile trek that ends at a viewing platform of a 200-foot waterfall.

Pro Tip: Although Anchorage loves its resident moose and bear, it’s important to stay safe around wild animals. The City of Anchorage has tips on how to be “Bear Aware.” And you can see our article on how to be safe around the resident moose.

2. Wildlife

Less than 30 minutes after landing at night in Anchorage, I saw my first moose. I saw the gangly female not on a game drive but in a residential neighborhood in Anchorage while driving to our hotel for the night!

There are nearly 1,500 moose within the Municipality of Anchorage (an area spanning 1,961 square miles), so moose sightings are an extraordinarily ordinary part of daily life here. But spotting these giants along Anchorage’s city streets isn’t the only way to view wildlife.

While private wildlife viewing tours abound in Anchorage, you can spot bears, moose, and more at the Anchorage Coastal Wildlife Refuge, a natural area spanning 16 miles along Anchorage’s coastline from Point Woronzof Park to Potter Creek.

If you’re looking for a guaranteed sighting, head to the Alaska Zoo or Alaska Wildlife Conservation Center. The Conservation Center has more than 200 acres of animal enclosures on a 1.5-mile loop, which can be explored on foot, bike, or car. To keep those dollars going further, sign up for one of the many free educational programs at the center or take advantage of the special admission days; like Military Mondays in which the Alaska Wildlife Conservation Center thanks the members of the U.S. Armed Forces by offering free admission on the first Monday of each month.

3. Urban Salmon Fishing

Many visitors dream of snagging that coho salmon from the depths of Alaska’s salmon-rich waters, but again, you don’t need to spend a fortune on a chartered fishing tour. World-class fishing is as close as dropping a line downtown or wading out to fly fish in one of the many rivers around Anchorage.

Listed on Field & Stream magazine’s list of America’s Best Fishing Cities, Anchorage and its surrounding rivers, lakes, and oceans are home to all five species of Pacific salmon. Ship Creek in downtown Anchorage is a local favorite fishing spot and is one of Alaska’s most pro­duc­tive king salmon sport ­fish­eries. Dur­ing the sum­mer­time, fishing der­bies along Ship Creek can even make you money! If you snag one of the spe­cial­ly tagged fish, you can win anywhere between $100 and $10,000.

Fly fishing enthusiasts will love the fish-filled Campbell Creek, which also passes through the center of town from Far North Bicen­ten­ni­al Park. This fun little creek is stocked with rain­bow trout, Dol­ly Var­den trout, and sil­ver salmon, all within downtown.

Pro Tip: Don’t have a pole? Don’t worry. You can rent everything you need for a day of fishing, including a rod and reel, waders, tackle, and net — as well as a 1-day fishing license for $100 at The Bait Shack.

Embrace Alaska Culture

To experience the true soul of Anchorage, check out the local museums or book a tour with a local. Anchorage is located in the Dena’ina Ełnena, the traditional homelands of the Dena’ina Athabascan people, and discovering Indigenous Alaska culture is not just educational and fascinating, but inspiring as well. And, as always, the locals will let you know what other free and low-cost things you can do in town and the best (and most affordable) places to eat.

4. Tour With A Local Guide

I’m a big fan of walking tours as I truly believe they are the best way to get to know a city and learn facts and interesting tidbits you can’t find anywhere else. Anchorage has a great walking tour hosted by rangers at the Alaska Public Lands Information Center. This 45-minute walking tour centers around downtown Anchorage and includes the history of Alaska and the city’s public spaces, state lands, and area national parks.

Another low-cost and enjoyable way to learn about Anchorage is through Anchorage Trolley Tours — a scenic 15-mile tour around the city led by knowledgeable Anchorage-based guides.

Pro Tip: The Anchorage Trolley Tour is an added cost-saving bonus as each tour also comes with $200 worth of savings in a coupon book that includes over 40 businesses within walking distance of the trolley stop.

5. Alaska History And Indigenous Culture

Museum lovers can spend days exploring the numerous museums and centers around Anchorage that delve deep into the city’s Russian, native, gold rush, and pioneering histories. From the Anchorage Museum and Anchorage Botanical Garden to the Alaska Aviation Museum and the Alaska Museum of Science & Nature, you can find fascinating art, information, history, and more within the city.

My favorite was the Alaska Native Heritage Center, which includes a detailed museum, visitors center, and interpretive trails covering Alaska’s 11 major cultures. The Alaska Native experience continues through stories, dance exhibitions, and more.

Pro Tip: Many museums have free and discounted admission days. For instance, the Anchorage Museum offers free admission from 6–9 p.m. on the first Friday of the month, while the Alaska Aviation Museum has discounted admission for first responders, military members, and seniors.

Day Trips On A Dollar

6. Girdwood

If you want to leave the city to explore the surrounding scenery, Girdwood is the perfect day trip escape. When you get to Girdwood, take the Alyeska Aerial Tram from the Alyeska Resort and Alyeska Nordic Spa all the way to the top of Mount Alyeska.

Starting at just $119, you can spend all day enjoying the benefits of the outdoor pools, saunas, steam rooms, and exfoliation cabin at Alaska’s newest spa.

Girdwood itself is a gem of a resort town with plenty of activities to make the 40-minute drive from Anchorage along the Seward Highway worth it. Activities like skiing, snowboarding, snow machining (snowmobiling), nordic skiing, dog mushing, and more are available in winter with hiking, rafting, and biking plentiful in summer.

The shopping and dining scene in Girdwood is spectacular with boutique shops and restaurants like Jack Sprat Restaurant, Sakura Asian Bistro, and the Mardi-Gras-themed Double Musky Inn.

Pro Tip: Opening in July, the new Veilbreaker Skybridges at Alyeska Resort will take you to new heights. After you put on your safety harness, you can walk across two sky bridges 2,500 feet above the valley floor.

Eat Like A Local In Anchorage

The Jack Sprat Restaurant’s Sweet Cheek is a signature dish featuring pan-seared halibut cheeks, organic black-eyed peas, and collard greens with a tasso ham vinaigrette. But it’s the Big Jack half-pound wagyu beef burger (which comes with an Impossible Burger version) that will really fill you up after a day outdoors.

The top choice at Sakura Asian Bistro would have to be the bento box, which comes with the chef’s selection of Alaska meat and seafood.

If the Double Musky Inn is your choice, opt for the shrimp and sausage jambalaya, which is served hot, hot, hot to warm you up after a day of fun in the snow.

A bucket list trip to Alaska doesn’t have to break the bank. These budget-friendly experiences in Anchorage are enough to give you the full taste of the best that Alaska has to offer.

The music is hauntingly beautiful, the dances are expressive and energetic, and the food is traditional and hearty. The Navajo Nation experience offered at the Red Heritage Indigenous Entertainment Hall in Page, Arizona, virtually pulses with authenticity.

In everything from the rhythmic drum beats provided by a group of local musicians to the world-class dances presented by athletic performers, Red Heritage delivers on its promise of an artistic and educational experience to remember. In fact, short of attending a powwow event in a venue in the Navajo Nation, it is hard to imagine getting a better immersion into Native American dancing and music in a single evening than the one offered at Red Heritage.

One of the beauties of Red Heritage’s entertainment is that, unlike powwows, the shows take place almost every night, and the venue is located right in the middle of the northern Arizona town of Page. I recently attended an evening show at Red Heritage and I loved the multi-faceted approach that covered everything from food to art to music.

Here are seven things that bring Navajo culture to life at the Red Heritage Indigenous Entertainment Hall.

Information in this article was obtained during a sponsored press trip. All opinions are my own.

1. The Dancing Is Inspiring

The dancers at Red Heritage don’t just perform their numbers; they seem to live the stories that are integral to the origin of the dances. Red Heritage owner and master of ceremonies, Tomas Hunt, sets the stage beforehand by explaining how the dances came to be, helping the stories come to life.

For example, he told the audience about the origins of the Grass Dance, which originated with the Mandan People of the Great Plains. Pointing to the strands of ribbon on the dancers’ regalia, Hunt said, “This is very symbolic of the way the traditional Grass Dancer would get low to the ground, pull the grass out, and tuck it into their clothing. It also helps you visualize the fluidity of the grass and the gentle breeze and the harsh winds.”

The elegant and poignant Jingle Dress Dance, performed by two female dancers, focuses on the struggle that Native Americans faced with illnesses brought by European settlers. “When the Europeans first came to the Americas, there were illnesses that Native American people had no immunity to,” Hunt said. The dance symbolizes the story of a young girl who became ill but was healed when she danced in a Jingle Dress. “The Jingle Dress Dance is a wellness dance,” Hunt continued.

All of the dances in the Red Heritage program, including a spectacular Hoop Dance, are illuminated with colorful lighting, lending a lovely aura to the performances.

Hunt concluded the program by pointing out how the Hoop Dance reflects day-to-day struggles of real life. Picking up the hoops from the floor of the stage, he told the audience, “You have to pick up each of the hoops one at a time. We can apply this to our lives. We can’t let our problems pile up. Pick up these hoops, pick up these problems, and rebuild the world that we live in.”

2. Performers Are Local

Red Heritage takes pride in its local talent, and its website notes that the show “showcases local dancers talented in colorful powwow dancing, flute playing, and live drum music.”

Hunt introduced several of the dancers as members of his family and he told his own story of growing up in the Navajo Nation in the small town of Shonto.

3. The Business Is Navajo-Owned And Operated

Hunt and others emphasized that the Red Heritage Indigenous Entertainment Hall is Navajo-owned and operated. The authenticity of that factor is reflected in the dancing and regalia.

“If you look at the clothing we’re wearing, we do not refer to them as costumes,” Hunt said. “A costume implies that you are trying to be something that you are not. This is who we are. We’re Native Americans. We’re not pretending.”

He added that thought, prayer, and symbolism go into the regalia. “They’re all handmade by a family member or relative or ourselves,” he said.

4. Moving Native Music

Throughout the evening, the dances were accompanied by rhythmic drum beats and chants provided by a drum ring made up of four or five musicians. The music changed depending on the dance, but it always filled the hall with an authentic air, and it seemed to drive the dancing.

Another highlight of the show was a performance by a local musician on a native flute, the melodic and captivating music resonating through the hall.

5. Informative Stories About Navajo Rug Making

Red Heritage’s show started off with a presentation about the history and heritage of rug making in the Navajo culture. The weaving demonstration included a young girl sitting at a loom, along with a display of iconic Navajo rug designs, and an explanation of how the rugs are created.

Red Heritage’s head Navajo rug weaver, Charlene Hunt, led off the evening by telling the audience that while the Spaniards first brought sheep to the area in the 1500s, that was not the beginning of the story of Navajo weaving.

“The anthropologists will tell you that’s about the time we started to make our weaving,” she said. “But our story goes much further than that. Our first weaver, her name was Spider Woman. She taught her daughter how to do the weaving and it’s always been taught from female to female until about the 1900s.”

The presentation included fascinating details about gathering the wool, cleaning it with a soap made of yuca root, and weaving it on a loom. Several children in the audience were asked to volunteer to come on stage and help demonstrate the process.

6. Delicious Navajo Tacos

Upon arrival at Red Heritage, guests are directed to a traditional Navajo taco buffet, complete with a choice of meats including chicken, beef, and pork, and toppings such as lettuce, tomatoes, salsa, and sour cream. Guests also have a choice between the classic Navajo fry bread for tacos or rice as a gluten-free option.

The buffet also includes a choice of desserts and soft drinks. For those who prefer a beer, a glass of wine, or a cocktail to go along with their dinner, the Blue bar is located right next door, and drinks can be taken into the adjoining entertainment hall. Billed as bringing the “big city” to Page, the Blue offers a range of local beers and cocktails, as well as traditional espresso and authentic French pastries.

7. The Location Is In Town And Convenient

Located right in the middle of Page, Red Heritage is wonderfully accessible and easy to find.

Because it is part of a shopping center that once housed a supermarket, parking is plentiful, and other restaurants, bars, and stores are nearby. Along with Red Heritage, the shopping center also features a popular sushi spot, Blue Buddha Sushi Lounge, as well as a steak, seafood, and pasta spot at the DAM Bar and Grille, and an outdoor clothing store, the Dam Outlet.

Pro Tip: Base For Antelope Canyon And The Wave

Owing to its location at the northwest edge of the scenic Navajo Nation — just miles from the Utah border and not far from several national parks like Zion, Grand Canyon, and Bryce Canyon — Page makes a great base for taking in the countless natural wonders in the region. Among the most iconic of the nearby features are the slot canyons of Antelope Canyon, picturesque Horseshoe Bend on the Colorado River, the stunning Lake Powell in the Glen Canyon Recreation Area, and the pinstriped rock formations of The Wave (available by permit and lottery only).

The Hub

A wealth of information on Page-area attractions, including instructions for how to register for The Wave lottery, is available at Page’s official visitor center, The Hub.

Beautiful Chautauqua Lake is one of the many popular getaways in New York State for outdoor activities. Boating, birding, and fishing join hiking trails and wine-tasting trails that will keep you happily exploring the beautiful scenery and sun-drenched days.

Chautauqua Lake, a freshwater lake, is 17 miles long and up to 2 miles wide at its widest point. One of the highest navigable lakes in North America, Chautauqua Lake has an elevation of 1,308 feet above sea level.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Bird Watching

Where better to seek out migratory birds than at the institute housing the history and memorabilia of the author of the Peterson Field Guide to Birds of North America? At the Roger Tory Peterson Institute of Natural History (RTPI) ornithologists and recreational bird watchers/listeners can wander the two half-mile-long trails snaking through the 27-acre preserve. The successive woodlands and meadows are a perfect habitat for birds, butterflies, and bees. Pack your best binoculars and discover the birds of western New York.

Enjoy the exhibits of Peterson’s art and other naturalist artists adorning the inside of the architecturally stunning RTPI home. Weekly spring bird walks, outdoor yoga with the birds, and other seasonal events allow you to relax and absorb the natural beauty of the RTPI sanctuary.

2. Panama Rocks

When you want to hike and explore something a little different, Panama Rocks is a fabulous option. The 1-mile loop trail takes hikers past massive rock formations, small caves, narrow canyons, and deep crevices weaving through a cool moss-covered forest. The dappled sunlight plays off the dark rocky formations and the vibrant green moss imparts a forest primeval experience. The intriguing natural wonders at Panama Rocks are why we take a walk in the woods — to contemplate interesting landscapes and to breathe in the fresh, rejuvenating woodsy air.

The trail requires traversing uneven ground but is rated easy by AllTrails.

3. Swimming

There are oodles of swimming spots along the shores of Chautauqua Lake.

Long Point on Lake Chautauqua State Park is a day-use park with a sandy beach, hiking and biking trails, a boat launch, kayak rentals, and a bathhouse.

The Chautauqua Institution Beaches come in a variety of flavors. Children’s Beach, noted for its shallow waters, sits next to Pier Beach — a deepwater swimming beach.

If you want to swim in Lake Erie, then the under-1-hour drive to Hanover Town Beach is a great option. They have a bathhouse and marina so you know this is a popular spot during the hot summer months.

You can find lots of wonderful beaches to swim and soak up some sunshine along the shores of Chautauqua Lake and nearby Lake Erie.

4. Lake Erie Wine Trail

The conditions along Lake Erie are great for growing grapes. You will pass many picturesque vineyards and busy tasting rooms as you navigate the area. The Lake Erie Wine Trail encompasses 20 vineyards that offer a broad selection of lovely wines and beautiful landscapes.

A visit to Noble Winery offers guests a stunning panoramic view of Lake Erie from an expansive porch, enhancing your sipping experience. There are several companies that offer wine tours along the Lake Erie Wine Trail. One of the best ways to visit is to leave the driving to a professional — that way you can taste all the wines.

5. Barcelona Lighthouse State Park

Lighthouse aficionados will love the charming Barcelona Lighthouse State Park. Perched high on a bluff, the lighthouse had its first keeper in 1829. The Barcelona Lighthouse’s claim to fame is that it was the first natural gas-fueled lighthouse in the United States. While you are not able to climb to the top of the 40-foot structure due to deteriorating stairs, the view from the small park is lovely.

6. The Chautauqua Belle

Touring Chautauqua Lake on the water offers some of the nicest lake views. The Chautauqua Belle is a charming steamboat offering historic tours on the lake, cocktail parties, and private events. Sit back and enjoy a trip along the calm waters and catch a view of all the lovely vacation homes along the shoreline.

7. Audubon Community Nature Center

The Audubon Community Nature Center offers a variety of interesting outdoor programs focused on birds and other critters native to the western New York area.

In the spring, local ornithologists capture birds for bird banding — a technique that provides insight into migratory and resident bird behaviors. Bird-a-thons, nature photography competitions, and other animal and habitat events are scheduled throughout the summer.

8. Golfing

An all-time favorite outdoor recreational activity is hauling your beloved bag of sticks around undulating verdant fairways and chasing a little white (or pink) ball. There are lots of golf course options in Chautauqua County; you could play a few rounds during your getaway stay.

Chautauqua Golf Club offers 36 holes of great golf to keep your swing well-tuned. At Bemus Point Golf Club & Tap House, you can enjoy nine holes of forgiving golf and finish with a great al fresco lunch. Another great nine-hole course is Willow Run Golf Course, a family-friendly option perfect for newbie golfers.

9. Bemus Point

A charming lakeside enclave, the village of Bemus Point draws visitors to explore this tip of Chautauqua Lake. Shops and restaurants paint the area with colorful quaintness. Alpacaville is always a hit, offering tours, alpaca wool, and handcrafted goods. Bemus Point Pottery is just the place to find your perfect getaway souvenir.

When you are ready for a break, stop by Guppy’s Tavern for a great lunch and local brews; it will be a meal to remember.

10. Fishing

Just hang up the “Gone Fishin” sign and be on the lookout for muskellunge, walleye, and bass. Sport fishing is one of the most loved outdoor adventures on Chautauqua Lake. Seasoned and novice anglers will enjoy fishing in the calm lake waters. Bring your camera and a waterproof cover; you will want to get a picture of your monster catch.

Chautauqua Fishing Charters will customize your fishing experience based on your desired catch of the day. You can enjoy an evening dining on your catch at a local establishment that offers a cook-your-catch meal prep.

Muddy Creek Fishing Guides offers a wonderful angler experience on Chautauqua Lake. They have half- and full-day fishing adventures that will satisfy your bucket-list fishing experience.

11. Boating

When you are vacationing in a beautiful area like Chautauqua Lake, you need to get out on the water to fully enjoy the outdoor experience. Whether it is a kayak adventure, a relaxing stand-up paddle board ride, zipping around on a jet ski, or cruising on a beautiful boat, there are rental shops to accommodate your on-the-water happy place.

Bemus Bay Water Toys is the spot for your fun water toy rentals. Whether you require a pontoon boat, catamaran, kayak, hydro bike, bass boat, or floating water mat, you will be playing on the water and enjoying the #LakeLife vacation vibe.

When you want to explore the lake in style, One Fine Day Boat Charter is just the thing. Captain Johnson will plan a custom trip out on Chautauqua Lake in his vintage Lyman Day Cruiser. Enjoy stories of lake history while you sit back, take in the view, and leave the driving to the captain.

Chautauqua Harbor Hotel

After exploring all the outdoor recreation opportunities, you will need a spot to rest up for the next day of exploring. The Chautauqua Harbor Hotel is perfectly situated to enjoy all the surrounding Chautauqua County outdoor activities. The seasonal outdoor Carousel Bar is a hub for evening libations and sunset watchers. Their onsite restaurant, the Lakehouse Tap & Grill, is an upscale casual dining experience just steps from your cozy room. The bread basket is amazing with several varieties of goodies, two types of butter, and a tapenade. I recommend the Reuben — corned beef topped with sauerkraut, house-made Thousand Island dressing, and Swiss cheese on the best rye bread.

Choose a room with a view of the lake. Sitting on your balcony enjoying your favorite beverage as boats motor past is a wonderful way to end the day. Alternatively, an after-dinner stroll along the water begins right at the back gate. If you desire something more relaxing, grab an Adirondack chair and enjoy the beautiful sunset by one of the fire pits.

Chautauqua County

There is so much to do and see in Chautauqua County, you will want to plan a several-day-long getaway. Boating, fishing, swimming, and hiking will keep you outdoors and active. Beautiful sunsets, wineries, and fun dining round out the days of exploring; coming together for a memorable lakeside vacation.

Pro Tip: The summer season in Chautauqua Lake runs from May to October and, of course, is at its height in July and August.

Related Reading: 

• 17 Must-Visit Quaint Towns In Upstate New York
• 20 Quaint Upstate New York Towns Perfect For A Holiday Getaway
• 12 Famous Foods To Try On New York’s Upstate Eats Trail